diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'data/vim/patches/8.1.1280')
| -rw-r--r-- | data/vim/patches/8.1.1280 | 18472 |
1 files changed, 18472 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/data/vim/patches/8.1.1280 b/data/vim/patches/8.1.1280 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4febf88e --- /dev/null +++ b/data/vim/patches/8.1.1280 @@ -0,0 +1,18472 @@ +To: vim_dev@googlegroups.com +Subject: Patch 8.1.1280 +Fcc: outbox +From: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@moolenaar.net> +Mime-Version: 1.0 +Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 +Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit +------------ + +Patch 8.1.1280 +Problem: Remarks about functionality not in Vi clutters the help. +Solution: Move all info about what is new in Vim or already existed in Vi to + vi_diff.txt. Remove {not in Vi} remarks. (closes #4268) Add + "noet" to the help files modeline. Also include many other help + file improvements. +Files: runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt, runtime/doc/arabic.txt, + runtime/doc/autocmd.txt, runtime/doc/change.txt, + runtime/doc/channel.txt, runtime/doc/cmdline.txt, + runtime/doc/debugger.txt, runtime/doc/debug.txt, + runtime/doc/develop.txt, runtime/doc/diff.txt, + runtime/doc/digraph.txt, runtime/doc/editing.txt, + runtime/doc/eval.txt, runtime/doc/farsi.txt, + runtime/doc/filetype.txt, runtime/doc/fold.txt, + runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt, runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt, + runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt, runtime/doc/gui.txt, + runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt, runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt, + runtime/doc/hangulin.txt, runtime/doc/hebrew.txt, + runtime/doc/helphelp.txt, runtime/doc/help.txt, + runtime/doc/howto.txt, runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt, + runtime/doc/if_lua.txt, runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt, + runtime/doc/if_ole.txt, runtime/doc/if_perl.txt, + runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt, runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt, + runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt, runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt, + runtime/doc/indent.txt, runtime/doc/index.txt, + runtime/doc/insert.txt, runtime/doc/intro.txt, + runtime/doc/map.txt, runtime/doc/mbyte.txt, + runtime/doc/message.txt, runtime/doc/mlang.txt, + runtime/doc/motion.txt, runtime/doc/netbeans.txt, + runtime/doc/options.txt, runtime/doc/os_390.txt, + runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt, runtime/doc/os_beos.txt, + runtime/doc/os_dos.txt, runtime/doc/os_mac.txt, + runtime/doc/os_mint.txt, runtime/doc/os_msdos.txt, + runtime/doc/os_os2.txt, runtime/doc/os_qnx.txt, + runtime/doc/os_risc.txt, runtime/doc/os_unix.txt, + runtime/doc/os_vms.txt, runtime/doc/os_win32.txt, + runtime/doc/pattern.txt, runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt, + runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt, runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt, + runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt, runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt, + runtime/doc/pi_spec.txt, runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt, + runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt, runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt, + runtime/doc/print.txt, runtime/doc/quickfix.txt, + runtime/doc/quickref.txt, runtime/doc/quotes.txt, + runtime/doc/recover.txt, runtime/doc/remote.txt, + runtime/doc/repeat.txt, runtime/doc/rileft.txt, + runtime/doc/russian.txt, runtime/doc/scroll.txt, + runtime/doc/sign.txt, runtime/doc/spell.txt, + runtime/doc/sponsor.txt, runtime/doc/starting.txt, + runtime/doc/syntax.txt, runtime/doc/tabpage.txt, + runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt, runtime/doc/terminal.txt, + runtime/doc/term.txt, runtime/doc/textprop.txt, + runtime/doc/tips.txt, runtime/doc/todo.txt, + runtime/doc/uganda.txt, runtime/doc/undo.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_01.txt, runtime/doc/usr_02.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_03.txt, runtime/doc/usr_04.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_05.txt, runtime/doc/usr_06.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_07.txt, runtime/doc/usr_08.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_09.txt, runtime/doc/usr_10.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_11.txt, runtime/doc/usr_12.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_20.txt, runtime/doc/usr_21.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_22.txt, runtime/doc/usr_23.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_24.txt, runtime/doc/usr_25.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_26.txt, runtime/doc/usr_27.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_28.txt, runtime/doc/usr_29.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_30.txt, runtime/doc/usr_31.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_32.txt, runtime/doc/usr_40.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_41.txt, runtime/doc/usr_43.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_44.txt, runtime/doc/usr_45.txt, + runtime/doc/usr_90.txt, runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt, + runtime/doc/various.txt, runtime/doc/version4.txt, + runtime/doc/version5.txt, runtime/doc/version6.txt, + runtime/doc/version7.txt, runtime/doc/version8.txt, + runtime/doc/visual.txt, runtime/doc/windows.txt, runtime/doc/tags + + +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt 2019-04-28 16:00:05.363613444 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt 2019-05-05 18:01:22.684074302 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *vi_diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Aug 16 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *vi_diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 6,14 **** + + Differences between Vim and Vi *vi-differences* + +! Throughout the help files differences between Vim and Vi/Ex are given in +! curly braces, like "{not in Vi}". This file only lists what has not been +! mentioned in other files and gives an overview. + + Vim is mostly POSIX 1003.2-1 compliant. The only command known to be missing + is ":open". There are probably a lot of small differences (either because Vim +--- 6,13 ---- + + Differences between Vim and Vi *vi-differences* + +! This file lists the differences between Vim and Vi/Ex and gives an overview of +! what is in Vim that is not in Vi. + + Vim is mostly POSIX 1003.2-1 compliant. The only command known to be missing + is ":open". There are probably a lot of small differences (either because Vim +*************** +*** 180,185 **** +--- 179,188 ---- + line with tab labels can be used to quickly switch between these pages. + |tab-page| + ++ Terminal window. |:terminal| ++ Vim can create a window in which a terminal emulator runs. This can ++ be used to execute an arbitrary command, a shell or a debugger. ++ + Syntax highlighting. |:syntax| + Vim can highlight keywords, patterns and other things. This is + defined by a number of |:syntax| commands, and can be made to +*************** +*** 194,199 **** +--- 197,207 ---- + |'hlsearch'|, matching parens |matchparen| and the cursor line and + column |'cursorline'| |'cursorcolumn'|. + ++ Text properties |textprop.txt| ++ Vim supports highlighting text by a plugin. Property types can be ++ specificed with |prop_type_add()| and properties can be placed with ++ |prop_add()|. ++ + Spell checking. |spell| + When the 'spell' option is set Vim will highlight spelling mistakes. + About 50 languages are currently supported, selected with the +*************** +*** 262,267 **** +--- 270,277 ---- + ~ swap case + u make lowercase + U make uppercase ++ {Vi has no Visual mode, the name "visual" is used for Normal mode, to ++ distinguish it from Ex mode} + + Block operators. |visual-block| + With Visual mode a rectangular block of text can be selected. Start +*************** +*** 522,527 **** +--- 532,541 ---- + The used tags are remembered. Commands that can be used with the tag stack + are CTRL-T, ":pop" and ":tag". ":tags" lists the tag stack. + ++ Vi uses 'wrapscan' when searching for a tag. When jumping to a tag Vi starts ++ searching in line 2 of another file. It does not find a tag in line 1 of ++ another file when 'wrapscan' is not set. ++ + The 'tags' option can be set to a list of tag file names. Thus multiple + tag files can be used. For file names that start with "./", the "./" is + replaced with the path of the current file. This makes it possible to use a +*************** +*** 795,817 **** + effect is of resetting 'compatible' and removing flags from 'cpoptions' can be + found at the help for the specific command. + +! Below is listed what features are present in Vi. Anything else has been added +! by Vim. + +- The following Ex commands are supported by Vi: ~ + +! TODO + +! `:set` but not `:set inv{option}`, `:set option&`, `:set all&`, +! `:set option+=value`, +! `:set option^=value` +! `:set option-=value` +! `:set option<` + + + The following Normal mode commands are supported by Vi: ~ + +! TODO + + + The following options are supported by Vi: ~ +--- 809,1039 ---- + effect is of resetting 'compatible' and removing flags from 'cpoptions' can be + found at the help for the specific command. + +! The help files used to mark features that are in Vim but not in Vi with {not +! in Vi}. However, since these remarks cluttered the help files we now do it +! the other way around: Below is listed what Vi already supported. Anything +! else has been added by Vim. + + +! The following Ex commands are supported by Vi: ~ + +! `:abbreviate` enter abbreviation +! `:append` append text +! `:args` print the argument list +! `:cd` change directory; Vi: no "cd -" +! `:change` replace a line or series of lines +! `:chdir` change directory +! `:copy` copy lines +! `:delete` delete lines +! `:edit` edit a file +! `:exit` same as ":xit" +! `:file` show or set the current file name; Vi: without the column number +! `:global` execute commands for matching lines +! `:insert` insert text +! `:join` join lines; Vi: not :join! +! `:k` set a mark +! `:list` print lines +! `:map` show or enter a mapping +! `:mark` set a mark +! `:move` move lines +! `:Next` go to previous file in the argument list; no count or ++opt +! `:next` go to next file in the argument list; no count or ++opt +! `:number` print lines with line number +! `:open` start open mode (not implemented in Vim) +! `:pop` jump to older entry in tag stack (only in some versions) +! `:preserve` write all text to swap file +! `:print` print lines +! `:put` insert contents of register in the text +! `:quit` quit Vi +! `:read` read file into the text +! `:recover` recover a file from a swap file +! `:rewind` go to the first file in the argument list; no ++opt +! `:set` set option; but not `:set inv{option}`, `:set option&`, +! `:set all&`, `:set option+=value`, `:set option^=value` +! `:set option-=value` `:set option<` +! `:shell` escape to a shell +! `:source` read Vim or Ex commands from a file +! `:stop` suspend the editor or escape to a shell +! `:substitute` find and replace text; Vi: no '&', 'i', 's', 'r' or 'I' flag, +! confirm prompt only supports 'y' and 'n', no highlighting +! `:suspend` same as ":stop" +! `:t` same as ":copy" +! `:tag` jump to tag +! `:unabbreviate` remove abbreviation +! `:undo` undo last change {Vi: only one level} +! `:unmap` remove mapping +! `:vglobal` execute commands for not matching lines +! `:version` print version number and other info +! `:visual` same as ":edit", but turns off "Ex" mode +! `:wq` write to a file and quit Vi +! `:write` write to a file +! `:xit` write if buffer changed and quit Vi +! `:yank` yank lines into a register +! `:z` print some lines {not in all versions of Vi} +! `:!` filter lines or execute an external command +! `:"` comment +! `:#` same as ":number" +! `:*` execute contents of a register +! `:&` repeat last ":substitute" +! `:<` shift lines one 'shiftwidth' left +! `:=` print the cursor line number +! `:>` shift lines one 'shiftwidth' right +! `:@` execute contents of a register; but not `:@`; `:@@` only in +! some versions + + + The following Normal mode commands are supported by Vi: ~ + +! |CTRL-B| scroll N screens Backwards +! |CTRL-C| interrupt current (search) command +! |CTRL-D| scroll Down N lines (default: half a screen); Vim scrolls +! 'scroll' screen lines, Vi scrolls file lines; makes a +! difference when lines wrap +! |CTRL-E| scroll N lines upwards (N lines Extra) +! |CTRL-F| scroll N screens Forward +! |CTRL-G| display current file name and position +! |<BS>| same as "h" +! |CTRL-H| same as "h" +! |<NL>| same as "j" +! |CTRL-J| same as "j" +! |CTRL-L| redraw screen +! |<CR>| cursor to the first CHAR N lines lower +! |CTRL-M| same as <CR> +! |CTRL-N| same as "j" +! |CTRL-P| same as "k" +! |CTRL-R| in some Vi versions: same as CTRL-L +! |CTRL-T| jump to N older Tag in tag list +! |CTRL-U| N lines Upwards (default: half a screen) +! |CTRL-Y| scroll N lines downwards +! |CTRL-Z| suspend program (or start new shell) +! |CTRL-]| :ta to ident under cursor +! |CTRL-^| edit alternate file; Vi: no count +! |<Space>| same as "l" +! |!| filter Nmove text through the {filter} command +! |!!| filter N lines through the {filter} command +! " use register {a-zA-Z0-9.%#:-"} for next delete, yank or put +! (uppercase to append) ({.%#:} only work with put) +! |$| cursor to the end of Nth next line +! |%| find the next (curly/square) bracket on this line and go to +! its match, or go to matching comment bracket, or go to +! matching preprocessor directive (Vi: no count supported) +! |&| repeat last :s +! |'| jump to mark (Vi: only lowercase marks) +! |(| cursor N sentences backward +! |)| cursor N sentences forward +! |+| same as <CR> +! |,| repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction N times +! |-| cursor to the first CHAR N lines higher +! |.| repeat last change with count replaced with N +! |/| search forward for the Nth occurrence of {pattern} +! |0| cursor to the first char of the line +! |:| start entering an Ex command +! |;| repeat latest f, t, F or T N times +! |<| shift Nmove lines one 'shiftwidth' leftwards +! |<<| shift N lines one 'shiftwidth' leftwards +! |=| filter Nmove lines through "indent" +! |==| filter N lines through "indent" +! |>| shift Nmove lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards +! |>>| shift N lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards +! |?| search backward for the Nth previous occurrence of {pattern} +! |@| execute the contents of register {a-z} N times +! |@@| repeat the previous @{a-z} N times +! |A| append text after the end of the line N times +! |B| cursor N WORDS backward +! |C| change from the cursor position to the end of the line +! |D| delete the characters under the cursor until the end of the +! line and N-1 more lines [into register x]; synonym for "d$" +! |E| cursor forward to the end of WORD N +! |F| cursor to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the left +! |G| cursor to line N, default last line +! |H| cursor to line N from top of screen +! |I| insert text before the first CHAR on the line N times +! |J| Join N lines; default is 2 +! |L| cursor to line N from bottom of screen +! |M| cursor to middle line of screen +! |N| repeat the latest '/' or '?' N times in opposite direction +! |O| begin a new line above the cursor and insert text, repeat N +! times +! |P| put the text [from register x] before the cursor N times +! |Q| switch to "Ex" mode +! |R| enter replace mode: overtype existing characters, repeat the +! entered text N-1 times +! |S| delete N lines [into register x] and start insert; synonym for +! "cc". +! |T| cursor till after Nth occurrence of {char} to the left +! |U| undo all latest changes on one line +! |W| cursor N WORDS forward +! |X| delete N characters before the cursor [into register x] +! |Y| yank N lines [into register x]; synonym for "yy" +! |ZZ| store current file if modified, and exit +! |[[| cursor N sections backward +! |]]| cursor N sections forward +! |^| cursor to the first CHAR of the line +! |_| cursor to the first CHAR N - 1 lines lower +! |`| cursor to the mark {a-zA-Z0-9} +! |a| append text after the cursor N times +! |b| cursor N words backward +! |c| delete Nmove text [into register x] and start insert +! |cc| delete N lines [into register x] and start insert +! |d| delete Nmove text [into register x] +! |dd| delete N lines [into register x] +! |e| cursor forward to the end of word N +! |f| cursor to Nth occurrence of {char} to the right +! |h| cursor N chars to the left +! |i| insert text before the cursor N times +! |j| cursor N lines downward +! |k| cursor N lines upward +! |l| cursor N chars to the right +! |m| set mark {A-Za-z} at cursor position +! |n| repeat the latest '/' or '?' N times +! |o| begin a new line below the cursor and insert text +! |p| put the text [from register x] after the cursor N times +! |r| replace N chars with {char} +! |s| (substitute) delete N characters [into register x] and start +! insert +! |t| cursor till before Nth occurrence of {char} to the right +! |u| undo changes {Vi: only one level} +! |w| cursor N words forward +! |x| delete N characters under and after the cursor [into register +! x] +! |y| yank Nmove text [into register x] +! |yy| yank N lines [into register x] +! |z<CR>| current line to the top +! |z-| current line to the bottom +! |z+| cursor on line N +! |z^| cursor on line N +! |{| cursor N paragraphs backward +! | cursor to column N +! |}| cursor N paragraphs forward +! |~| switch case of N characters under the cursor; Vim: depends on +! 'tildeop' +! |<Del>| same as "x" +! +! +! The following commands are supported in Insert mode by Vi: ~ +! +! CTRL-@ insert previously inserted text and stop insert +! CTRL-C quit insert mode, without checking for abbreviation, unless +! 'insertmode' set. +! CTRL-D delete one shiftwidth of indent in the current line +! <BS> delete character before the cursor +! CTRL-H same as <BS> +! <Tab> insert a <Tab> character +! CTRL-I same as <Tab> +! <NL> same as <CR> +! CTRL-J same as <CR> +! <CR> begin new line +! CTRL-M same as <CR> +! CTRL-T insert one shiftwidth of indent in current line +! CTRL-V {char} insert next non-digit literally +! CTRL-W delete word before the cursor +! CTRL-Z when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim +! <Esc> end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set) +! CTRL-[ same as <Esc> +! 0 CTRL-D delete all indent in the current line +! ^ CTRL-D delete all indent in the current line, restore it in the next +! line +! <Del> delete character under the cursor + + + The following options are supported by Vi: ~ +*************** +*** 849,859 **** +--- 1071,1084 ---- + 'term' name of the terminal + 'terse' shorten some messages + 'timeout' 'to' time out on mappings and key codes ++ 'timeoutlen' 'tm' time for 'timeout' {only in some Vi versions} + 'ttytype' 'tty' alias for 'term' + 'verbose' 'vbs' give informative messages {only in some Vi + versions as a boolean option} + 'warn' warn for shell command when buffer was changed + 'window' 'wi' nr of lines to scroll for CTRL-F and CTRL-B ++ {Vi also uses the option to specify the number of ++ displayed lines} + 'wrapmargin' 'wm' chars from the right where wrapping starts + 'wrapscan' 'ws' searches wrap around the end of the file + 'writeany' 'wa' write to file with no need for "!" override +*************** +*** 968,974 **** + -i Elvis: Start each window in Insert mode. + -i {viminfo} Vim: Use {viminfo} for viminfo file. + +! -L Vim: Same as "-r" (also in some versions of Vi). + + -l Nvi, Vi, Vim: Set 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options. + +--- 1193,1200 ---- + -i Elvis: Start each window in Insert mode. + -i {viminfo} Vim: Use {viminfo} for viminfo file. + +! -L Vim: Same as "-r" {only in some versions of Vi: "List +! recoverable edit sessions"}. + + -l Nvi, Vi, Vim: Set 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options. + +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/arabic.txt 2018-05-17 13:40:51.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/arabic.txt 2019-05-05 17:35:42.792578962 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *arabic.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2010 Nov 13 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Nadim Shaikli +--- 1,4 ---- +! *arabic.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Nadim Shaikli +*************** +*** 6,12 **** + + Arabic Language support (options & mappings) for Vim *Arabic* + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + *E800* + In order to use right-to-left and Arabic mapping support, it is +--- 6,11 ---- +*************** +*** 319,322 **** + + No other bugs are known to exist. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 318,321 ---- + + No other bugs are known to exist. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/autocmd.txt 2019-04-27 20:36:52.526303597 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/autocmd.txt 2019-05-05 17:35:49.508541837 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,10 **** +! *autocmd.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 03 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar + + +! Automatic commands *autocommand* + + For a basic explanation, see section |40.3| in the user manual. + +--- 1,10 ---- +! *autocmd.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar + + +! Automatic commands *autocommand* *autocommands* + + For a basic explanation, see section |40.3| in the user manual. + +*************** +*** 20,26 **** + 10. Using autocommands |autocmd-use| + 11. Disabling autocommands |autocmd-disable| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Introduction *autocmd-intro* +--- 20,25 ---- +*************** +*** 308,313 **** +--- 307,313 ---- + |FileChangedShellPost| After handling a file changed since editing started + |FileChangedRO| before making the first change to a read-only file + ++ |DiffUpdated| after diffs have been updated + |DirChanged| after the working directory has changed + + |ShellCmdPost| after executing a shell command +*************** +*** 317,322 **** +--- 317,323 ---- + |FuncUndefined| a user function is used but it isn't defined + |SpellFileMissing| a spell file is used but it can't be found + |SourcePre| before sourcing a Vim script ++ |SourcePost| after sourcing a Vim script + |SourceCmd| before sourcing a Vim script |Cmd-event| + + |VimResized| after the Vim window size changed +*************** +*** 352,358 **** + when popup menu is not visible + |TextChangedP| after a change was made to the text in Insert mode + when popup menu visible +! |TextYankPost| after text is yanked or deleted + + |ColorSchemePre| before loading a color scheme + |ColorScheme| after loading a color scheme +--- 353,359 ---- + when popup menu is not visible + |TextChangedP| after a change was made to the text in Insert mode + when popup menu visible +! |TextYankPost| after text has been yanked or deleted + + |ColorSchemePre| before loading a color scheme + |ColorScheme| after loading a color scheme +*************** +*** 585,591 **** + recursively. + + Sets these |v:event| keys: +! completed_item + height nr of items visible + width screen cells + row top screen row +--- 586,592 ---- + recursively. + + Sets these |v:event| keys: +! completed_item See |complete-items|. + height nr of items visible + width screen cells + row top screen row +*************** +*** 642,647 **** +--- 643,650 ---- + Not triggered when there is typeahead or when + an operator is pending. + For an example see |match-parens|. ++ Note: This can not be skipped with ++ `:noautocmd`. + Careful: This is triggered very often, don't + do anything that the user does not expect or + that is slow. +*************** +*** 782,794 **** + Not triggered when 'shelltemp' is off. + *FilterWritePost* + FilterWritePost After writing a file for a filter command or +! making a diff. + Vim checks the pattern against the name of + the current buffer as with FilterWritePre. + Not triggered when 'shelltemp' is off. + *FilterWritePre* + FilterWritePre Before writing a file for a filter command or +! making a diff. + Vim checks the pattern against the name of + the current buffer, not the name of the + temporary file that is the output of the +--- 785,798 ---- + Not triggered when 'shelltemp' is off. + *FilterWritePost* + FilterWritePost After writing a file for a filter command or +! making a diff with an external diff (see +! DiffUpdated for internal diff). + Vim checks the pattern against the name of + the current buffer as with FilterWritePre. + Not triggered when 'shelltemp' is off. + *FilterWritePre* + FilterWritePre Before writing a file for a filter command or +! making a diff with an external diff. + Vim checks the pattern against the name of + the current buffer, not the name of the + temporary file that is the output of the +*************** +*** 889,894 **** +--- 893,900 ---- + plugin. You can always use `:noa` to prevent + triggering this autocommand. + ++ When using |:set| in the autocommand the event ++ is not triggered again. + *QuickFixCmdPre* + QuickFixCmdPre Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|, + |:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|, +*************** +*** 1036,1045 **** + anything else that takes time is involved. + *TextChanged* + TextChanged After a change was made to the text in the +! current buffer in Normal mode. That is when +! |b:changedtick| has changed. + Not triggered when there is typeahead or when + an operator is pending. + Careful: This is triggered very often, don't + do anything that the user does not expect or + that is slow. +--- 1042,1055 ---- + anything else that takes time is involved. + *TextChanged* + TextChanged After a change was made to the text in the +! current buffer in Normal mode. That is after +! |b:changedtick| has changed (also when that +! happened before the TextChanged autocommand +! was defined). + Not triggered when there is typeahead or when + an operator is pending. ++ Note: This can not be skipped with ++ `:noautocmd`. + Careful: This is triggered very often, don't + do anything that the user does not expect or + that is slow. +*************** +*** 1438,1444 **** + In commands which expect a file name, you can use "<afile>" for the file name + that is being read |:<afile>| (you can also use "%" for the current file + name). "<abuf>" can be used for the buffer number of the currently effective +! buffer. This also works for buffers that doesn't have a name. But it doesn't + work for files without a buffer (e.g., with ":r file"). + + *gzip-example* +--- 1448,1454 ---- + In commands which expect a file name, you can use "<afile>" for the file name + that is being read |:<afile>| (you can also use "%" for the current file + name). "<abuf>" can be used for the buffer number of the currently effective +! buffer. This also works for buffers that don't have a name. But it doesn't + work for files without a buffer (e.g., with ":r file"). + + *gzip-example* +*************** +*** 1628,1632 **** + This will write the file without triggering the autocommands defined by the + gzip plugin. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1638,1645 ---- + This will write the file without triggering the autocommands defined by the + gzip plugin. + ++ Note that some autocommands are not triggered right away, but only later. ++ This specifically applies to |CursorMoved| and |TextChanged|. + +! +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/change.txt 2019-01-11 22:15:00.519123428 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/change.txt 2019-05-05 17:36:05.556453071 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *change.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 12 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *change.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 34,40 **** + deletes the last character of the count. + See |:fixdel| if the <Del> key does not do what you + want. See |'whichwrap'| for deleting a line break +! (join lines). {Vi does not support <Del>} + + *X* *dh* + ["x]X Delete [count] characters before the cursor [into +--- 34,40 ---- + deletes the last character of the count. + See |:fixdel| if the <Del> key does not do what you + want. See |'whichwrap'| for deleting a line break +! (join lines). + + *X* *dh* + ["x]X Delete [count] characters before the cursor [into +*************** +*** 59,65 **** + {Visual}["x]x or *v_x* *v_d* *v_<Del>* + {Visual}["x]d or + {Visual}["x]<Del> Delete the highlighted text [into register x] (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + {Visual}["x]CTRL-H or *v_CTRL-H* *v_<BS>* + {Visual}["x]<BS> When in Select mode: Delete the highlighted text [into +--- 59,65 ---- + {Visual}["x]x or *v_x* *v_d* *v_<Del>* + {Visual}["x]d or + {Visual}["x]<Del> Delete the highlighted text [into register x] (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + + {Visual}["x]CTRL-H or *v_CTRL-H* *v_<BS>* + {Visual}["x]<BS> When in Select mode: Delete the highlighted text [into +*************** +*** 69,75 **** + {Visual}["x]D Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] (for + {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). In Visual block mode, + "D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until +! the end of the line. {not in Vi} + + *:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl* *:dp* + :[range]d[elete] [x] Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into +--- 69,75 ---- + {Visual}["x]D Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] (for + {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). In Visual block mode, + "D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until +! the end of the line. + + *:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl* *:dp* + :[range]d[elete] [x] Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into +*************** +*** 116,131 **** + *v_J* + {Visual}J Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two + lines. Remove the indent and insert up to two spaces +! (see below). {not in Vi} + + *gJ* + gJ Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines. +! Don't insert or remove any spaces. {not in Vi} + + *v_gJ* + {Visual}gJ Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two +! lines. Don't insert or remove any spaces. {not in +! Vi} + + *:j* *:join* + :[range]j[oin][!] [flags] +--- 116,130 ---- + *v_J* + {Visual}J Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two + lines. Remove the indent and insert up to two spaces +! (see below). + + *gJ* + gJ Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines. +! Don't insert or remove any spaces. + + *v_gJ* + {Visual}gJ Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two +! lines. Don't insert or remove any spaces. + + *:j* *:join* + :[range]j[oin][!] [flags] +*************** +*** 134,140 **** + If a [range] has equal start and end values, this + command does nothing. The default behavior is to + join the current line with the line below it. +- {not in Vi: !} + See |ex-flags| for [flags]. + + :[range]j[oin][!] {count} [flags] +--- 133,138 ---- +*************** +*** 142,148 **** + current line |cmdline-ranges|). Same as "J", except + with [!] the join does not insert or delete any + spaces. +- {not in Vi: !} + See |ex-flags| for [flags]. + + These commands delete the <EOL> between lines. This has the effect of joining +--- 140,145 ---- +*************** +*** 209,216 **** + + {Visual}["x]c or *v_c* *v_s* + {Visual}["x]s Delete the highlighted text [into register x] and +! start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not +! in Vi} + + *v_r* + {Visual}["x]r{char} Replace all selected characters by {char}. +--- 206,212 ---- + + {Visual}["x]c or *v_c* *v_s* + {Visual}["x]s Delete the highlighted text [into register x] and +! start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + + *v_r* + {Visual}["x]r{char} Replace all selected characters by {char}. +*************** +*** 218,231 **** + *v_C* + {Visual}["x]C Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and + start insert. In Visual block mode it works +! differently |v_b_C|. {not in Vi} + *v_S* + {Visual}["x]S Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and +! start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not +! in Vi} + *v_R* + {Visual}["x]R Currently just like {Visual}["x]S. In a next version +! it might work differently. {not in Vi} + + Notes: + - You can end Insert and Replace mode with <Esc>. +--- 214,226 ---- + *v_C* + {Visual}["x]C Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and + start insert. In Visual block mode it works +! differently |v_b_C|. + *v_S* + {Visual}["x]S Delete the highlighted lines [into register x] and +! start insert (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + *v_R* + {Visual}["x]R Currently just like {Visual}["x]S. In a next version +! it might work differently. + + Notes: + - You can end Insert and Replace mode with <Esc>. +*************** +*** 322,342 **** + tilde cannot be used as an operator} + + *g~* +! g~{motion} Switch case of {motion} text. {not in Vi} + + g~g~ *g~g~* *g~~* +! g~~ Switch case of current line. {not in Vi}. + + *v_~* + {Visual}~ Switch case of highlighted text (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + *v_U* + {Visual}U Make highlighted text uppercase (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + *gU* *uppercase* +! gU{motion} Make {motion} text uppercase. {not in Vi} + Example: > + :map! <C-F> <Esc>gUiw`]a + < This works in Insert mode: press CTRL-F to make the +--- 317,337 ---- + tilde cannot be used as an operator} + + *g~* +! g~{motion} Switch case of {motion} text. + + g~g~ *g~g~* *g~~* +! g~~ Switch case of current line. + + *v_~* + {Visual}~ Switch case of highlighted text (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). + + *v_U* + {Visual}U Make highlighted text uppercase (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). + + *gU* *uppercase* +! gU{motion} Make {motion} text uppercase. + Example: > + :map! <C-F> <Esc>gUiw`]a + < This works in Insert mode: press CTRL-F to make the +*************** +*** 345,371 **** + + + gUgU *gUgU* *gUU* +! gUU Make current line uppercase. {not in Vi}. + + *v_u* + {Visual}u Make highlighted text lowercase (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + *gu* *lowercase* +! gu{motion} Make {motion} text lowercase. {not in Vi} + + gugu *gugu* *guu* +! guu Make current line lowercase. {not in Vi}. + + *g?* *rot13* +! g?{motion} Rot13 encode {motion} text. {not in Vi} + + *v_g?* + {Visual}g? Rot13 encode the highlighted text (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + g?g? *g?g?* *g??* +! g?? Rot13 encode current line. {not in Vi}. + + To turn one line into title caps, make every first letter of a word + uppercase: > +--- 340,366 ---- + + + gUgU *gUgU* *gUU* +! gUU Make current line uppercase. + + *v_u* + {Visual}u Make highlighted text lowercase (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). + + *gu* *lowercase* +! gu{motion} Make {motion} text lowercase. + + gugu *gugu* *guu* +! guu Make current line lowercase. + + *g?* *rot13* +! g?{motion} Rot13 encode {motion} text. + + *v_g?* + {Visual}g? Rot13 encode the highlighted text (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). + + g?g? *g?g?* *g??* +! g?? Rot13 encode current line. + + To turn one line into title caps, make every first letter of a word + uppercase: > +*************** +*** 375,392 **** + Adding and subtracting ~ + *CTRL-A* + CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at +! or after the cursor. {not in Vi} + + *v_CTRL-A* + {Visual}CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in +! the highlighted text. {not in Vi} + + *v_g_CTRL-A* + {Visual}g CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in + the highlighted text. If several lines are + highlighted, each one will be incremented by an + additional [count] (so effectively creating a +! [count] incrementing sequence). {not in Vi} + For Example, if you have this list of numbers: + 1. ~ + 1. ~ +--- 370,387 ---- + Adding and subtracting ~ + *CTRL-A* + CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at +! or after the cursor. + + *v_CTRL-A* + {Visual}CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in +! the highlighted text. + + *v_g_CTRL-A* + {Visual}g CTRL-A Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in + the highlighted text. If several lines are + highlighted, each one will be incremented by an + additional [count] (so effectively creating a +! [count] incrementing sequence). + For Example, if you have this list of numbers: + 1. ~ + 1. ~ +*************** +*** 401,411 **** + + *CTRL-X* + CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic +! character at or after the cursor. {not in Vi} + + *v_CTRL-X* + {Visual}CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic +! character in the highlighted text. {not in Vi} + + On MS-Windows, this is mapped to cut Visual text + |dos-standard-mappings|. If you want to disable the +--- 396,406 ---- + + *CTRL-X* + CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic +! character at or after the cursor. + + *v_CTRL-X* + {Visual}CTRL-X Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic +! character in the highlighted text. + + On MS-Windows, this is mapped to cut Visual text + |dos-standard-mappings|. If you want to disable the +*************** +*** 417,423 **** + character in the highlighted text. If several lines + are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an + additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count] +! decrementing sequence). {not in Vi} + + The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands can work for: + - signed and unsigned decimal numbers +--- 412,418 ---- + character in the highlighted text. If several lines + are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an + additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count] +! decrementing sequence). + + The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands can work for: + - signed and unsigned decimal numbers +*************** +*** 485,492 **** + + *v_<* + {Visual}[count]< Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth' +! leftwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in +! Vi} + + *>* + >{motion} Shift {motion} lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards. +--- 480,486 ---- + + *v_<* + {Visual}[count]< Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth' +! leftwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + + *>* + >{motion} Shift {motion} lines one 'shiftwidth' rightwards. +*************** +*** 500,507 **** + + *v_>* + {Visual}[count]> Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth' +! rightwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in +! Vi} + + *:<* + :[range]< Shift [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' left. Repeat '<' +--- 494,500 ---- + + *v_>* + {Visual}[count]> Shift the highlighted lines [count] 'shiftwidth' +! rightwards (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + + *:<* + :[range]< Shift [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' left. Repeat '<' +*************** +*** 512,518 **** + Repeat '<' for shifting multiple 'shiftwidth's. + + :[range]le[ft] [indent] left align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the +! lines to [indent] (default 0). {not in Vi} + + *:>* + :[range]> [flags] Shift {count} [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' right. +--- 505,511 ---- + Repeat '<' for shifting multiple 'shiftwidth's. + + :[range]le[ft] [indent] left align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the +! lines to [indent] (default 0). + + *:>* + :[range]> [flags] Shift {count} [range] lines one 'shiftwidth' right. +*************** +*** 579,585 **** + *v_!* + {Visual}!{filter} Filter the highlighted lines through the external + program {filter} (for {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). +- {not in Vi} + + :{range}![!]{filter} [!][arg] *:range!* + Filter {range} lines through the external program +--- 572,577 ---- +*************** +*** 613,619 **** + + *v_=* + {Visual}= Filter the highlighted lines like with ={motion}. +- {not in Vi} + + + *tempfile* *setuid* +--- 605,610 ---- +*************** +*** 640,650 **** + For the {pattern} see |pattern|. + {string} can be a literal string, or something + special; see |sub-replace-special|. +- *E939* + When [range] and [count] are omitted, replace in the + current line only. When [count] is given, replace in + [count] lines, starting with the last line in [range]. + When [range] is omitted start in the current line. + [count] must be a positive number. Also see + |cmdline-ranges|. + +--- 631,641 ---- + For the {pattern} see |pattern|. + {string} can be a literal string, or something + special; see |sub-replace-special|. + When [range] and [count] are omitted, replace in the + current line only. When [count] is given, replace in + [count] lines, starting with the last line in [range]. + When [range] is omitted start in the current line. ++ *E939* + [count] must be a positive number. Also see + |cmdline-ranges|. + +*************** +*** 678,692 **** + For example, when you first do a substitution with + `:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for + something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`. +! Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi} + + *:snomagic* *:sno* + :[range]sno[magic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'nomagic'. +- {not in Vi} + + *:smagic* *:sm* + :[range]sm[agic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'magic'. +- {not in Vi} + + *:s_flags* + The flags that you can use for the substitute commands: +--- 669,681 ---- + For example, when you first do a substitution with + `:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for + something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`. +! Mnemonic: global substitute. + + *:snomagic* *:sno* + :[range]sno[magic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'nomagic'. + + *:smagic* *:sm* + :[range]sm[agic] ... Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'magic'. + + *:s_flags* + The flags that you can use for the substitute commands: +*************** +*** 697,703 **** + :&& + :s/this/that/& + < Note that `:s` and `:&` don't keep the flags. +- {not in Vi} + + [c] Confirm each substitution. Vim highlights the matching string (with + |hl-IncSearch|). You can type: *:s_c* +--- 686,691 ---- +*************** +*** 705,720 **** + 'l' to substitute this match and then quit ("last") + 'n' to skip this match + <Esc> to quit substituting +! 'a' to substitute this and all remaining matches {not in Vi} +! 'q' to quit substituting {not in Vi} +! CTRL-E to scroll the screen up {not in Vi, not available when +! compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature} +! CTRL-Y to scroll the screen down {not in Vi, not available when +! compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature} + If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and + toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new + search pattern. +- {not in Vi: highlighting of the match, other responses than 'y' or 'n'} + + *:s_e* + [e] When the search pattern fails, do not issue an error message and, in +--- 693,707 ---- + 'l' to substitute this match and then quit ("last") + 'n' to skip this match + <Esc> to quit substituting +! 'a' to substitute this and all remaining matches +! 'q' to quit substituting +! CTRL-E to scroll the screen up {not available when compiled +! without the |+insert_expand| feature} +! CTRL-Y to scroll the screen down {not available when compiled +! without the |+insert_expand| feature} + If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and + toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new + search pattern. + + *:s_e* + [e] When the search pattern fails, do not issue an error message and, in +*************** +*** 726,732 **** + No previous substitute regular expression + Trailing characters + Interrupted +- {not in Vi} + + *:s_g* + [g] Replace all occurrences in the line. Without this argument, +--- 713,718 ---- +*************** +*** 736,761 **** + pattern. If the 'gdefault' option is on, this flag is on by default + and the [g] argument switches it off. + + [i] Ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' options + are not used. +- {not in Vi} + + [I] Don't ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' + options are not used. +- {not in Vi} + + [n] Report the number of matches, do not actually substitute. The [c] + flag is ignored. The matches are reported as if 'report' is zero. + Useful to |count-items|. + If \= |sub-replace-expression| is used, the expression will be + evaluated in the |sandbox| at every match. + +! [p] Print the line containing the last substitute. + +! [#] Like [p] and prepend the line number. + +! [l] Like [p] but print the text like |:list|. + + [r] Only useful in combination with `:&` or `:s` without arguments. `:&r` + works the same way as `:~`: When the search pattern is empty, use the + previously used search pattern instead of the search pattern from the +--- 722,749 ---- + pattern. If the 'gdefault' option is on, this flag is on by default + and the [g] argument switches it off. + ++ *:s_i* + [i] Ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' options + are not used. + ++ *:s_I* + [I] Don't ignore case for the pattern. The 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' + options are not used. + ++ *:s_n* + [n] Report the number of matches, do not actually substitute. The [c] + flag is ignored. The matches are reported as if 'report' is zero. + Useful to |count-items|. + If \= |sub-replace-expression| is used, the expression will be + evaluated in the |sandbox| at every match. + +! [p] Print the line containing the last substitute. *:s_p* + +! [#] Like [p] and prepend the line number. *:s_#* + +! [l] Like [p] but print the text like |:list|. *:s_l* + ++ *:s_r* + [r] Only useful in combination with `:&` or `:s` without arguments. `:&r` + works the same way as `:~`: When the search pattern is empty, use the + previously used search pattern instead of the search pattern from the +*************** +*** 772,778 **** + /green + :& + < The last command will replace "blue" with "red". +- {not in Vi} + + Note that there is no flag to change the "magicness" of the pattern. A + different command is used instead, or you can use |/\v| and friends. The +--- 760,765 ---- +*************** +*** 854,860 **** + - magic is always set without regard to 'magic'. + - A ~ inserts a tilde literally. + - <CR> and \r inserts a carriage-return (CTRL-M). +! - \<CR> does not have a special meaning. it's just one of \x. + + Examples: > + :s/a\|b/xxx\0xxx/g modifies "a b" to "xxxaxxx xxxbxxx" +--- 841,847 ---- + - magic is always set without regard to 'magic'. + - A ~ inserts a tilde literally. + - <CR> and \r inserts a carriage-return (CTRL-M). +! - \<CR> does not have a special meaning. It's just one of \x. + + Examples: > + :s/a\|b/xxx\0xxx/g modifies "a b" to "xxxaxxx xxxbxxx" +*************** +*** 940,948 **** + breaks. Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line + breaks themselves. + +! The whole matched text can be accessed with "submatch(0)". The text matched +! with the first pair of () with "submatch(1)". Likewise for further +! sub-matches in (). + + Be careful: The separation character must not appear in the expression! + Consider using a character like "@" or ":". There is no problem if the result +--- 927,935 ---- + breaks. Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line + breaks themselves. + +! The |submatch()| function can be used to obtain matched text. The whole +! matched text can be accessed with "submatch(0)". The text matched with the +! first pair of () with "submatch(1)". Likewise for further sub-matches in (). + + Be careful: The separation character must not appear in the expression! + Consider using a character like "@" or ":". There is no problem if the result +*************** +*** 998,1004 **** + a single tabstop. Each value in the list represents + the width of one tabstop, except the final value which + applies to all following tabstops. +- {not in Vi} + + *retab-example* + Example for using autocommands and ":retab" to edit a file which is stored +--- 985,990 ---- +*************** +*** 1022,1038 **** + :reg[isters] Display the contents of all numbered and named + registers. If a register is written to for |:redir| + it will not be listed. +- {not in Vi} + + + :reg[isters] {arg} Display the contents of the numbered and named + registers that are mentioned in {arg}. For example: > + :reg 1a + < to display registers '1' and 'a'. Spaces are allowed +! in {arg}. {not in Vi} + + *:di* *:display* +! :di[splay] [arg] Same as :registers. {not in Vi} + + *y* *yank* + ["x]y{motion} Yank {motion} text [into register x]. When no +--- 1008,1023 ---- + :reg[isters] Display the contents of all numbered and named + registers. If a register is written to for |:redir| + it will not be listed. + + + :reg[isters] {arg} Display the contents of the numbered and named + registers that are mentioned in {arg}. For example: > + :reg 1a + < to display registers '1' and 'a'. Spaces are allowed +! in {arg}. + + *:di* *:display* +! :di[splay] [arg] Same as :registers. + + *y* *yank* + ["x]y{motion} Yank {motion} text [into register x]. When no +*************** +*** 1051,1061 **** + + *v_y* + {Visual}["x]y Yank the highlighted text [into register x] (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + *v_Y* + {Visual}["x]Y Yank the highlighted lines [into register x] (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + *:y* *:yank* *E850* + :[range]y[ank] [x] Yank [range] lines [into register x]. Yanking to the +--- 1036,1046 ---- + + *v_y* + {Visual}["x]y Yank the highlighted text [into register x] (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + + *v_Y* + {Visual}["x]Y Yank the highlighted lines [into register x] (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + + *:y* *:yank* *E850* + :[range]y[ank] [x] Yank [range] lines [into register x]. Yanking to the +*************** +*** 1082,1088 **** + Leaves the cursor at the end of the new text. + Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n' + or 'a'. +- {not in Vi} + If you have a scrollwheel and often accidentally paste + text, you can use these mappings to disable the + pasting with the middle mouse button: > +--- 1067,1072 ---- +*************** +*** 1093,1103 **** + + *gp* + ["x]gp Just like "p", but leave the cursor just after the new +! text. {not in Vi} + + *gP* + ["x]gP Just like "P", but leave the cursor just after the new +! text. {not in Vi} + + *:pu* *:put* + :[line]pu[t] [x] Put the text [from register x] after [line] (default +--- 1077,1087 ---- + + *gp* + ["x]gp Just like "p", but leave the cursor just after the new +! text. + + *gP* + ["x]gP Just like "P", but leave the cursor just after the new +! text. + + *:pu* *:put* + :[line]pu[t] [x] Put the text [from register x] after [line] (default +*************** +*** 1125,1138 **** + ["x]]p or *]p* *]<MiddleMouse>* + ["x]]<MiddleMouse> Like "p", but adjust the indent to the current line. + Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n' +! or 'a'. {not in Vi} + + ["x][P or *[P* + ["x]]P or *]P* + ["x][p or *[p* *[<MiddleMouse>* + ["x][<MiddleMouse> Like "P", but adjust the indent to the current line. + Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n' +! or 'a'. {not in Vi} + + You can use these commands to copy text from one place to another. Do this + by first getting the text into a register with a yank, delete or change +--- 1109,1122 ---- + ["x]]p or *]p* *]<MiddleMouse>* + ["x]]<MiddleMouse> Like "p", but adjust the indent to the current line. + Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n' +! or 'a'. + + ["x][P or *[P* + ["x]]P or *]P* + ["x][p or *[p* *[<MiddleMouse>* + ["x][<MiddleMouse> Like "P", but adjust the indent to the current line. + Using the mouse only works when 'mouse' contains 'n' +! or 'a'. + + You can use these commands to copy text from one place to another. Do this + by first getting the text into a register with a yank, delete or change +*************** +*** 1242,1248 **** + 3. Small delete register "- *quote_-* *quote-* + This register contains text from commands that delete less than one line, + except when the command specifies a register with ["x]. +- {not in Vi} + + 4. Named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z *quote_alpha* *quotea* + Vim fills these registers only when you say so. Specify them as lowercase +--- 1226,1231 ---- +*************** +*** 1252,1258 **** + + 5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "% + These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'. You can use them only with the "p", "P", +! and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R. {not in Vi} + *quote_.* *quote.* *E29* + ". Contains the last inserted text (the same as what is inserted + with the insert mode commands CTRL-A and CTRL-@). Note: this +--- 1235,1241 ---- + + 5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "% + These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'. You can use them only with the "p", "P", +! and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R. + *quote_.* *quote.* *E29* + ". Contains the last inserted text (the same as what is inserted + with the insert mode commands CTRL-A and CTRL-@). Note: this +*************** +*** 1306,1318 **** + + If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL> + characters. If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise +! register. {not in Vi} + + 8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ + Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI. + See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|. When the clipboard is not available or not + working, the unnamed register is used instead. For Unix systems the clipboard +! is only available when the |+xterm_clipboard| feature is present. {not in Vi} + + Note that there is only a distinction between "* and "+ for X11 systems. For + an explanation of the difference, see |x11-selection|. Under MS-Windows, use +--- 1289,1301 ---- + + If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL> + characters. If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise +! register. + + 8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ + Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI. + See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|. When the clipboard is not available or not + working, the unnamed register is used instead. For Unix systems the clipboard +! is only available when the |+xterm_clipboard| feature is present. + + Note that there is only a distinction between "* and "+ for X11 systems. For + an explanation of the difference, see |x11-selection|. Under MS-Windows, use +*************** +*** 1323,1329 **** + operation. When something has been dropped onto Vim, the "~ register is + filled in and the <Drop> pseudo key is sent for notification. You can remap + this key if you want; the default action (for all modes) is to insert the +! contents of the "~ register at the cursor position. {not in Vi} + {only available when compiled with the |+dnd| feature, currently only with the + GTK GUI} + +--- 1306,1312 ---- + operation. When something has been dropped onto Vim, the "~ register is + filled in and the <Drop> pseudo key is sent for notification. You can remap + this key if you want; the default action (for all modes) is to insert the +! contents of the "~ register at the cursor position. + {only available when compiled with the |+dnd| feature, currently only with the + GTK GUI} + +*************** +*** 1333,1339 **** + 9. Black hole register "_ *quote_* + When writing to this register, nothing happens. This can be used to delete + text without affecting the normal registers. When reading from this register, +! nothing is returned. {not in Vi} + + 10. Last search pattern register "/ *quote_/* *quote/* + Contains the most recent search-pattern. This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'. +--- 1316,1322 ---- + 9. Black hole register "_ *quote_* + When writing to this register, nothing happens. This can be used to delete + text without affecting the normal registers. When reading from this register, +! nothing is returned. + + 10. Last search pattern register "/ *quote_/* *quote/* + Contains the most recent search-pattern. This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'. +*************** +*** 1342,1348 **** + register. The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|. + Note that the value is restored when returning from a function + |function-search-undo|. +- {not in Vi} + + *@/* + You can write to a register with a `:let` command |:let-@|. Example: > +--- 1325,1330 ---- +*************** +*** 1373,1389 **** + :[range]ce[nter] [width] *:ce* *:center* + Center lines in [range] between [width] columns + (default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0). +- {not in Vi} + + :[range]ri[ght] [width] *:ri* *:right* + Right-align lines in [range] at [width] columns + (default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0). +- {not in Vi} + + *:le* *:left* + :[range]le[ft] [indent] + Left-align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the +! lines to [indent] (default 0). {not in Vi} + + *gq* + gq{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over. +--- 1355,1369 ---- + :[range]ce[nter] [width] *:ce* *:center* + Center lines in [range] between [width] columns + (default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0). + + :[range]ri[ght] [width] *:ri* *:right* + Right-align lines in [range] at [width] columns + (default 'textwidth' or 80 when 'textwidth' is 0). + + *:le* *:left* + :[range]le[ft] [indent] + Left-align lines in [range]. Sets the indent in the +! lines to [indent] (default 0). + + *gq* + gq{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over. +*************** +*** 1410,1433 **** + + gqgq *gqgq* *gqq* + gqq Format the current line. With a count format that +! many lines. {not in Vi} + + *v_gq* + {Visual}gq Format the highlighted text. (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + *gw* + gw{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over. Similar to + |gq| but puts the cursor back at the same position in + the text. However, 'formatprg' and 'formatexpr' are +! not used. {not in Vi} + + gwgw *gwgw* *gww* +! gww Format the current line as with "gw". {not in Vi} + + *v_gw* + {Visual}gw Format the highlighted text as with "gw". (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). {not in Vi} + + Example: To format the current paragraph use: *gqap* > + gqap +--- 1390,1413 ---- + + gqgq *gqgq* *gqq* + gqq Format the current line. With a count format that +! many lines. + + *v_gq* + {Visual}gq Format the highlighted text. (for {Visual} see +! |Visual-mode|). + + *gw* + gw{motion} Format the lines that {motion} moves over. Similar to + |gq| but puts the cursor back at the same position in + the text. However, 'formatprg' and 'formatexpr' are +! not used. + + gwgw *gwgw* *gww* +! gww Format the current line as with "gw". + + *v_gw* + {Visual}gw Format the highlighted text as with "gw". (for +! {Visual} see |Visual-mode|). + + Example: To format the current paragraph use: *gqap* > + gqap +*************** +*** 1457,1463 **** + program. + + *format-formatexpr* +! The 'formatexpr' option can be set to a Vim Script function that performs + reformatting of the buffer. This should usually happen in an |ftplugin|, + since formatting is highly dependent on the type of file. It makes + sense to use an |autoload| script, so the corresponding script is only loaded +--- 1437,1443 ---- + program. + + *format-formatexpr* +! The 'formatexpr' option can be set to a Vim script function that performs + reformatting of the buffer. This should usually happen in an |ftplugin|, + since formatting is highly dependent on the type of file. It makes + sense to use an |autoload| script, so the corresponding script is only loaded +*************** +*** 1491,1497 **** + + You can then enable the formatting by executing: > + setlocal formatexpr=format#Format() +! > + Note: this function explicitly returns non-zero when called from insert mode + (which basically means, text is inserted beyond the 'textwidth' limit). This + causes Vim to fall back to reformat the text by using the internal formatter. +--- 1471,1477 ---- + + You can then enable the formatting by executing: > + setlocal formatexpr=format#Format() +! + Note: this function explicitly returns non-zero when called from insert mode + (which basically means, text is inserted beyond the 'textwidth' limit). This + causes Vim to fall back to reformat the text by using the internal formatter. +*************** +*** 1901,1904 **** + process you may end up with duplicated lines. This also depends on the system + library function used. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1881,1884 ---- + process you may end up with duplicated lines. This also depends on the system + library function used. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/channel.txt 2018-09-06 16:27:20.664831945 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/channel.txt 2019-05-05 17:36:27.876329529 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *channel.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 18 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *channel.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 24,30 **** + 11. Controlling a job |job-control| + 12. Using a prompt buffer |prompt-buffer| + +- {Vi does not have any of these features} + {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff} + You can check this with: `has('channel')` + {only when compiled with the |+job| feature for job stuff} +--- 24,29 ---- +*************** +*** 308,316 **** + + Command "redraw" ~ + +! The other commands do not update the screen, so that you can send a sequence +! of commands without the cursor moving around. You must end with the "redraw" +! command to show any changed text and show the cursor where it belongs. + + The argument is normally an empty string: + ["redraw", ""] ~ +--- 307,316 ---- + + Command "redraw" ~ + +! The other commands do not explicitly update the screen, so that you can send a +! sequence of commands without the cursor moving around. A redraw can happen as +! a side effect of some commands. You must end with the "redraw" command to +! show any changed text and show the cursor where it belongs. + + The argument is normally an empty string: + ["redraw", ""] ~ +*************** +*** 820,827 **** + The user can go to Normal mode and navigate through the buffer. This can be + useful see older output or copy text. + + Any command that starts Insert mode, such as "a", "i", "A" and "I", will move +! the cursor to the last line, after the prompt. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 820,833 ---- + The user can go to Normal mode and navigate through the buffer. This can be + useful see older output or copy text. + ++ The CTRL-W key can be used to start a window command, such as CTRL-W w to ++ switch to the next window. This also works in Insert mode (use Shift-CTRL-W ++ to delete a word). When leaving the window Insert mode will be stopped. When ++ coming back to the prompt window Insert mode will be restored. ++ + Any command that starts Insert mode, such as "a", "i", "A" and "I", will move +! the cursor to the last line. "A" will move to the end of the line, "I" to the +! start of the line. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/cmdline.txt 2018-09-10 21:04:09.860392752 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/cmdline.txt 2019-05-05 17:32:09.689749856 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *cmdline.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 14 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *cmdline.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 66,72 **** + - All searches are put in the search history, including the ones that come + from commands like "*" and "#". But for a mapping, only the last search is + remembered (to avoid that long mappings trash the history). +- {Vi: no history} + {not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| feature} + + There is an automatic completion of names on the command-line; see +--- 66,71 ---- +*************** +*** 124,135 **** + :cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U> + < + *c_<Insert>* *c_Insert* +! <Insert> Toggle between insert and overstrike. {not in Vi} + + {char1} <BS> {char2} or *c_digraph* + CTRL-K {char1} {char2} *c_CTRL-K* + enter digraph (see |digraphs|). When {char1} is a special +! key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form. {not in Vi} + + CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.} *c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>* + Insert the contents of a numbered or named register. Between +--- 123,134 ---- + :cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U> + < + *c_<Insert>* *c_Insert* +! <Insert> Toggle between insert and overstrike. + + {char1} <BS> {char2} or *c_digraph* + CTRL-K {char1} {char2} *c_CTRL-K* + enter digraph (see |digraphs|). When {char1} is a special +! key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form. + + CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.} *c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>* + Insert the contents of a numbered or named register. Between +*************** +*** 165,171 **** + too. + When the result is a Float it's automatically + converted to a String. +! See |registers| about registers. {not in Vi} + Implementation detail: When using the |expression| register + and invoking setcmdpos(), this sets the position before + inserting the resulting string. Use CTRL-R CTRL-R to set the +--- 164,170 ---- + too. + When the result is a Float it's automatically + converted to a String. +! See |registers| about registers. + Implementation detail: When using the |expression| register + and invoking setcmdpos(), this sets the position before + inserting the resulting string. Use CTRL-R CTRL-R to set the +*************** +*** 188,194 **** + currently displayed match is used. With CTRL-W the part of + the word that was already typed is not inserted again. + +- {not in Vi} + CTRL-F and CTRL-P: {only when |+file_in_path| feature is + included} + +--- 187,192 ---- +*************** +*** 313,323 **** + off, since you are expected to type a command. After + switching it on with CTRL-^, the new state is not used again + for the next command or Search pattern. +- {not in Vi} + + *c_CTRL-]* +! CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character. {not in +! Vi} + + For Emacs-style editing on the command-line see |emacs-keys|. + +--- 311,319 ---- + off, since you are expected to type a command. After + switching it on with CTRL-^, the new state is not used again + for the next command or Search pattern. + + *c_CTRL-]* +! CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character. + + For Emacs-style editing on the command-line see |emacs-keys|. + +*************** +*** 332,338 **** + + *:his* *:history* + :his[tory] Print the history of last entered commands. +- {not in Vi} + {not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| + feature} + +--- 328,333 ---- +*************** +*** 344,350 **** + i[nput] or @ input line history + d[ebug] or > debug command history + a[ll] all of the above +- {not in Vi} + + If the numbers {first} and/or {last} are given, the respective + range of entries from a history is listed. These numbers can +--- 339,344 ---- +*************** +*** 534,541 **** + to add comments. Example: > + :set ai "set 'autoindent' option + It is not possible to add a comment to a shell command ":!cmd" or to the +! ":map" command and a few others, because they see the '"' as part of their +! argument. This is mentioned where the command is explained. + + *:bar* *:\bar* + '|' can be used to separate commands, so you can give multiple commands in one +--- 528,572 ---- + to add comments. Example: > + :set ai "set 'autoindent' option + It is not possible to add a comment to a shell command ":!cmd" or to the +! ":map" command and a few others (mainly commands that expect expressions) +! that see the '"' as part of their argument: +! +! :argdo +! :autocmd +! :bufdo +! :cexpr (and the like) +! :cdo (and the like) +! :command +! :cscope (and the like) +! :debug +! :display +! :echo (and the like) +! :elseif +! :execute +! :folddoopen +! :folddoclosed +! :for +! :grep (and the like) +! :help (and the like) +! :if +! :let +! :make +! :map (and the like including :abbrev commands) +! :menu (and the like) +! :mkspell +! :normal +! :ownsyntax +! :popup +! :promptfind (and the like) +! :registers +! :return +! :sort +! :syntax +! :tabdo +! :tearoff +! :vimgrep (and the like) +! :while +! :windo + + *:bar* *:\bar* + '|' can be used to separate commands, so you can give multiple commands in one +*************** +*** 899,905 **** + directory. + :. Reduce file name to be relative to current directory, if + possible. File name is unmodified if it is not below the +! current directory. + For maximum shortness, use ":~:.". + :h Head of the file name (the last component and any separators + removed). Cannot be used with :e, :r or :t. +--- 930,937 ---- + directory. + :. Reduce file name to be relative to current directory, if + possible. File name is unmodified if it is not below the +! current directory, but on MS-Windows the drive is removed if +! it is the current drive. + For maximum shortness, use ":~:.". + :h Head of the file name (the last component and any separators + removed). Cannot be used with :e, :r or :t. +*************** +*** 1168,1171 **** + @ string for |input()| + - text for |:insert| or |:append| + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1200,1203 ---- + @ string for |input()| + - text for |:insert| or |:append| + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/debugger.txt 2018-05-17 13:40:51.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/debugger.txt 2019-05-05 17:39:30.515314777 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *debugger.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 21 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur +--- 1,4 ---- +! *debugger.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur +*************** +*** 10,16 **** + 2. Vim Compile Options |debugger-compilation| + 3. Integrated Debuggers |debugger-integration| + +- {Vi does not have any of these features} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Debugger Features *debugger-features* +--- 10,15 ---- +*************** +*** 139,142 **** + + For Sun NetBeans support see |netbeans|. + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 138,141 ---- + + For Sun NetBeans support see |netbeans|. + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/debug.txt 2018-05-17 13:40:51.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/debug.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.355157624 +0200 +*************** +*** 172,175 **** + http://msdn.microsoft.com/vstudio/express/visualC/default.aspx + + ========================================================================= +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 172,175 ---- + http://msdn.microsoft.com/vstudio/express/visualC/default.aspx + + ========================================================================= +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/develop.txt 2018-05-17 13:40:51.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/develop.txt 2019-02-17 17:26:56.181603202 +0100 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *develop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 02 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *develop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 17 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 355,360 **** +--- 355,378 ---- + cmd; + } + ++ When a block has one line the braces can be left out. When an if/else has ++ braces on one block, it usually looks better when the other block also has ++ braces: ++ OK: if (cond) ++ cmd; ++ else ++ cmd; ++ ++ OK: if (cond) ++ { ++ cmd; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ cmd; ++ cmd; ++ } ++ + Use ANSI (new style) function declarations with the return type on a separate + indented line. + +*************** +*** 367,376 **** + */ + int + function_name( +! int arg1, /* short comment about arg1 */ +! int arg2) /* short comment about arg2 */ + { +! int local; /* comment about local */ + + local = arg1 * arg2; + +--- 385,394 ---- + */ + int + function_name( +! int arg1, // short comment about arg1 +! int arg2) // short comment about arg2 + { +! int local; // comment about local + + local = arg1 * arg2; + +*************** +*** 563,566 **** + Note that some compilers cannot handle long lines or strings. The C89 + standard specifies a limit of 509 characters. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 581,584 ---- + Note that some compilers cannot handle long lines or strings. The C89 + standard specifies a limit of 509 characters. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/diff.txt 2018-09-10 17:50:32.709306979 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/diff.txt 2019-05-04 22:37:03.397001141 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Oct 03 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *diff.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 16,23 **** + 4. Copying diffs |copy-diffs| + 5. Diff options |diff-options| + +- {not in Vi} +- + ============================================================================== + 1. Starting diff mode *start-vimdiff* + +--- 16,21 ---- +*************** +*** 179,186 **** + need another buffer. This command is useful: > + command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ + \ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis +! (this is in |vimrc_example.vim|). Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences +! between the current buffer and the file it was loaded from. + + A buffer that is unloaded cannot be used for the diff. But it does work for + hidden buffers. You can use ":hide" to close a window without unloading the +--- 177,184 ---- + need another buffer. This command is useful: > + command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ + \ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis +! (this is in |defaults.vim|). Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences between +! the current buffer and the file it was loaded from. + + A buffer that is unloaded cannot be used for the diff. But it does work for + hidden buffers. You can use ":hide" to close a window without unloading the +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/digraph.txt 2018-12-14 18:52:57.169528762 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/digraph.txt 2019-05-05 17:39:34.763291093 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *digraph.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Nov 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *digraph.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 18,24 **** + 2. Using digraphs |digraphs-use| + 3. Default digraphs |digraphs-default| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Defining digraphs *digraphs-define* +--- 18,23 ---- +*************** +*** 59,76 **** + "10". That's because NUL characters are internally represented with a NL + character. When you write the file it will become a NUL character. + +! When Vim was compiled without the |+multi_byte| feature, you need to specify +! the character in the encoding given with 'encoding'. You might want to use +! something like this: > +! +! if has("multi_byte") +! digraph oe 339 +! elseif &encoding == "iso-8859-15" +! digraph oe 189 +! endif +! +! This defines the "oe" digraph for a character that is number 339 in Unicode +! and 189 in latin9 (iso-8859-15). + + ============================================================================== + 2. Using digraphs *digraphs-use* +--- 58,66 ---- + "10". That's because NUL characters are internally represented with a NL + character. When you write the file it will become a NUL character. + +! Example: > +! digraph oe 339 +! This defines the "oe" digraph for a character that is number 339 in Unicode. + + ============================================================================== + 2. Using digraphs *digraphs-use* +*************** +*** 113,123 **** + + You may have problems using Vim with characters which have a value above 128. + For example: You insert ue (u-umlaut) and the editor echoes \334 in Insert +! mode. After leaving the Insert mode everything is fine. Note that fmt +! removes all characters with a value above 128 from the text being formatted. +! On some Unix systems this means you have to define the environment-variable +! LC_CTYPE. If you are using csh, then put the following line in your .cshrc: > +! setenv LC_CTYPE iso_8859_1 + + ============================================================================== + 3. Default digraphs *digraphs-default* +--- 103,116 ---- + + You may have problems using Vim with characters which have a value above 128. + For example: You insert ue (u-umlaut) and the editor echoes \334 in Insert +! mode. After leaving the Insert mode everything is fine. On some Unix systems +! this means you have to define the environment-variable LC_CTYPE. If you are +! using csh, then put the following line in your .cshrc: > +! setenv LC_CTYPE en_US.utf8 +! (or similar for a different language or country). The value must be a valid +! locale on your system, i.e. on Unix-like systems it must be present in the +! output of > +! locale -a + + ============================================================================== + 3. Default digraphs *digraphs-default* +*************** +*** 161,168 **** + Example: a: is ä and o: is ö + + These are the RFC1345 digraphs for the one-byte characters. See the output of +! ":digraphs" for the others. The characters above 255 are only available when +! Vim was compiled with the |+multi_byte| feature. + + EURO + +--- 154,160 ---- + Example: a: is ä and o: is ö + + These are the RFC1345 digraphs for the one-byte characters. See the output of +! ":digraphs" for the others. + + EURO + +*************** +*** 1490,1493 **** + ſt ft FB05 64261 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE LONG S T + st st FB06 64262 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE ST + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1482,1485 ---- + ſt ft FB05 64261 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE LONG S T + st st FB06 64262 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE ST + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/editing.txt 2019-04-27 20:36:52.526303597 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/editing.txt 2019-05-05 17:40:01.711140762 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *editing.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 29 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *editing.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 44,50 **** + :keepalt {cmd} Execute {cmd} while keeping the current alternate file + name. Note that commands invoked indirectly (e.g., + with a function) may still set the alternate file +! name. {not in Vi} + + All file names are remembered in the buffer list. When you enter a file name, + for editing (e.g., with ":e filename") or writing (e.g., with ":w filename"), +--- 44,50 ---- + :keepalt {cmd} Execute {cmd} while keeping the current alternate file + name. Note that commands invoked indirectly (e.g., + with a function) may still set the alternate file +! name. + + All file names are remembered in the buffer list. When you enter a file name, + for editing (e.g., with ":e filename") or writing (e.g., with ":w filename"), +*************** +*** 60,73 **** + option is set), and the file status (readonly, + modified, read errors, new file). See the 'shortmess' + option about how to make this message shorter. +- {Vi does not include column number} + + :f[ile]! like |:file|, but don't truncate the name even when + 'shortmess' indicates this. + + {count}CTRL-G Like CTRL-G, but prints the current file name with + full path. If the count is higher than 1 the current +! buffer number is also given. {not in Vi} + + *g_CTRL-G* *word-count* *byte-count* + g CTRL-G Prints the current position of the cursor in five +--- 60,72 ---- + option is set), and the file status (readonly, + modified, read errors, new file). See the 'shortmess' + option about how to make this message shorter. + + :f[ile]! like |:file|, but don't truncate the name even when + 'shortmess' indicates this. + + {count}CTRL-G Like CTRL-G, but prints the current file name with + full path. If the count is higher than 1 the current +! buffer number is also given. + + *g_CTRL-G* *word-count* *byte-count* + g CTRL-G Prints the current position of the cursor in five +*************** +*** 80,86 **** + column are shown, separated with a dash. + Also see the 'ruler' option and the |wordcount()| + function. +- {not in Vi} + + *v_g_CTRL-G* + {Visual}g CTRL-G Similar to "g CTRL-G", but Word, Character, Line, and +--- 79,84 ---- +*************** +*** 88,94 **** + displayed. + In Blockwise mode, Column count is also shown. (For + {Visual} see |Visual-mode|.) +- {not in VI} + + *:file_f* + :f[ile][!] {name} Sets the current file name to {name}. The optional ! +--- 86,91 ---- +*************** +*** 98,111 **** + to hold the old name. + *:0file* + :0f[ile][!] Remove the name of the current buffer. The optional ! +! avoids truncating the message, as with |:file|. {not +! in Vi} + + :buffers + :files + :ls List all the currently known file names. See +! 'windows.txt' |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|. {not in +! Vi} + + Vim will remember the full path name of a file name that you enter. In most + cases when the file name is displayed only the name you typed is shown, but +--- 95,106 ---- + to hold the old name. + *:0file* + :0f[ile][!] Remove the name of the current buffer. The optional ! +! avoids truncating the message, as with |:file|. + + :buffers + :files + :ls List all the currently known file names. See +! 'windows.txt' |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|. + + Vim will remember the full path name of a file name that you enter. In most + cases when the file name is displayed only the name you typed is shown, but +*************** +*** 244,262 **** + If 'fileformats' is not empty, the first format given + will be used for the new buffer. If 'fileformats' is + empty, the 'fileformat' of the current buffer is used. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ene!* *:enew!* + :ene[w]! Edit a new, unnamed buffer. Discard any changes to + the current buffer. + Set 'fileformat' like |:enew|. +- {not in Vi} + + *:fin* *:find* + :fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file} + Find {file} in 'path' and then |:edit| it. +! {not in Vi} {not available when the |+file_in_path| +! feature was disabled at compile time} + + :{count}fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file} + Just like ":find", but use the {count} match in +--- 239,255 ---- + If 'fileformats' is not empty, the first format given + will be used for the new buffer. If 'fileformats' is + empty, the 'fileformat' of the current buffer is used. + + *:ene!* *:enew!* + :ene[w]! Edit a new, unnamed buffer. Discard any changes to + the current buffer. + Set 'fileformat' like |:enew|. + + *:fin* *:find* + :fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file} + Find {file} in 'path' and then |:edit| it. +! {not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was +! disabled at compile time} + + :{count}fin[d][!] [++opt] [+cmd] {file} + Just like ":find", but use the {count} match in +*************** +*** 278,284 **** + :vie[w][!] [++opt] [+cmd] file + When used in Ex mode: Leave |Ex-mode|, go back to + Normal mode. Otherwise same as |:edit|, but set +! 'readonly' option for this buffer. {not in Vi} + + *CTRL-^* *CTRL-6* + CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is +--- 271,277 ---- + :vie[w][!] [++opt] [+cmd] file + When used in Ex mode: Leave |Ex-mode|, go back to + Normal mode. Otherwise same as |:edit|, but set +! 'readonly' option for this buffer. + + *CTRL-^* *CTRL-6* + CTRL-^ Edit the alternate file. Mostly the alternate file is +*************** +*** 297,303 **** + ":e #[count]"). This is a quick way to switch between + files. + See |CTRL-^| above for further details. +- {not in Vi} + + [count]]f *]f* *[f* + [count][f Same as "gf". Deprecated. +--- 290,295 ---- +*************** +*** 331,337 **** + For Unix the '~' character is expanded, like in + "~user/file". Environment variables are expanded too + |expand-env|. +- {not in Vi} + {not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was + disabled at compile time} + +--- 323,328 ---- +*************** +*** 341,347 **** + Leading blanks are skipped, otherwise all blanks and + special characters are included in the file name. + (For {Visual} see |Visual-mode|.) +- {not in VI} + + *gF* + [count]gF Same as "gf", except if a number follows the file +--- 332,337 ---- +*************** +*** 637,643 **** + still be added to the argument list, but won't be + edited. No check for duplicates is done. + Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. +- {not in Vi} + + :[count]arga[dd] {name} .. *:arga* *:argadd* *E479* + :[count]arga[dd] +--- 627,632 ---- +*************** +*** 659,665 **** + There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to + add a file to the argument list twice. + The currently edited file is not changed. +- {not in Vi} + Note: you can also use this method: > + :args ## x + < This will add the "x" item and sort the new list. +--- 648,653 ---- +*************** +*** 673,679 **** + when it's deleted from the argument list. + Example: > + :argdel *.obj +- < {not in Vi} + + :[range]argd[elete] Delete the {range} files from the argument list. + Example: > +--- 661,666 ---- +*************** +*** 688,694 **** + < Removes all the files from the arglist. + When the last number in the range is too high, up to + the last argument is deleted. +- {not in Vi} + + *:argu* *:argument* + :[count]argu[ment] [count] [++opt] [+cmd] +--- 675,680 ---- +*************** +*** 697,710 **** + when changes have been made and Vim does not want to + |abandon| the current buffer. + Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. +- {not in Vi} + + :[count]argu[ment]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd] + Edit file [count] in the argument list, discard any + changes to the current buffer. When [count] is + omitted the current entry is used. + Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. +- {not in Vi} + + :[count]n[ext] [++opt] [+cmd] *:n* *:ne* *:next* *E165* *E163* + Edit [count] next file. This fails when changes have +--- 683,694 ---- +*************** +*** 727,733 **** + Edit [count] previous file in argument list. This + fails when changes have been made and Vim does not + want to |abandon| the current buffer. +! Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {Vi: no count or ++opt}. + + :[count]N[ext]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd] + Edit [count] previous file in argument list. Discard +--- 711,717 ---- + Edit [count] previous file in argument list. This + fails when changes have been made and Vim does not + want to |abandon| the current buffer. +! Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. + + :[count]N[ext]! [count] [++opt] [+cmd] + Edit [count] previous file in argument list. Discard +*************** +*** 748,791 **** + :rew[ind]! [++opt] [+cmd] + Start editing the first file in the argument list. + Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt| +! and |+cmd|. {Vi: no ++opt} + + *:fir* *:first* + :fir[st][!] [++opt] [+cmd] +! Other name for ":rewind". {not in Vi} + + *:la* *:last* + :la[st] [++opt] [+cmd] + Start editing the last file in the argument list. + This fails when changes have been made and Vim does + not want to |abandon| the current buffer. +! Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {not in Vi} + + :la[st]! [++opt] [+cmd] + Start editing the last file in the argument list. + Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt| +! and |+cmd|. {not in Vi} + + *:wn* *:wnext* + :[count]wn[ext] [++opt] + Write current file and start editing the [count] +! next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {not in Vi} + + :[count]wn[ext] [++opt] {file} + Write current file to {file} and start editing the + [count] next file, unless {file} already exists and + the 'writeany' option is off. Also see |++opt| and +! |+cmd|. {not in Vi} + + :[count]wn[ext]! [++opt] {file} + Write current file to {file} and start editing the +! [count] next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. {not +! in Vi} + + :[count]wN[ext][!] [++opt] [file] *:wN* *:wNext* + :[count]wp[revious][!] [++opt] [file] *:wp* *:wprevious* + Same as :wnext, but go to previous file instead of +! next. {not in Vi} + + The [count] in the commands above defaults to one. For some commands it is + possible to use two counts. The last one (rightmost one) is used. +--- 732,774 ---- + :rew[ind]! [++opt] [+cmd] + Start editing the first file in the argument list. + Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt| +! and |+cmd|. + + *:fir* *:first* + :fir[st][!] [++opt] [+cmd] +! Other name for ":rewind". + + *:la* *:last* + :la[st] [++opt] [+cmd] + Start editing the last file in the argument list. + This fails when changes have been made and Vim does + not want to |abandon| the current buffer. +! Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. + + :la[st]! [++opt] [+cmd] + Start editing the last file in the argument list. + Discard any changes to the buffer. Also see |++opt| +! and |+cmd|. + + *:wn* *:wnext* + :[count]wn[ext] [++opt] + Write current file and start editing the [count] +! next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. + + :[count]wn[ext] [++opt] {file} + Write current file to {file} and start editing the + [count] next file, unless {file} already exists and + the 'writeany' option is off. Also see |++opt| and +! |+cmd|. + + :[count]wn[ext]! [++opt] {file} + Write current file to {file} and start editing the +! [count] next file. Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|. + + :[count]wN[ext][!] [++opt] [file] *:wN* *:wNext* + :[count]wp[revious][!] [++opt] [file] *:wp* *:wprevious* + Same as :wnext, but go to previous file instead of +! next. + + The [count] in the commands above defaults to one. For some commands it is + possible to use two counts. The last one (rightmost one) is used. +*************** +*** 826,833 **** + + LOCAL ARGUMENT LIST + +- {not in Vi} +- + *:arglocal* + :argl[ocal] Make a local copy of the global argument list. + Doesn't start editing another file. +--- 809,814 ---- +*************** +*** 878,884 **** + autocommand event is disabled by adding it to + 'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing + each file. +- {not in Vi} + Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, + |:cfdo| and |:lfdo| + +--- 859,864 ---- +*************** +*** 901,908 **** + Note: When the 'write' option is off, you are not able to write any file. + + *:w* *:write* +! *E502* *E503* *E504* *E505* +! *E512* *E514* *E667* *E796* *E949* + :w[rite] [++opt] Write the whole buffer to the current file. This is + the normal way to save changes to a file. It fails + when the 'readonly' option is set or when there is +--- 881,888 ---- + Note: When the 'write' option is off, you are not able to write any file. + + *:w* *:write* +! *E502* *E503* *E504* *E505* +! *E512* *E514* *E667* *E796* *E949* + :w[rite] [++opt] Write the whole buffer to the current file. This is + the normal way to save changes to a file. It fails + when the 'readonly' option is set or when there is +*************** +*** 970,981 **** + When 'filetype' is empty filetype detection is done + with the new name, before the file is written. + When the write was successful 'readonly' is reset. +- {not in Vi} + + *:up* *:update* + :[range]up[date][!] [++opt] [>>] [file] + Like ":write", but only write when the buffer has been +! modified. {not in Vi} + + + WRITING WITH MULTIPLE BUFFERS *buffer-write* +--- 950,960 ---- + When 'filetype' is empty filetype detection is done + with the new name, before the file is written. + When the write was successful 'readonly' is reset. + + *:up* *:update* + :[range]up[date][!] [++opt] [>>] [file] + Like ":write", but only write when the buffer has been +! modified. + + + WRITING WITH MULTIPLE BUFFERS *buffer-write* +*************** +*** 983,993 **** + *:wa* *:wall* + :wa[ll] Write all changed buffers. Buffers without a file + name cause an error message. Buffers which are +! readonly are not written. {not in Vi} + + :wa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are + readonly. Buffers without a file name are not +! written and cause an error message. {not in Vi} + + + Vim will warn you if you try to overwrite a file that has been changed +--- 962,972 ---- + *:wa* *:wall* + :wa[ll] Write all changed buffers. Buffers without a file + name cause an error message. Buffers which are +! readonly are not written. + + :wa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are + readonly. Buffers without a file name are not +! written and cause an error message. + + + Vim will warn you if you try to overwrite a file that has been changed +*************** +*** 1118,1124 **** + + :conf[irm] q[uit] Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or + the last file in the argument list has not been +! edited. See |:confirm| and 'confirm'. {not in Vi} + + :q[uit]! Quit without writing, also when the current buffer has + changes. The buffer is unloaded, also when it has +--- 1097,1103 ---- + + :conf[irm] q[uit] Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or + the last file in the argument list has not been +! edited. See |:confirm| and 'confirm'. + + :q[uit]! Quit without writing, also when the current buffer has + changes. The buffer is unloaded, also when it has +*************** +*** 1131,1137 **** + + :cq[uit] Quit always, without writing, and return an error + code. See |:cq|. Used for Manx's QuickFix mode (see +! |quickfix|). {not in Vi} + + *:wq* + :wq [++opt] Write the current file and quit. Writing fails when +--- 1110,1116 ---- + + :cq[uit] Quit always, without writing, and return an error + code. See |:cq|. Used for Manx's QuickFix mode (see +! |quickfix|). + + *:wq* + :wq [++opt] Write the current file and quit. Writing fails when +*************** +*** 1169,1175 **** + + *ZQ* + ZQ Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!"). +! {not in Vi} + + MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS *window-exit* + +--- 1148,1154 ---- + + *ZQ* + ZQ Quit without checking for changes (same as ":q!"). +! + + MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS *window-exit* + +*************** +*** 1177,1212 **** + :qa[ll] Exit Vim, unless there are some buffers which have been + changed. (Use ":bmod" to go to the next modified buffer). + When 'autowriteall' is set all changed buffers will be +! written, like |:wqall|. {not in Vi} + + :conf[irm] qa[ll] + Exit Vim. Bring up a prompt when some buffers have been +! changed. See |:confirm|. {not in Vi} + +! :qa[ll]! Exit Vim. Any changes to buffers are lost. {not in Vi} + Also see |:cquit|, it does the same but exits with a non-zero + value. + + *:quita* *:quitall* +! :quita[ll][!] Same as ":qall". {not in Vi} + + :wqa[ll] [++opt] *:wqa* *:wqall* *:xa* *:xall* + :xa[ll] Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. If there are buffers + without a file name, which are readonly or which cannot be +! written for another reason, Vim will not quit. {not in Vi} + + :conf[irm] wqa[ll] [++opt] + :conf[irm] xa[ll] + Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. Bring up a prompt + when some buffers are readonly or cannot be written for +! another reason. See |:confirm|. {not in Vi} + + :wqa[ll]! [++opt] + :xa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are readonly, + and exit Vim. If there are buffers without a file name or + which cannot be written for another reason, or there is a + terminal with a running job, Vim will not quit. +- {not in Vi} + + ============================================================================== + 6. Dialogs *edit-dialogs* +--- 1156,1190 ---- + :qa[ll] Exit Vim, unless there are some buffers which have been + changed. (Use ":bmod" to go to the next modified buffer). + When 'autowriteall' is set all changed buffers will be +! written, like |:wqall|. + + :conf[irm] qa[ll] + Exit Vim. Bring up a prompt when some buffers have been +! changed. See |:confirm|. + +! :qa[ll]! Exit Vim. Any changes to buffers are lost. + Also see |:cquit|, it does the same but exits with a non-zero + value. + + *:quita* *:quitall* +! :quita[ll][!] Same as ":qall". + + :wqa[ll] [++opt] *:wqa* *:wqall* *:xa* *:xall* + :xa[ll] Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. If there are buffers + without a file name, which are readonly or which cannot be +! written for another reason, Vim will not quit. + + :conf[irm] wqa[ll] [++opt] + :conf[irm] xa[ll] + Write all changed buffers and exit Vim. Bring up a prompt + when some buffers are readonly or cannot be written for +! another reason. See |:confirm|. + + :wqa[ll]! [++opt] + :xa[ll]! Write all changed buffers, even the ones that are readonly, + and exit Vim. If there are buffers without a file name or + which cannot be written for another reason, or there is a + terminal with a running job, Vim will not quit. + + ============================================================================== + 6. Dialogs *edit-dialogs* +*************** +*** 1317,1326 **** +--- 1295,1306 ---- + name. On Unix systems: Change the current directory + to the home directory. Use |:pwd| to print the + current directory on all systems. ++ On Unix systems: clear any window-local directory. + + :cd[!] {path} Change the current directory to {path}. + If {path} is relative, it is searched for in the + directories listed in |'cdpath'|. ++ Clear any window-local directory. + Does not change the meaning of an already opened file, + because its full path name is remembered. Files from + the |arglist| may change though! +*************** +*** 1330,1336 **** + < + *:cd-* *E186* + :cd[!] - Change to the previous current directory (before the +! previous ":cd {path}" command). {not in Vi} + + *:chd* *:chdir* + :chd[ir][!] [path] Same as |:cd|. +--- 1310,1316 ---- + < + *:cd-* *E186* + :cd[!] - Change to the previous current directory (before the +! previous ":cd {path}" command). + + *:chd* *:chdir* + :chd[ir][!] [path] Same as |:cd|. +*************** +*** 1341,1360 **** + The current directory is not changed for windows in + other tabs and for windows in the current tab that + have their own window-local directory. +- {not in Vi} + + *:tch* *:tchdir* +! :tch[dir][!] Same as |:tcd|. {not in Vi} + + *:lc* *:lcd* + :lc[d][!] {path} Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when + the cursor is in the current window. The current + directory for other windows is not changed, switching + to another window will stop using {path}. +- {not in Vi} + + *:lch* *:lchdir* +! :lch[dir][!] Same as |:lcd|. {not in Vi} + + *:pw* *:pwd* *E187* + :pw[d] Print the current directory name. {Vi: no pwd} +--- 1321,1338 ---- + The current directory is not changed for windows in + other tabs and for windows in the current tab that + have their own window-local directory. + + *:tch* *:tchdir* +! :tch[dir][!] Same as |:tcd|. + + *:lc* *:lcd* + :lc[d][!] {path} Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory when + the cursor is in the current window. The current + directory for other windows is not changed, switching + to another window will stop using {path}. + + *:lch* *:lchdir* +! :lch[dir][!] Same as |:lcd|. + + *:pw* *:pwd* *E187* + :pw[d] Print the current directory name. {Vi: no pwd} +*************** +*** 1416,1423 **** + file. Otherwise both <CR> <NL> and <NL> are considered to end a line + and when the file is written the <NL> will be replaced with <CR> <NL>. + - <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@. You can enter them with +! "CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000" {Vi cannot handle <Nul> characters in the +! file} + - To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line. When writing the + buffer to a file a <NL> will be written for the <EOL>. + - Vim normally appends an <EOL> at the end of the file if there is none. +--- 1394,1400 ---- + file. Otherwise both <CR> <NL> and <NL> are considered to end a line + and when the file is written the <NL> will be replaced with <CR> <NL>. + - <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@. You can enter them with +! "CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000" + - To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line. When writing the + buffer to a file a <NL> will be written for the <EOL>. + - Vim normally appends an <EOL> at the end of the file if there is none. +*************** +*** 1436,1442 **** + The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted. *E843* + However, this is done block-by-block and may reduce the time needed to crack a + password. You can disable the swap file, but then a crash will cause you to +! lose your work. The undo file can be disabled without much disadvantage. > + :set noundofile + :noswapfile edit secrets + +--- 1413,1419 ---- + The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted. *E843* + However, this is done block-by-block and may reduce the time needed to crack a + password. You can disable the swap file, but then a crash will cause you to +! lose your work. The undo file can be disabled without too much disadvantage. > + :set noundofile + :noswapfile edit secrets + +*************** +*** 1768,1771 **** + currently work with 'path' items that contain a URL or use the double star + with depth limiter (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1745,1748 ---- + currently work with 'path' items that contain a URL or use the double star + with depth limiter (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/eval.txt 2019-05-05 15:47:37.821923550 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/eval.txt 2019-05-05 17:40:12.571080122 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *eval.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 17 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *eval.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 27,38 **** + 7. Commands |expression-commands| + 8. Exception handling |exception-handling| + 9. Examples |eval-examples| +! 10. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature| +! 11. The sandbox |eval-sandbox| +! 12. Textlock |textlock| +! 13. Testing |testing| +! +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Variables *variables* +--- 27,37 ---- + 7. Commands |expression-commands| + 8. Exception handling |exception-handling| + 9. Examples |eval-examples| +! 10. Vim script version |vimscript-version| +! 11. No +eval feature |no-eval-feature| +! 12. The sandbox |eval-sandbox| +! 13. Textlock |textlock| +! 14. Testing |testing| + + ============================================================================== + 1. Variables *variables* +*************** +*** 107,113 **** + To avoid a leading zero to cause octal conversion, or for using a different + base, use |str2nr()|. + +! *TRUE* *FALSE* + For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE. + You can also use |v:false| and |v:true|. When TRUE is returned from a + function it is the Number one, FALSE is the number zero. +--- 106,112 ---- + To avoid a leading zero to cause octal conversion, or for using a different + base, use |str2nr()|. + +! *TRUE* *FALSE* *Boolean* + For boolean operators Numbers are used. Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE. + You can also use |v:false| and |v:true|. When TRUE is returned from a + function it is the Number one, FALSE is the number zero. +*************** +*** 187,196 **** + arguments will be passed to the function. Example: > + + let Cb = function('Callback', ['foo'], myDict) +! call Cb() + + This will invoke the function as if using: > +! call myDict.Callback('foo') + + This is very useful when passing a function around, e.g. in the arguments of + |ch_open()|. +--- 186,195 ---- + arguments will be passed to the function. Example: > + + let Cb = function('Callback', ['foo'], myDict) +! call Cb('bar') + + This will invoke the function as if using: > +! call myDict.Callback('foo', 'bar') + + This is very useful when passing a function around, e.g. in the arguments of + |ch_open()|. +*************** +*** 461,467 **** + + + 1.4 Dictionaries ~ +! *dict* *Dictionaries* *Dictionary* + A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The + entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific + ordering. +--- 460,466 ---- + + + 1.4 Dictionaries ~ +! *dict* *Dict* *Dictionaries* *Dictionary* + A Dictionary is an associative array: Each entry has a key and a value. The + entry can be located with the key. The entries are stored without a specific + ordering. +*************** +*** 525,531 **** + :endfor + + If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns +! a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: > + :for [key, value] in items(mydict) + : echo key . ': ' . value + :endfor +--- 524,530 ---- + :endfor + + If you want both the key and the value use the |items()| function. It returns +! a List in which each item is a List with two items, the key and the value: > + :for [key, value] in items(mydict) + : echo key . ': ' . value + :endfor +*************** +*** 625,632 **** + + 1.5 Blobs ~ + *blob* *Blob* *Blobs* *E978* +! A Blob mostly behaves like a |List| of numbers, where the numbers have an +! 8-bit value, from 0 to 255. + + + Blob creation ~ +--- 624,634 ---- + + 1.5 Blobs ~ + *blob* *Blob* *Blobs* *E978* +! A Blob is a binary object. It can be used to read an image from a file and +! send it over a channel, for example. +! +! A Blob mostly behaves like a |List| of numbers, where each number has the +! value of an 8-bit byte, from 0 to 255. + + + Blob creation ~ +*************** +*** 662,667 **** +--- 664,679 ---- + :echo get(myblob, idx, 999) + + ++ Blob iteration ~ ++ ++ The |:for| loop executes commands for each byte of a Blob. The loop variable is ++ set to each byte in the Blob. Example: > ++ :for byte in 0z112233 ++ : call Doit(byte) ++ :endfor ++ This calls Doit() with 0x11, 0x22 and 0x33. ++ ++ + Blob concatenation ~ + + Two blobs can be concatenated with the "+" operator: > +*************** +*** 686,692 **** + :let otherblob = myblob[:] " make a copy of the Blob + + If the first index is beyond the last byte of the Blob or the second index is +! before the first byte, the result is an empty list. There is no error + message. + + If the second index is equal to or greater than the length of the list the +--- 698,704 ---- + :let otherblob = myblob[:] " make a copy of the Blob + + If the first index is beyond the last byte of the Blob or the second index is +! before the first index, the result is an empty Blob. There is no error + message. + + If the second index is equal to or greater than the length of the list the +*************** +*** 964,975 **** + if get(Part1, 'name') == get(Part2, 'name') + " Part1 and Part2 refer to the same function + +! When using "is" or "isnot" with a |List| or a |Dictionary| this checks if the +! expressions are referring to the same |List| or |Dictionary| instance. A copy +! of a |List| is different from the original |List|. When using "is" without +! a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot" +! equivalent to using "not equal". Except that a different type means the +! values are different: > + echo 4 == '4' + 1 + echo 4 is '4' +--- 976,987 ---- + if get(Part1, 'name') == get(Part2, 'name') + " Part1 and Part2 refer to the same function + +! Using "is" or "isnot" with a |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| checks whether +! the expressions are referring to the same |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob| +! instance. A copy of a |List| is different from the original |List|. When +! using "is" without a |List|, |Dictionary| or |Blob|, it is equivalent to +! using "equal", using "isnot" equivalent to using "not equal". Except that +! a different type means the values are different: > + echo 4 == '4' + 1 + echo 4 is '4' +*************** +*** 1030,1036 **** + expr7 / expr7 Number division *expr-/* + expr7 % expr7 Number modulo *expr-%* + +! For all, except ".", Strings are converted to Numbers. + For bitwise operators see |and()|, |or()| and |xor()|. + + Note the difference between "+" and ".": +--- 1042,1048 ---- + expr7 / expr7 Number division *expr-/* + expr7 % expr7 Number modulo *expr-%* + +! For all, except "." and "..", Strings are converted to Numbers. + For bitwise operators see |and()|, |or()| and |xor()|. + + Note the difference between "+" and ".": +*************** +*** 1154,1160 **** + indexes expr1a and expr1b, inclusive. Examples: > + :let b = 0zDEADBEEF + :let bs = b[1:2] " 0zADBE +! :let bs = b[] " copy ov 0zDEADBEEF + + Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a |Funcref| results in an + error. +--- 1166,1172 ---- + indexes expr1a and expr1b, inclusive. Examples: > + :let b = 0zDEADBEEF + :let bs = b[1:2] " 0zADBE +! :let bs = b[:] " copy of 0zDEADBEEF + + Using expr8[expr1] or expr8[expr1a : expr1b] on a |Funcref| results in an + error. +*************** +*** 1227,1237 **** + 3. empty {M} + 1e40 missing .{M} + +- *float-pi* *float-e* +- A few useful values to copy&paste: > +- :let pi = 3.14159265359 +- :let e = 2.71828182846 +- + Rationale: + Before floating point was introduced, the text "123.456" was interpreted as + the two numbers "123" and "456", both converted to a string and concatenated, +--- 1239,1244 ---- +*************** +*** 1240,1245 **** +--- 1247,1261 ---- + incompatibility was accepted in favor of being able to use the normal notation + for floating point numbers. + ++ *float-pi* *float-e* ++ A few useful values to copy&paste: > ++ :let pi = 3.14159265359 ++ :let e = 2.71828182846 ++ Or, if you don't want to write them in as floating-point literals, you can ++ also use functions, like the following: > ++ :let pi = acos(-1.0) ++ :let e = exp(1.0) ++ < + *floating-point-precision* + The precision and range of floating points numbers depends on what "double" + means in the library Vim was compiled with. There is no way to change this at +*************** +*** 1585,1591 **** + variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|. + + +! Predefined Vim variables: *vim-variable* *v:var* *v:* + + *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable* + v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is. +--- 1601,1609 ---- + variables for each buffer. Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|. + + +! PREDEFINED VIM VARIABLES *vim-variable* *v:var* *v:* +! *E963* +! Some variables can be set by the user, but the type cannot be changed. + + *v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable* + v:beval_col The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is. +*************** +*** 1878,1884 **** + This is the screen column number, like with |virtcol()|. The + value is zero when there was no mouse button click. + +! *v:none* *none-variable* + v:none An empty String. Used to put an empty item in JSON. See + |json_encode()|. + When used as a number this evaluates to zero. +--- 1896,1902 ---- + This is the screen column number, like with |virtcol()|. The + value is zero when there was no mouse button click. + +! *v:none* *none-variable* *None* + v:none An empty String. Used to put an empty item in JSON. See + |json_encode()|. + When used as a number this evaluates to zero. +*************** +*** 2036,2062 **** + For ":edit +cmd file" the value is ":cmd\r". + + *v:t_TYPE* *v:t_bool* *t_bool-variable* +! v:t_bool Value of Boolean type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_channel* *t_channel-variable* +! v:t_channel Value of Channel type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_dict* *t_dict-variable* +! v:t_dict Value of Dictionary type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_float* *t_float-variable* +! v:t_float Value of Float type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_func* *t_func-variable* +! v:t_func Value of Funcref type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_job* *t_job-variable* +! v:t_job Value of Job type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_list* *t_list-variable* +! v:t_list Value of List type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_none* *t_none-variable* +! v:t_none Value of None type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_number* *t_number-variable* +! v:t_number Value of Number type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_string* *t_string-variable* +! v:t_string Value of String type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_blob* *t_blob-variable* +! v:t_blob Value of Blob type. Read-only. See: |type()| + + *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable* + v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV| +--- 2054,2080 ---- + For ":edit +cmd file" the value is ":cmd\r". + + *v:t_TYPE* *v:t_bool* *t_bool-variable* +! v:t_bool Value of |Boolean| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_channel* *t_channel-variable* +! v:t_channel Value of |Channel| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_dict* *t_dict-variable* +! v:t_dict Value of |Dictionary| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_float* *t_float-variable* +! v:t_float Value of |Float| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_func* *t_func-variable* +! v:t_func Value of |Funcref| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_job* *t_job-variable* +! v:t_job Value of |Job| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_list* *t_list-variable* +! v:t_list Value of |List| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_none* *t_none-variable* +! v:t_none Value of |None| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_number* *t_number-variable* +! v:t_number Value of |Number| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_string* *t_string-variable* +! v:t_string Value of |String| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + *v:t_blob* *t_blob-variable* +! v:t_blob Value of |Blob| type. Read-only. See: |type()| + + *v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable* + v:termresponse The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV| +*************** +*** 2191,2197 **** + Number assert file contents is equal + assert_exception({error} [, {msg}]) + Number assert {error} is in v:exception +! assert_fails({cmd} [, {error}]) Number assert {cmd} fails + assert_false({actual} [, {msg}]) + Number assert {actual} is false + assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}]) +--- 2209,2216 ---- + Number assert file contents is equal + assert_exception({error} [, {msg}]) + Number assert {error} is in v:exception +! assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]]) +! Number assert {cmd} fails + assert_false({actual} [, {msg}]) + Number assert {actual} is false + assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}]) +*************** +*** 2276,2282 **** + debugbreak({pid}) Number interrupt process being debugged + deepcopy({expr} [, {noref}]) any make a full copy of {expr} + delete({fname} [, {flags}]) Number delete the file or directory {fname} +! deletebufline({expr}, {first}[, {last}]) + Number delete lines from buffer {expr} + did_filetype() Number |TRUE| if FileType autocmd event used + diff_filler({lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum} +--- 2295,2301 ---- + debugbreak({pid}) Number interrupt process being debugged + deepcopy({expr} [, {noref}]) any make a full copy of {expr} + delete({fname} [, {flags}]) Number delete the file or directory {fname} +! deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}]) + Number delete lines from buffer {expr} + did_filetype() Number |TRUE| if FileType autocmd event used + diff_filler({lnum}) Number diff filler lines about {lnum} +*************** +*** 2475,2481 **** + none remove all text properties + prop_find({props} [, {direction}]) + Dict search for a text property +! prop_list({lnum} [, {props}) List text properties in {lnum} + prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]]) + Number remove a text property + prop_type_add({name}, {props}) none define a new property type +--- 2494,2500 ---- + none remove all text properties + prop_find({props} [, {direction}]) + Dict search for a text property +! prop_list({lnum} [, {props}) List text properties in {lnum} + prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]]) + Number remove a text property + prop_type_add({name}, {props}) none define a new property type +*************** +*** 2492,2500 **** + pyxeval({expr}) any evaluate |python_x| expression + range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) + List items from {expr} to {max} +! readdir({directory} [, {expr}]) +! List file names on {dir} with evalating +! {expr} + readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]]) + List get list of lines from file {fname} + reg_executing() String get the executing register name +--- 2511,2517 ---- + pyxeval({expr}) any evaluate |python_x| expression + range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]]) + List items from {expr} to {max} +! readdir({dir} [, {expr}]) List file names in {dir} selected by {expr} + readfile({fname} [, {type} [, {max}]]) + List get list of lines from file {fname} + reg_executing() String get the executing register name +*************** +*** 2542,2549 **** + server2client({clientid}, {string}) + Number send reply string + serverlist() String get a list of available servers +! setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {line}) +! Number set line {lnum} to {line} in buffer + {expr} + setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) + none set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val} +--- 2559,2566 ---- + server2client({clientid}, {string}) + Number send reply string + serverlist() String get a list of available servers +! setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text}) +! Number set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer + {expr} + setbufvar({expr}, {varname}, {val}) + none set {varname} in buffer {expr} to {val} +*************** +*** 2661,2667 **** + term_setrestore({buf}, {command}) none set command to restore terminal + term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols}) + none set the size of a terminal +! term_start({cmd}, {options}) Number open a terminal window and run a job + term_wait({buf} [, {time}]) Number wait for screen to be updated + test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat}) + none make memory allocation fail +--- 2678,2684 ---- + term_setrestore({buf}, {command}) none set command to restore terminal + term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols}) + none set the size of a terminal +! term_start({cmd} [, {options}]) Number open a terminal window and run a job + term_wait({buf} [, {time}]) Number wait for screen to be updated + test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat}) + none make memory allocation fail +*************** +*** 2693,2699 **** + toupper({expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase + tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr} + to chars in {tostr} +! trim({text}[, {mask}]) String trim characters in {mask} from {text} + trunc({expr}) Float truncate Float {expr} + type({name}) Number type of variable {name} + undofile({name}) String undo file name for {name} +--- 2710,2716 ---- + toupper({expr}) String the String {expr} switched to uppercase + tr({src}, {fromstr}, {tostr}) String translate chars of {src} in {fromstr} + to chars in {tostr} +! trim({text} [, {mask}]) String trim characters in {mask} from {text} + trunc({expr}) Float truncate Float {expr} + type({name}) Number type of variable {name} + undofile({name}) String undo file name for {name} +*************** +*** 2772,2781 **** + :let flag = and(bits, 0x80) + + +! append({lnum}, {expr}) *append()* +! When {expr} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a + text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer. +! Otherwise append {expr} as one text line below line {lnum} in + the current buffer. + {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one. + Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory), +--- 2789,2798 ---- + :let flag = and(bits, 0x80) + + +! append({lnum}, {text}) *append()* +! When {text} is a |List|: Append each item of the |List| as a + text line below line {lnum} in the current buffer. +! Otherwise append {text} as one text line below line {lnum} in + the current buffer. + {lnum} can be zero to insert a line before the first one. + Returns 1 for failure ({lnum} out of range or out of memory), +*************** +*** 2884,2890 **** + call assert_exception('E492:') + endtry + +! assert_fails({cmd} [, {error}]) *assert_fails()* + Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does + NOT produce an error. Also see |assert-return|. + When {error} is given it must match in |v:errmsg|. +--- 2901,2907 ---- + call assert_exception('E492:') + endtry + +! assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]]) *assert_fails()* + Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does + NOT produce an error. Also see |assert-return|. + When {error} is given it must match in |v:errmsg|. +*************** +*** 2893,2899 **** + + assert_false({actual} [, {msg}]) *assert_false()* + When {actual} is not false an error message is added to +! |v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|. + Also see |assert-return|. + A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a + number the assert fails. +--- 2910,2916 ---- + + assert_false({actual} [, {msg}]) *assert_false()* + When {actual} is not false an error message is added to +! |v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|. + Also see |assert-return|. + A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a + number the assert fails. +*************** +*** 2901,2909 **** + "Expected False but got {actual}" is produced. + + assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}]) *assert_inrange()* +! This asserts number values. When {actual} is lower than +! {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added to +! |v:errors|. Also see |assert-return|. + When {msg} is omitted an error in the form + "Expected range {lower} - {upper}, but got {actual}" is + produced. +--- 2918,2926 ---- + "Expected False but got {actual}" is produced. + + assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}]) *assert_inrange()* +! This asserts number and |Float| values. When {actual} is lower +! than {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added +! to |v:errors|. Also see |assert-return|. + When {msg} is omitted an error in the form + "Expected range {lower} - {upper}, but got {actual}" is + produced. +*************** +*** 3014,3028 **** + + When showing a balloon is not possible nothing happens, no + error message. +! {only available when compiled with the +balloon_eval or +! +balloon_eval_term feature} + + balloon_split({msg}) *balloon_split()* + Split {msg} into lines to be displayed in a balloon. The + splits are made for the current window size and optimize to + show debugger output. + Returns a |List| with the split lines. +! {only available when compiled with the +balloon_eval_term + feature} + + *browse()* +--- 3031,3045 ---- + + When showing a balloon is not possible nothing happens, no + error message. +! {only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval| or +! |+balloon_eval_term| feature} + + balloon_split({msg}) *balloon_split()* + Split {msg} into lines to be displayed in a balloon. The + splits are made for the current window size and optimize to + show debugger output. + Returns a |List| with the split lines. +! {only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval_term| + feature} + + *browse()* +*************** +*** 3274,3280 **** + is removed. + Note that Vim does not know when the text received on a raw + channel is complete, it may only return the first part and you +! need to use ch_readraw() to fetch the rest. + See |channel-use|. + + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} +--- 3291,3297 ---- + is removed. + Note that Vim does not know when the text received on a raw + channel is complete, it may only return the first part and you +! need to use |ch_readraw()| to fetch the rest. + See |channel-use|. + + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} +*************** +*** 3337,3344 **** + When {mode} is omitted or "a" append to the file. + When {mode} is "w" start with an empty file. + +! The file is flushed after every message, on Unix you can use +! "tail -f" to see what is going on in real time. + + This function is not available in the |sandbox|. + NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be +--- 3354,3362 ---- + When {mode} is omitted or "a" append to the file. + When {mode} is "w" start with an empty file. + +! Use |ch_log()| to write log messages. The file is flushed +! after every message, on Unix you can use "tail -f" to see what +! is going on in real time. + + This function is not available in the |sandbox|. + NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be +*************** +*** 3367,3373 **** + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} + + ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}]) *ch_readblob()* +! Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a Blob. + See |channel-more|. + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} + +--- 3385,3391 ---- + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} + + ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}]) *ch_readblob()* +! Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a |Blob|. + See |channel-more|. + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} + +*************** +*** 3388,3394 **** + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} + + ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}]) *ch_sendraw()* +! Send string or Blob {expr} over {handle}. + Works like |ch_sendexpr()|, but does not encode the request or + decode the response. The caller is responsible for the + correct contents. Also does not add a newline for a channel +--- 3406,3412 ---- + {only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature} + + ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}]) *ch_sendraw()* +! Send |String| or |Blob| {expr} over {handle}. + Works like |ch_sendexpr()|, but does not encode the request or + decode the response. The caller is responsible for the + correct contents. Also does not add a newline for a channel +*************** +*** 3446,3451 **** +--- 3464,3473 ---- + < With {utf8} set to 1, always treat as utf-8 characters. + A combining character is a separate character. + |nr2char()| does the opposite. ++ To turn a string into a list of character numbers: > ++ let str = "ABC" ++ let list = map(split(str, '\zs'), {_, val -> char2nr(val)}) ++ < Result: [65, 66, 67] + + cindent({lnum}) *cindent()* + Get the amount of indent for line {lnum} according the C +*************** +*** 3551,3557 **** + completion. See |ins-completion|. + The items are: + mode Current completion mode name string. +! See |completion_info_mode| for the values. + pum_visible |TRUE| if popup menu is visible. + See |pumvisible()|. + items List of completion matches. Each item is a +--- 3573,3579 ---- + completion. See |ins-completion|. + The items are: + mode Current completion mode name string. +! See |complete_info_mode| for the values. + pum_visible |TRUE| if popup menu is visible. + See |pumvisible()|. + items List of completion matches. Each item is a +*************** +*** 3812,3825 **** + To delete a line from the buffer use |:delete| or + |deletebufline()|. + +! deletebufline({expr}, {first}[, {last}]) *deletebufline()* + Delete lines {first} to {last} (inclusive) from buffer {expr}. + If {last} is omitted then delete line {first} only. + On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned. + + For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above. + +! {first} and {last} are used like with |setline()|. Note that + when using |line()| this refers to the current buffer. Use "$" + to refer to the last line in buffer {expr}. + +--- 3834,3847 ---- + To delete a line from the buffer use |:delete| or + |deletebufline()|. + +! deletebufline({expr}, {first} [, {last}]) *deletebufline()* + Delete lines {first} to {last} (inclusive) from buffer {expr}. + If {last} is omitted then delete line {first} only. + On success 0 is returned, on failure 1 is returned. + + For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above. + +! {first} and {last} are used like with |getline()|. Note that + when using |line()| this refers to the current buffer. Use "$" + to refer to the last line in buffer {expr}. + +*************** +*** 3864,3870 **** + - |v:false|, |v:none| and |v:null| are empty, |v:true| is not. + - A |Job| is empty when it failed to start. + - A |Channel| is empty when it is closed. +! - A Blob is empty when its length is zero. + + For a long |List| this is much faster than comparing the + length with zero. +--- 3886,3892 ---- + - |v:false|, |v:none| and |v:null| are empty, |v:true| is not. + - A |Job| is empty when it failed to start. + - A |Channel| is empty when it is closed. +! - A |Blob| is empty when its length is zero. + + For a long |List| this is much faster than comparing the + length with zero. +*************** +*** 3880,3887 **** + *eval()* + eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to + turn the result of |string()| back into the original value. +! This works for Numbers, Floats, Strings and composites of +! them. Also works for |Funcref|s that refer to existing + functions. + + eventhandler() *eventhandler()* +--- 3902,3909 ---- + *eval()* + eval({string}) Evaluate {string} and return the result. Especially useful to + turn the result of |string()| back into the original value. +! This works for Numbers, Floats, Strings, Blobs and composites +! of them. Also works for |Funcref|s that refer to existing + functions. + + eventhandler() *eventhandler()* +*************** +*** 3913,3918 **** +--- 3935,3941 ---- + 1 exists + 0 does not exist + -1 not implemented on this system ++ |exepath()| can be used to get the full path of an executable. + + execute({command} [, {silent}]) *execute()* + Execute an Ex command or commands and return the output as a +*************** +*** 4118,4124 **** + all "README" files in the current directory and below: > + :echo expand("**/README") + < +! Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment + variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be + slow, because a shell may be used to do the expansion. See + |expr-env-expand|. +--- 4141,4147 ---- + all "README" files in the current directory and below: > + :echo expand("**/README") + < +! expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment + variables that are only known in a shell. But this can be + slow, because a shell may be used to do the expansion. See + |expr-env-expand|. +*************** +*** 4204,4209 **** +--- 4227,4235 ---- + will behave as if <Esc> is typed, to avoid getting + stuck, waiting for a character to be typed before the + script continues. ++ Note that if you manage to call feedkeys() while ++ executing commands, thus calling it recursively, then ++ all typehead will be consumed by the last call. + '!' When used with 'x' will not end Insert mode. Can be + used in a test when a timer is set to exit Insert mode + a little later. Useful for testing CursorHoldI. +*************** +*** 4604,4610 **** + endfor + < + To get buffer-local options use: > +! getbufvar({bufnr}, '&') + + < + *getbufline()* +--- 4630,4636 ---- + endfor + < + To get buffer-local options use: > +! getbufvar({bufnr}, '&option_name') + + < + *getbufline()* +*************** +*** 4785,4790 **** +--- 4811,4818 ---- + Example: > + :cmap <F7> <C-\>eescape(getcmdline(), ' \')<CR> + < Also see |getcmdtype()|, |getcmdpos()| and |setcmdpos()|. ++ Returns an empty string when entering a password or using ++ |inputsecret()|. + + getcmdpos() *getcmdpos()* + Return the position of the cursor in the command line as a +*************** +*** 5234,5240 **** + tabnr tab page number. + variables a reference to the dictionary with + tabpage-local variables +! windows List of |window-ID|s in the tag page. + + gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}]) *gettabvar()* + Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page +--- 5262,5268 ---- + tabnr tab page number. + variables a reference to the dictionary with + tabpage-local variables +! windows List of |window-ID|s in the tab page. + + gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}]) *gettabvar()* + Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page +*************** +*** 5334,5345 **** + winrow topmost screen column of the window, + row from |win_screenpos()| + +- To obtain all window-local variables use: > +- gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, '&') +- + getwinpos([{timeout}]) *getwinpos()* + The result is a list with two numbers, the result of +! getwinposx() and getwinposy() combined: + [x-pos, y-pos] + {timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for + a response from the terminal. When omitted 100 msec is used. +--- 5362,5370 ---- + winrow topmost screen column of the window, + row from |win_screenpos()| + + getwinpos([{timeout}]) *getwinpos()* + The result is a list with two numbers, the result of +! getwinposx() and getwinposy() combined: + [x-pos, y-pos] + {timeout} can be used to specify how long to wait in msec for + a response from the terminal. When omitted 100 msec is used. +*************** +*** 5347,5353 **** + When using a value less than 10 and no response is received + within that time, a previously reported position is returned, + if available. This can be used to poll for the position and +! do some work in the mean time: > + while 1 + let res = getwinpos(1) + if res[0] >= 0 +--- 5372,5378 ---- + When using a value less than 10 and no response is received + within that time, a previously reported position is returned, + if available. This can be used to poll for the position and +! do some work in the meantime: > + while 1 + let res = getwinpos(1) + if res[0] >= 0 +*************** +*** 5394,5399 **** +--- 5419,5427 ---- + + If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List. + ++ You can also use |readdir()| if you need to do complicated ++ things, such as limiting the number of matches. ++ + A name for a non-existing file is not included. A symbolic + link is only included if it points to an existing file. + However, when the {alllinks} argument is present and it is +*************** +*** 5649,5655 **** + < Note that Vim uses UTF-8 for all Unicode encodings, conversion + from/to UCS-2 is automatically changed to use UTF-8. You + cannot use UCS-2 in a string anyway, because of the NUL bytes. +- {only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte| feature} + + *indent()* + indent({lnum}) The result is a Number, which is indent of line {lnum} in the +--- 5677,5682 ---- +*************** +*** 5833,5839 **** + isnan({expr}) *isnan()* + Return |TRUE| if {expr} is a float with value NaN. > + echo isnan(0.0 / 0.0) +! < 1 ~ + + {only available when compiled with the |+float| feature} + +--- 5860,5866 ---- + isnan({expr}) *isnan()* + Return |TRUE| if {expr} is a float with value NaN. > + echo isnan(0.0 / 0.0) +! < 1 + + {only available when compiled with the |+float| feature} + +*************** +*** 5841,5847 **** + Return a |List| with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each + |List| item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} + entry and the value of this entry. The |List| is in arbitrary +! order. + + job_getchannel({job}) *job_getchannel()* + Get the channel handle that {job} is using. +--- 5868,5878 ---- + Return a |List| with all the key-value pairs of {dict}. Each + |List| item is a list with two items: the key of a {dict} + entry and the value of this entry. The |List| is in arbitrary +! order. Also see |keys()| and |values()|. +! Example: > +! for [key, value] in items(mydict) +! echo key . ': ' . value +! endfor + + job_getchannel({job}) *job_getchannel()* + Get the channel handle that {job} is using. +*************** +*** 5884,5889 **** +--- 5915,5924 ---- + |:!cmd| this does not wait for the job to finish. + To start a job in a terminal window see |term_start()|. + ++ If the job fails to start then |job_status()| on the returned ++ Job object results in "fail" and none of the callbacks will be ++ invoked. ++ + {command} can be a String. This works best on MS-Windows. On + Unix it is split up in white-separated parts to be passed to + execvp(). Arguments in double quotes can contain white space. +*************** +*** 6035,6040 **** +--- 6070,6077 ---- + The decoding is permissive: + - A trailing comma in an array and object is ignored, e.g. + "[1, 2, ]" is the same as "[1, 2]". ++ - Integer keys are accepted in objects, e.g. {1:2} is the ++ same as {"1":2}. + - More floating point numbers are recognized, e.g. "1." for + "1.0", or "001.2" for "1.2". Special floating point values + "Infinity", "-Infinity" and "NaN" (capitalization ignored) +*************** +*** 6046,6051 **** +--- 6083,6090 ---- + - Control characters U+0000 through U+001F which are not + escaped in strings are accepted, e.g. " " (tab + character in string) for "\t". ++ - An empty JSON expression or made of only spaces is accepted ++ and results in v:none. + - Backslash in an invalid 2-character sequence escape is + ignored, e.g. "\a" is decoded as "a". + - A correct surrogate pair in JSON strings should normally be +*************** +*** 6063,6080 **** + The encoding is specified in: + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7159.html + Vim values are converted as follows: +! Number decimal number +! Float floating point number + Float nan "NaN" + Float inf "Infinity" + Float -inf "-Infinity" +! String in double quotes (possibly null) +! Funcref not possible, error +! List as an array (possibly null); when + used recursively: [] +! Dict as an object (possibly null); when + used recursively: {} +! Blob as an array of the individual bytes + v:false "false" + v:true "true" + v:none "null" +--- 6102,6119 ---- + The encoding is specified in: + https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7159.html + Vim values are converted as follows: +! |Number| decimal number +! |Float| floating point number + Float nan "NaN" + Float inf "Infinity" + Float -inf "-Infinity" +! |String| in double quotes (possibly null) +! |Funcref| not possible, error +! |List| as an array (possibly null); when + used recursively: [] +! |Dict| as an object (possibly null); when + used recursively: {} +! |Blob| as an array of the individual bytes + v:false "false" + v:true "true" + v:none "null" +*************** +*** 6085,6091 **** + + keys({dict}) *keys()* + Return a |List| with all the keys of {dict}. The |List| is in +! arbitrary order. + + *len()* *E701* + len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument. +--- 6124,6130 ---- + + keys({dict}) *keys()* + Return a |List| with all the keys of {dict}. The |List| is in +! arbitrary order. Also see |items()| and |values()|. + + *len()* *E701* + len({expr}) The result is a Number, which is the length of the argument. +*************** +*** 6093,6098 **** +--- 6132,6138 ---- + used, as with |strlen()|. + When {expr} is a |List| the number of items in the |List| is + returned. ++ When {expr} is a |Blob| the number of bytes is returned. + When {expr} is a |Dictionary| the number of entries in the + |Dictionary| is returned. + Otherwise an error is given. +*************** +*** 6177,6189 **** + line(".") line number of the cursor + line("'t") line number of mark t + line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker +! < *last-position-jump* +! This autocommand jumps to the last known position in a file +! just after opening it, if the '" mark is set: > +! :au BufReadPost * +! \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit' +! \ | exe "normal! g`\"" +! \ | endif + + line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()* + Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line +--- 6217,6225 ---- + line(".") line number of the cursor + line("'t") line number of mark t + line("'" . marker) line number of mark marker +! < +! To jump to the last known position when opening a file see +! |last-position-jump|. + + line2byte({lnum}) *line2byte()* + Return the byte count from the start of the buffer for line +*************** +*** 6641,6648 **** +--- 6677,6686 ---- + *mkdir()* *E739* + mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]]) + Create directory {name}. ++ + If {path} is "p" then intermediate directories are created as + necessary. Otherwise it must be "". ++ + If {prot} is given it is used to set the protection bits of + the new directory. The default is 0755 (rwxr-xr-x: r/w for + the user readable for others). Use 0700 to make it unreadable +*************** +*** 6651,6659 **** + with 0755. + Example: > + :call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0700) + < This function is not available in the |sandbox|. + There is no error if the directory already exists and the "p" +! flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708). + Not available on all systems. To check use: > + :if exists("*mkdir") + < +--- 6689,6705 ---- + with 0755. + Example: > + :call mkdir($HOME . "/tmp/foo/bar", "p", 0700) ++ + < This function is not available in the |sandbox|. ++ + There is no error if the directory already exists and the "p" +! flag is passed (since patch 8.0.1708). However, without the +! "p" option the call will fail. +! +! The function result is a Number, which is 1 if the call was +! successful or 0 if the directory creation failed or partly +! failed. +! + Not available on all systems. To check use: > + :if exists("*mkdir") + < +*************** +*** 6668,6674 **** + nov Operator-pending (forced characterwise |o_v|) + noV Operator-pending (forced linewise |o_V|) + noCTRL-V Operator-pending (forced blockwise |o_CTRL-V|); +! CTRL-V is one character + niI Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Insert-mode| + niR Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Replace-mode| + niV Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Virtual-Replace-mode| +--- 6714,6720 ---- + nov Operator-pending (forced characterwise |o_v|) + noV Operator-pending (forced linewise |o_V|) + noCTRL-V Operator-pending (forced blockwise |o_CTRL-V|); +! CTRL-V is one character + niI Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Insert-mode| + niR Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Replace-mode| + niV Normal using |i_CTRL-O| in |Virtual-Replace-mode| +*************** +*** 6739,6744 **** +--- 6785,6794 ---- + nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline + characters. nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the + string, thus results in an empty string. ++ To turn a list of character numbers into a string: > ++ let list = [65, 66, 67] ++ let str = join(map(list, {_, val -> nr2char(val)}), '') ++ < Result: "ABC" + + or({expr}, {expr}) *or()* + Bitwise OR on the two arguments. The arguments are converted +*************** +*** 6934,6941 **** + *printf-S* + S The text of the String argument is used. If a + precision is specified, no more display cells than the +! number specified are used. Without the |+multi_byte| +! feature works just like 's'. + + *printf-f* *E807* + f F The Float argument is converted into a string of the +--- 6984,6990 ---- + *printf-S* + S The text of the String argument is used. If a + precision is specified, no more display cells than the +! number specified are used. + + *printf-f* *E807* + f F The Float argument is converted into a string of the +*************** +*** 7040,7050 **** + for a property that does not continue in + another line; can be zero + end_lnum line number for the end of text +! end_col column just after the text; not used when "length" +! is present; when {col} and "end_col" are equal +! this is a zero-width text property + bufnr buffer to add the property to; when omitted +! the current buffer is used + id user defined ID for the property; when omitted + zero is used + type name of the text property type +--- 7089,7100 ---- + for a property that does not continue in + another line; can be zero + end_lnum line number for the end of text +! end_col column just after the text; not used when +! "length" is present; when {col} and "end_col" +! are equal, and "end_lnum" is omitted or equal +! to {lnum}, this is a zero-width text property + bufnr buffer to add the property to; when omitted +! the current buffer is used + id user defined ID for the property; when omitted + zero is used + type name of the text property type +*************** +*** 7089,7095 **** + start position with "lnum" and "col" + must be given; when omitted the + current buffer is used +! lnum" start in this line (when omitted start + at the cursor) + col start at this column (when omitted + and "lnum" is given: use column 1, +--- 7139,7145 ---- + start position with "lnum" and "col" + must be given; when omitted the + current buffer is used +! lnum start in this line (when omitted start + at the cursor) + col start at this column (when omitted + and "lnum" is given: use column 1, +*************** +*** 7107,7113 **** + See |text-properties| for information about text properties. + + +! prop_list({lnum} [, {props}]) *prop_list()* + Return a List with all text properties in line {lnum}. + + When {props} contains a "bufnr" item, use this buffer instead +--- 7157,7163 ---- + See |text-properties| for information about text properties. + + +! prop_list({lnum} [, {props}]) *prop_list()* + Return a List with all text properties in line {lnum}. + + When {props} contains a "bufnr" item, use this buffer instead +*************** +*** 7279,7284 **** +--- 7329,7336 ---- + *readdir()* + readdir({directory} [, {expr}]) + Return a list with file and directory names in {directory}. ++ You can also use |glob()| if you don't need to do complicated ++ things, such as limiting the number of matches. + + When {expr} is omitted all entries are included. + When {expr} is given, it is evaluated to check what to do: +*************** +*** 7344,7350 **** + + reg_recording() *reg_recording()* + Returns the single letter name of the register being recorded. +! Returns an empty string string when not recording. See |q|. + + reltime([{start} [, {end}]]) *reltime()* + Return an item that represents a time value. The format of +--- 7396,7402 ---- + + reg_recording() *reg_recording()* + Returns the single letter name of the register being recorded. +! Returns an empty string when not recording. See |q|. + + reltime([{start} [, {end}]]) *reltime()* + Return an item that represents a time value. The format of +*************** +*** 7491,7496 **** +--- 7543,7551 ---- + Example: > + :echo "last item: " . remove(mylist, -1) + :call remove(mylist, 0, 9) ++ < ++ Use |delete()| to remove a file. ++ + remove({blob}, {idx} [, {end}]) + Without {end}: Remove the byte at {idx} from |Blob| {blob} and + return the byte. +*************** +*** 7501,7513 **** + Example: > + :echo "last byte: " . remove(myblob, -1) + :call remove(mylist, 0, 9) + remove({dict}, {key}) + Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: > + :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one") + < If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error. + +- Use |delete()| to remove a file. +- + rename({from}, {to}) *rename()* + Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This + should also work to move files across file systems. The +--- 7556,7567 ---- + Example: > + :echo "last byte: " . remove(myblob, -1) + :call remove(mylist, 0, 9) ++ + remove({dict}, {key}) + Remove the entry from {dict} with key {key}. Example: > + :echo "removed " . remove(dict, "one") + < If there is no {key} in {dict} this is an error. + + rename({from}, {to}) *rename()* + Rename the file by the name {from} to the name {to}. This + should also work to move files across file systems. The +*************** +*** 7771,7776 **** +--- 7825,7831 ---- + When evaluating {skip} causes an error the search is aborted + and -1 returned. + {skip} can be a string, a lambda, a funcref or a partial. ++ Anything else makes the function fail. + + For {stopline} and {timeout} see |search()|. + +*************** +*** 7867,7873 **** + < + setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text}) *setbufline()* + Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {expr}. To insert +! lines use |append()|. + + For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above. + +--- 7922,7929 ---- + < + setbufline({expr}, {lnum}, {text}) *setbufline()* + Set line {lnum} to {text} in buffer {expr}. To insert +! lines use |append()|. Any text properties in {lnum} are +! cleared. + + For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above. + +*************** +*** 7947,7953 **** + setline({lnum}, {text}) *setline()* + Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}. To insert + lines use |append()|. To set lines in another buffer use +! |setbufline()|. + + {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. + When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be +--- 8003,8009 ---- + setline({lnum}, {text}) *setline()* + Set line {lnum} of the current buffer to {text}. To insert + lines use |append()|. To set lines in another buffer use +! |setbufline()|. Any text properties in {lnum} are cleared. + + {lnum} is used like with |getline()|. + When {lnum} is just below the last line the {text} will be +*************** +*** 8437,8443 **** + the sign group name. To use the global sign group, use an + empty string. {group} functions as a namespace for {id}, thus + two groups can use the same IDs. Refer to |sign-identifier| +! for more information. + + {name} refers to a defined sign. + {expr} refers to a buffer name or number. For the accepted +--- 8493,8499 ---- + the sign group name. To use the global sign group, use an + empty string. {group} functions as a namespace for {id}, thus + two groups can use the same IDs. Refer to |sign-identifier| +! and |sign-group| for more information. + + {name} refers to a defined sign. + {expr} refers to a buffer name or number. For the accepted +*************** +*** 8725,8731 **** + as when using a floating point number in an expression, see + |floating-point-format|. But it's a bit more permissive. + E.g., "1e40" is accepted, while in an expression you need to +! write "1.0e40". + Text after the number is silently ignored. + The decimal point is always '.', no matter what the locale is + set to. A comma ends the number: "12,345.67" is converted to +--- 8781,8788 ---- + as when using a floating point number in an expression, see + |floating-point-format|. But it's a bit more permissive. + E.g., "1e40" is accepted, while in an expression you need to +! write "1.0e40". The hexadecimal form "0x123" is also +! accepted, but not others, like binary or octal. + Text after the number is silently ignored. + The decimal point is always '.', no matter what the locale is + set to. A comma ends the number: "12,345.67" is converted to +*************** +*** 8794,8803 **** + + strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}]) *strdisplaywidth()* + The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells +! String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts at {col}. +! When {col} is omitted zero is used. Otherwise it is the +! screen column where to start. This matters for Tab +! characters. + The option settings of the current window are used. This + matters for anything that's displayed differently, such as + 'tabstop' and 'display'. +--- 8851,8860 ---- + + strdisplaywidth({expr} [, {col}]) *strdisplaywidth()* + The result is a Number, which is the number of display cells +! String {expr} occupies on the screen when it starts at {col} +! (first column is zero). When {col} is omitted zero is used. +! Otherwise it is the screen column where to start. This +! matters for Tab characters. + The option settings of the current window are used. This + matters for anything that's displayed differently, such as + 'tabstop' and 'display'. +*************** +*** 8999,9009 **** + swapinfo({fname}) *swapinfo()* + The result is a dictionary, which holds information about the + swapfile {fname}. The available fields are: +! version VIM version + user user name + host host name + fname original file name +! pid PID of the VIM process that created the swap + file + mtime last modification time in seconds + inode Optional: INODE number of the file +--- 9056,9066 ---- + swapinfo({fname}) *swapinfo()* + The result is a dictionary, which holds information about the + swapfile {fname}. The available fields are: +! version Vim version + user user name + host host name + fname original file name +! pid PID of the Vim process that created the swap + file + mtime last modification time in seconds + inode Optional: INODE number of the file +*************** +*** 9103,9109 **** + concealable region if there are two consecutive regions + with the same replacement character. For an example, if + the text is "123456" and both "23" and "45" are concealed +! and replace by the character "X", then: + call returns ~ + synconcealed(lnum, 1) [0, '', 0] + synconcealed(lnum, 2) [1, 'X', 1] +--- 9160,9166 ---- + concealable region if there are two consecutive regions + with the same replacement character. For an example, if + the text is "123456" and both "23" and "45" are concealed +! and replaced by the character "X", then: + call returns ~ + synconcealed(lnum, 1) [0, '', 0] + synconcealed(lnum, 2) [1, 'X', 1] +*************** +*** 9331,9337 **** + The top part of the buffer contains the contents of the first + file, the bottom part of the buffer contains the contents of + the second file. The middle part shows the differences. +! The parts are separated by a line of dashes. + + If the {options} argument is present, it must be a Dict with + these possible members: +--- 9388,9394 ---- + The top part of the buffer contains the contents of the first + file, the bottom part of the buffer contains the contents of + the second file. The middle part shows the differences. +! The parts are separated by a line of equals. + + If the {options} argument is present, it must be a Dict with + these possible members: +*************** +*** 9376,9382 **** + Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file + {filename}. This uses a format that can be used with + |term_dumpload()| and |term_dumpdiff()|. +! If {filename} already exists an error is given. *E953* + Also see |terminal-diff|. + + {options} is a dictionary with these optional entries: +--- 9433,9441 ---- + Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file + {filename}. This uses a format that can be used with + |term_dumpload()| and |term_dumpdiff()|. +! If the job in the terminal already finished an error is given: +! *E958* +! If {filename} already exists an error is given: *E953* + Also see |terminal-diff|. + + {options} is a dictionary with these optional entries: +*************** +*** 9422,9431 **** + "dict" can have these members: + "visible" one when the cursor is visible, zero when it + is hidden. +! "blink" one when the cursor is visible, zero when it +! is hidden. + "shape" 1 for a block cursor, 2 for underline and 3 + for a vertical bar. + + {buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the + buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty +--- 9481,9491 ---- + "dict" can have these members: + "visible" one when the cursor is visible, zero when it + is hidden. +! "blink" one when the cursor is blinking, zero when it +! is not blinking. + "shape" 1 for a block cursor, 2 for underline and 3 + for a vertical bar. ++ "color" color of the cursor, e.g. "green" + + {buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the + buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty +*************** +*** 9455,9461 **** + used for |term_getline()| and |getline()|, so that: > + term_getline(buf, N) + < is equal to: > +! `getline(N + term_getscrolled(buf)) + < (if that line exists). + + {buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|. +--- 9515,9521 ---- + used for |term_getline()| and |getline()|, so that: > + term_getline(buf, N) + < is equal to: > +! getline(N + term_getscrolled(buf)) + < (if that line exists). + + {buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|. +*************** +*** 9596,9602 **** + exist or is not a terminal window, an error is given. + {only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature} + +! term_start({cmd}, {options}) *term_start()* + Open a terminal window and run {cmd} in it. + + {cmd} can be a string or a List, like with |job_start()|. The +--- 9656,9662 ---- + exist or is not a terminal window, an error is given. + {only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature} + +! term_start({cmd} [, {options}]) *term_start()* + Open a terminal window and run {cmd} in it. + + {cmd} can be a string or a List, like with |job_start()|. The +*************** +*** 9613,9621 **** + |job-options|. However, not all options can be used. These + are supported: + all timeout options +! "stoponexit" +! "callback", "out_cb", "err_cb" +! "exit_cb", "close_cb" + "in_io", "in_top", "in_bot", "in_name", "in_buf" + "out_io", "out_name", "out_buf", "out_modifiable", "out_msg" + "err_io", "err_name", "err_buf", "err_modifiable", "err_msg" +--- 9673,9680 ---- + |job-options|. However, not all options can be used. These + are supported: + all timeout options +! "stoponexit", "cwd", "env" +! "callback", "out_cb", "err_cb", "exit_cb", "close_cb" + "in_io", "in_top", "in_bot", "in_name", "in_buf" + "out_io", "out_name", "out_buf", "out_modifiable", "out_msg" + "err_io", "err_name", "err_buf", "err_modifiable", "err_msg" +*************** +*** 9735,9741 **** + Only to be used for testing! + + test_override({name}, {val}) *test_override()* +! Overrides certain parts of Vims internal processing to be able + to run tests. Only to be used for testing Vim! + The override is enabled when {val} is non-zero and removed + when {val} is zero. +--- 9794,9800 ---- + Only to be used for testing! + + test_override({name}, {val}) *test_override()* +! Overrides certain parts of Vim's internal processing to be able + to run tests. Only to be used for testing Vim! + The override is enabled when {val} is non-zero and removed + when {val} is zero. +*************** +*** 9906,9912 **** + echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}") + < returns "{blob}" + +! trim({text}[, {mask}]) *trim()* + Return {text} as a String where any character in {mask} is + removed from the beginning and end of {text}. + If {mask} is not given, {mask} is all characters up to 0x20, +--- 9965,9971 ---- + echo tr("<blob>", "<>", "{}") + < returns "{blob}" + +! trim({text} [, {mask}]) *trim()* + Return {text} as a String where any character in {mask} is + removed from the beginning and end of {text}. + If {mask} is not given, {mask} is all characters up to 0x20, +*************** +*** 9946,9955 **** + Dictionary: 4 |v:t_dict| + Float: 5 |v:t_float| + Boolean: 6 |v:t_bool| (v:false and v:true) +! None 7 |v:t_none| (v:null and v:none) +! Job 8 |v:t_job| +! Channel 9 |v:t_channel| +! Blob 10 |v:t_blob| + For backward compatibility, this method can be used: > + :if type(myvar) == type(0) + :if type(myvar) == type("") +--- 10005,10014 ---- + Dictionary: 4 |v:t_dict| + Float: 5 |v:t_float| + Boolean: 6 |v:t_bool| (v:false and v:true) +! None: 7 |v:t_none| (v:null and v:none) +! Job: 8 |v:t_job| +! Channel: 9 |v:t_channel| +! Blob: 10 |v:t_blob| + For backward compatibility, this method can be used: > + :if type(myvar) == type(0) + :if type(myvar) == type("") +*************** +*** 9972,9978 **** + If {name} is empty undofile() returns an empty string, since a + buffer without a file name will not write an undo file. + Useful in combination with |:wundo| and |:rundo|. +! When compiled without the +persistent_undo option this always + returns an empty string. + + undotree() *undotree()* +--- 10031,10037 ---- + If {name} is empty undofile() returns an empty string, since a + buffer without a file name will not write an undo file. + Useful in combination with |:wundo| and |:rundo|. +! When compiled without the |+persistent_undo| option this always + returns an empty string. + + undotree() *undotree()* +*************** +*** 10028,10034 **** + + values({dict}) *values()* + Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}. The |List| is +! in arbitrary order. + + + virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()* +--- 10087,10093 ---- + + values({dict}) *values()* + Return a |List| with all the values of {dict}. The |List| is +! in arbitrary order. Also see |items()| and |keys()|. + + + virtcol({expr}) *virtcol()* +*************** +*** 10107,10113 **** + Get the |window-ID| for the specified window. + When {win} is missing use the current window. + With {win} this is the window number. The top window has +! number 1. Use `win_getid(winnr())` for the current window. + Without {tab} use the current tab, otherwise the tab with + number {tab}. The first tab has number one. + Return zero if the window cannot be found. +--- 10166,10172 ---- + Get the |window-ID| for the specified window. + When {win} is missing use the current window. + With {win} this is the window number. The top window has +! number 1. + Without {tab} use the current tab, otherwise the tab with + number {tab}. The first tab has number one. + Return zero if the window cannot be found. +*************** +*** 10385,10391 **** + amiga Amiga version of Vim. + arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|. + arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga). +! autocmd Compiled with autocommand support. |autocommand| + autoservername Automatically enable |clientserver| + balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support. + balloon_multiline GUI supports multiline balloons. +--- 10444,10451 ---- + amiga Amiga version of Vim. + arabic Compiled with Arabic support |Arabic|. + arp Compiled with ARP support (Amiga). +! autocmd Compiled with autocommand support. (always true) +! autochdir Compiled with support for 'autochdir' + autoservername Automatically enable |clientserver| + balloon_eval Compiled with |balloon-eval| support. + balloon_multiline GUI supports multiline balloons. +*************** +*** 10407,10413 **** + conpty Platform where |ConPTY| can be used. + cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|. + cscope Compiled with |cscope| support. +! cursorbind Compiled with |cursorbind| (always true) + debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined. + dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support. + dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support. +--- 10467,10473 ---- + conpty Platform where |ConPTY| can be used. + cryptv Compiled with encryption support |encryption|. + cscope Compiled with |cscope| support. +! cursorbind Compiled with |'cursorbind'| (always true) + debug Compiled with "DEBUG" defined. + dialog_con Compiled with console dialog support. + dialog_gui Compiled with GUI dialog support. +*************** +*** 10419,10425 **** + emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags. + eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always + true, of course! +! ex_extra |+ex_extra|, always true now + extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and + |'hlsearch'| + farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|. +--- 10479,10485 ---- + emacs_tags Compiled with support for Emacs tags. + eval Compiled with expression evaluation support. Always + true, of course! +! ex_extra |+ex_extra| (always true) + extra_search Compiled with support for |'incsearch'| and + |'hlsearch'| + farsi Compiled with Farsi support |farsi|. +*************** +*** 10481,10487 **** + mouse_urxvt Compiled with support for urxvt mouse. + mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse. + mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'. +! multi_byte Compiled with support for 'encoding' + multi_byte_encoding 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding. + multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method. + multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages. +--- 10541,10547 ---- + mouse_urxvt Compiled with support for urxvt mouse. + mouse_xterm Compiled with support for xterm mouse. + mouseshape Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'. +! multi_byte Compiled with support for 'encoding' (always true) + multi_byte_encoding 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding. + multi_byte_ime Compiled with support for IME input method. + multi_lang Compiled with support for multiple languages. +*************** +*** 10511,10517 **** + reltime Compiled with |reltime()| support. + rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support. + ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|. +! scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support. + showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support. + signs Compiled with |:sign| support. + smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support. +--- 10571,10577 ---- + reltime Compiled with |reltime()| support. + rightleft Compiled with 'rightleft' support. + ruby Compiled with Ruby interface |ruby|. +! scrollbind Compiled with 'scrollbind' support. (always true) + showcmd Compiled with 'showcmd' support. + signs Compiled with |:sign| support. + smartindent Compiled with 'smartindent' support. +*************** +*** 10527,10536 **** + system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec(). + tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files + |tag-binary-search|. +! tag_old_static Compiled with support for old static tags + |tag-old-static|. +- tag_any_white Compiled with support for any white characters in tags +- files |tag-any-white|. + tcl Compiled with Tcl interface. + termguicolors Compiled with true color in terminal support. + terminal Compiled with |terminal| support. +--- 10587,10594 ---- + system Compiled to use system() instead of fork()/exec(). + tag_binary Compiled with binary searching in tags files + |tag-binary-search|. +! tag_old_static Support for old static tags was removed, see + |tag-old-static|. + tcl Compiled with Tcl interface. + termguicolors Compiled with true color in terminal support. + terminal Compiled with |terminal| support. +*************** +*** 11315,11342 **** + NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work + properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop. + +! :for {var} in {list} *:for* *E690* *E732* + :endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor* + Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for +! each item in {list}. Variable {var} is set to the +! value of each item. +! When an error is detected for a command inside the +! loop, execution continues after the "endfor". +! Changing {list} inside the loop affects what items are +! used. Make a copy if this is unwanted: > + :for item in copy(mylist) +! < When not making a copy, Vim stores a reference to the +! next item in the list, before executing the commands +! with the current item. Thus the current item can be +! removed without effect. Removing any later item means +! it will not be found. Thus the following example +! works (an inefficient way to make a list empty): > + for item in mylist + call remove(mylist, 0) + endfor +! < Note that reordering the list (e.g., with sort() or + reverse()) may have unexpected effects. + + :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist} + :endfo[r] + Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be +--- 11373,11406 ---- + NOTE: The ":append" and ":insert" commands don't work + properly inside a ":while" and ":for" loop. + +! :for {var} in {object} *:for* *E690* *E732* + :endfo[r] *:endfo* *:endfor* + Repeat the commands between ":for" and ":endfor" for +! each item in {object}. {object} can be a |List| or +! a |Blob|. Variable {var} is set to the value of each +! item. When an error is detected for a command inside +! the loop, execution continues after the "endfor". +! Changing {object} inside the loop affects what items +! are used. Make a copy if this is unwanted: > + :for item in copy(mylist) +! < +! When {object} is a |List| and not making a copy, Vim +! stores a reference to the next item in the |List| +! before executing the commands with the current item. +! Thus the current item can be removed without effect. +! Removing any later item means it will not be found. +! Thus the following example works (an inefficient way +! to make a |List| empty): > + for item in mylist + call remove(mylist, 0) + endfor +! < Note that reordering the |List| (e.g., with sort() or + reverse()) may have unexpected effects. + ++ When {object} is a |Blob|, Vim always makes a copy to ++ iterate over. Unlike with |List|, modifying the ++ |Blob| does not affect the iteration. ++ + :for [{var1}, {var2}, ...] in {listlist} + :endfo[r] + Like ":for" above, but each item in {listlist} must be +*************** +*** 11412,11425 **** + commands are skipped. + When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught. + Examples: > +! :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C) +! :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors +! :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts +! :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write +! :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123/ " catch error E123 +! :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception +! :catch /.*/ " catch everything +! :catch " same as /.*/ + < + Another character can be used instead of / around the + {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special +--- 11476,11489 ---- + commands are skipped. + When {pattern} is omitted all errors are caught. + Examples: > +! :catch /^Vim:Interrupt$/ " catch interrupts (CTRL-C) +! :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/ " catch all Vim errors +! :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:/ " catch errors and interrupts +! :catch /^Vim(write):/ " catch all errors in :write +! :catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E123:/ " catch error E123 +! :catch /my-exception/ " catch user exception +! :catch /.*/ " catch everything +! :catch " same as /.*/ + < + Another character can be used instead of / around the + {pattern}, so long as it does not have a special +*************** +*** 12689,12695 **** + + ============================================================================== + 10. Vim script versions *vimscript-version* *vimscript-versions* +! + Over time many features have been added to Vim script. This includes Ex + commands, functions, variable types, etc. Each individual feature can be + checked with the |has()| and |exists()| functions. +--- 12753,12759 ---- + + ============================================================================== + 10. Vim script versions *vimscript-version* *vimscript-versions* +! *scriptversion* + Over time many features have been added to Vim script. This includes Ex + commands, functions, variable types, etc. Each individual feature can be + checked with the |has()| and |exists()| functions. +*************** +*** 12710,12718 **** + < String concatenation with "." is not supported, use ".." instead. + This avoids the ambiguity using "." for Dict member access and + floating point numbers. Now ".5" means the number 0.5. +! Test for support with: > +! has('vimscript-2') + + + ============================================================================== + 11. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature* +--- 12774,12787 ---- + < String concatenation with "." is not supported, use ".." instead. + This avoids the ambiguity using "." for Dict member access and + floating point numbers. Now ".5" means the number 0.5. +! > +! :scriptversion 3 +! < All |vim-variable|s must be prefixed by "v:". E.g. "version" doesn't +! work as |v:version| anymore, it can be used as a normal variable. +! Same for some obvious names as "count" and others. + ++ Test for support with: > ++ has('vimscript-3') + + ============================================================================== + 11. No +eval feature *no-eval-feature* +*************** +*** 12822,12825 **** + Find more information in the file src/testdir/README.txt. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 12891,12894 ---- + Find more information in the file src/testdir/README.txt. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/farsi.txt 2019-02-16 15:09:21.225946157 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/farsi.txt 2019-05-05 17:40:23.067021524 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *farsi.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 16 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran +--- 1,4 ---- +! *farsi.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran +*************** +*** 6,12 **** + + Right to Left and Farsi Mapping for Vim *farsi* *Farsi* + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + *E27* + Farsi support has been removed in patch 8.1.0932. At that time it was +--- 6,11 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/filetype.txt 2018-05-17 13:40:51.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/filetype.txt 2019-05-05 17:40:44.726900525 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *filetype.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 18 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *filetype.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 12,18 **** + + Also see |autocmd.txt|. + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Filetypes *filetypes* *file-types* +--- 12,17 ---- +*************** +*** 320,327 **** + Note that the last one is the value of $VIMRUNTIME which has been expanded. + + Note that when using a plugin manager or |packages| many directories will be +! added to 'runtimepath'. These plugins earch require their own directory, +! don't put them directly in ~/.vim/plugin. + + What if it looks like your plugin is not being loaded? You can find out what + happens when Vim starts up by using the |-V| argument: > +--- 319,326 ---- + Note that the last one is the value of $VIMRUNTIME which has been expanded. + + Note that when using a plugin manager or |packages| many directories will be +! added to 'runtimepath'. These plugins each require their own directory, don't +! put them directly in ~/.vim/plugin. + + What if it looks like your plugin is not being loaded? You can find out what + happens when Vim starts up by using the |-V| argument: > +*************** +*** 638,648 **** + + setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8 + +! To disable this behaviour, set the following variable in your vimrc: > + + let g:python_recommended_style = 0 + + + RPM SPEC *ft-spec-plugin* + + Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate +--- 637,676 ---- + + setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 tabstop=8 + +! To disable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: > + + let g:python_recommended_style = 0 + + ++ R MARKDOWN *ft-rmd-plugin* ++ ++ By default ftplugin/html.vim is not sourced. If you want it sourced, add to ++ your |vimrc|: > ++ let rmd_include_html = 1 ++ ++ The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code ++ and for Markdown code. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to your ++ |vimrc|: > ++ let rmd_dynamic_comments = 0 ++ ++ ++ R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *ft-rrst-plugin* ++ ++ The 'formatexpr' option is set dynamically with different values for R code ++ and for ReStructured text. If you prefer that 'formatexpr' is not set, add to ++ your |vimrc|: > ++ let rrst_dynamic_comments = 0 ++ ++ ++ RESTRUCTUREDTEXT *ft-rst-plugin* ++ ++ The following formatting setting are optionally available: > ++ setlocal expandtab shiftwidth=3 softtabstop=3 tabstop=8 ++ ++ To enable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: > ++ let g:rst_style = 1 ++ ++ + RPM SPEC *ft-spec-plugin* + + Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate +*************** +*** 695,698 **** + < + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 723,726 ---- + < + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/fold.txt 2018-05-17 13:40:51.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/fold.txt 2019-05-05 17:32:54.065507338 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *fold.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Mar 18 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *fold.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 14,20 **** + 3. Fold options |fold-options| + 4. Behavior of folds |fold-behavior| + +- {Vi has no Folding} + {not available when compiled without the |+folding| feature} + + ============================================================================== +--- 14,19 ---- +*************** +*** 601,604 **** + are used. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 600,603 ---- + are used. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt 2018-05-17 13:40:51.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/ft_ada.txt 2018-06-17 22:23:13.773656146 +0200 +*************** +*** 249,255 **** + External command used for |g:decada.Make()| (|'makeprg'|). + + *g:decada.Error_Format* +! g:decada.Error_Format| string + Error format (|'errorformat'|). + + ============================================================================== +--- 249,255 ---- + External command used for |g:decada.Make()| (|'makeprg'|). + + *g:decada.Error_Format* +! g:decada.Error_Format string + Error format (|'errorformat'|). + + ============================================================================== +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt 2017-10-27 21:53:22.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.236325204 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *ft_rust.txt* Filetype plugin for Rust + + ============================================================================== + CONTENTS *rust* +--- 1,6 ---- +! *ft_rust.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 02 +! +! This is documentation for the Rust filetype plugin. + + ============================================================================== + CONTENTS *rust* +*************** +*** 234,237 **** + Note: This binding is only available in MacVim. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:noet:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 236,239 ---- + Note: This binding is only available in MacVim. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:40.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.363157576 +0200 +*************** +*** 777,780 **** + as they were. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 777,780 ---- + as they were. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/gui.txt 2019-04-28 14:02:25.410687613 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/gui.txt 2019-05-05 17:40:49.138875880 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *gui.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *gui.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 19,25 **** + |gui_x11.txt| For specific items of the X11 GUI. + |gui_w32.txt| For specific items of the Win32 GUI. + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Starting the GUI *gui-start* *E229* *E233* +--- 19,24 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt 2019-04-28 19:46:17.018060159 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt 2019-05-05 17:40:54.634845175 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Oct 27 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *gui_w32.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 19,25 **** + |gui.txt| For generic items of the GUI. + |os_win32.txt| For Win32 specific items. + +- {Vi does not have a Windows GUI} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Starting the GUI *gui-w32-start* +--- 19,24 ---- +*************** +*** 414,420 **** + + *:simalt* *:sim* + :sim[alt] {key} simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed. +! {not in Vi} {only for Win32 versions} + Note: ":si" means ":s" with the "i" flag. + + Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the +--- 413,419 ---- + + *:simalt* *:sim* + :sim[alt] {key} simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed. +! {only for Win32 versions} + Note: ":si" means ":s" with the "i" flag. + + Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the +*************** +*** 462,465 **** + :exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p') + < + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 461,464 ---- + :exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p') + < + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:40.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt 2019-05-05 17:40:59.550817699 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 06 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *gui_x11.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 19,25 **** + Other relevant documentation: + |gui.txt| For generic items of the GUI. + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Starting the X11 GUI *gui-x11-start* *E665* +--- 19,24 ---- +*************** +*** 48,54 **** + ":gui -f". Don't use "vim -fg", because "-fg" specifies the foreground + color. + +! When using "gvim -f" and then ":gui", Vim will run in the foreground. The + "-f" argument will be remembered. To force running Vim in the background use + ":gui -b". + +--- 47,53 ---- + ":gui -f". Don't use "vim -fg", because "-fg" specifies the foreground + color. + +! When using "vim -f" and then ":gui", Vim will run in the foreground. The + "-f" argument will be remembered. To force running Vim in the background use + ":gui -b". + +*************** +*** 376,383 **** + distribution. + + For GTK+ 3, an effect similar to the above can be obtained by adding the +! following snippet of CSS code to $XDG_HOME_DIR/gtk-3.0/gtk.css (usually, +! $HOME/.config/gtk-3.0/gtk.css): + + For GTK+ 3 < 3.20: > + +--- 375,382 ---- + distribution. + + For GTK+ 3, an effect similar to the above can be obtained by adding the +! following snippet of CSS code to $XDG_HOME_DIR/gtk-3.0/gtk.css (see the next +! section): + + For GTK+ 3 < 3.20: > + +*************** +*** 408,413 **** +--- 407,416 ---- + GTK+ uses CSS for styling and layout of widgets. In this subsection, we'll + have a quick look at GTK+ CSS through simple, illustrative examples. + ++ You can usually edit the config with: > ++ vim $HOME/.config/gtk-3.0/gtk.css ++ ++ + Example 1. Empty Space Adjustment ~ + + By default, the toolbar and the tabline of the GTK+ 3 GUI are somewhat larger +*************** +*** 492,497 **** +--- 495,510 ---- + in mind always when you try improving a theme. + + ++ Example 3. border color ~ ++ ++ To eliminate borders when maximized: > ++ ++ @define-color bg_color #1B2B34; ++ #vim-main-window { ++ background-color: @bg_color; ++ } ++ ++ + Using Vim as a GTK+ plugin ~ + *gui-gtk-socketid* + When the GTK+ version of Vim starts up normally, it creates its own top level +*************** +*** 721,724 **** + both by choosing to use either of the "* or "+ registers. + + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 734,737 ---- + both by choosing to use either of the "* or "+ registers. + + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/hangulin.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:40.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/hangulin.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.363157576 +0200 +*************** +*** 109,112 **** + SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com> + Chi-Deok Hwang <...> + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 109,112 ---- + SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com> + Chi-Deok Hwang <...> + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/hebrew.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:40.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/hebrew.txt 2019-05-05 17:41:19.574705732 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *hebrew.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2007 Jun 14 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem) +--- 1,4 ---- +! *hebrew.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ron Aaron (and Avner Lottem) +*************** +*** 10,19 **** + Lottem. <alottem at gmail dot com> Ron Aaron <ron at ronware dot org> is + currently helping support these features. + +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} +! +! All this is only available when the |+rightleft| feature was enabled at +! compile time. + + + Introduction +--- 10,16 ---- + Lottem. <alottem at gmail dot com> Ron Aaron <ron at ronware dot org> is + currently helping support these features. + +! {only available when the |+rightleft| feature was enabled at compile time} + + + Introduction +*************** +*** 139,142 **** + problem, set isprint=@,128-255. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 136,139 ---- + problem, set isprint=@,128-255. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/helphelp.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:40.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/helphelp.txt 2019-05-04 22:41:34.687538617 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *helphelp.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Mar 19 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *helphelp.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 24,30 **** + the very top. + The 'helplang' option is used to select a language, if + the main help file is available in several languages. +- {not in Vi} + + *{subject}* *E149* *E661* + :h[elp] {subject} Like ":help", additionally jump to the tag {subject}. +--- 24,29 ---- +*************** +*** 97,103 **** + command from a following command. You need to type + CTRL-V first to insert the <LF> or <CR>. Example: > + :help so<C-V><CR>only +- < {not in Vi} + + :h[elp]! [subject] Like ":help", but in non-English help files prefer to + find a tag in a file with the same language as the +--- 96,101 ---- +*************** +*** 133,139 **** + |:execute| when needed. + Compressed help files will not be searched (Fedora + compresses the help files). +- {not in Vi} + + *:lh* *:lhelpgrep* + :lh[elpgrep] {pattern}[@xx] +--- 131,136 ---- +*************** +*** 147,157 **** + + *:exu* *:exusage* + :exu[sage] Show help on Ex commands. Added to simulate the Nvi +! command. {not in Vi} + + *:viu* *:viusage* + :viu[sage] Show help on Normal mode commands. Added to simulate +! the Nvi command. {not in Vi} + + When no argument is given to |:help| the file given with the 'helpfile' option + will be opened. Otherwise the specified tag is searched for in all "doc/tags" +--- 144,154 ---- + + *:exu* *:exusage* + :exu[sage] Show help on Ex commands. Added to simulate the Nvi +! command. + + *:viu* *:viusage* + :viu[sage] Show help on Normal mode commands. Added to simulate +! the Nvi command. + + When no argument is given to |:help| the file given with the 'helpfile' option + will be opened. Otherwise the specified tag is searched for in all "doc/tags" +*************** +*** 199,205 **** + Only for backwards compatibility. It now executes the + ToolBar.FindHelp menu entry instead of using a builtin + dialog. {only when compiled with |+GUI_GTK|} +- {not in Vi} + + *:helpt* *:helptags* + *E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670* +--- 196,201 ---- +*************** +*** 224,231 **** + To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory + (requires write permission there): > + :helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc +- < {not in Vi} +- + + ============================================================================== + 2. Translated help files *help-translated* +--- 220,225 ---- +*************** +*** 370,373 **** + + You can find the details in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/help.vim + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 364,367 ---- + + You can find the details in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/help.vim + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/help.txt 2019-01-17 15:43:21.749878443 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/help.txt 2019-01-17 14:55:00.628054659 +0100 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *help.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Oct 28 + + VIM - main help file + k +--- 1,4 ---- +! *help.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 17 + + VIM - main help file + k +*************** +*** 10,16 **** + Jump to a subject: Position the cursor on a tag (e.g. |bars|) and hit CTRL-]. + With the mouse: ":set mouse=a" to enable the mouse (in xterm or GUI). + Double-click the left mouse button on a tag, e.g. |bars|. +! Jump back: Type CTRL-T or CTRL-O. Repeat to go further back. + + Get specific help: It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help + on, by giving an argument to the |:help| command. +--- 10,16 ---- + Jump to a subject: Position the cursor on a tag (e.g. |bars|) and hit CTRL-]. + With the mouse: ":set mouse=a" to enable the mouse (in xterm or GUI). + Double-click the left mouse button on a tag, e.g. |bars|. +! Jump back: Type CTRL-O. Repeat to go further back. + + Get specific help: It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help + on, by giving an argument to the |:help| command. +*************** +*** 31,43 **** + help entries for "word". + Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep| + + Vim stands for Vi IMproved. Most of Vim was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only + through the help of many others. See |credits|. + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + *doc-file-list* *Q_ct* + BASIC: + |quickref| Overview of the most common commands you will use +! |tutor| 30 minutes training course for beginners + |copying| About copyrights + |iccf| Helping poor children in Uganda + |sponsor| Sponsor Vim development, become a registered Vim user +--- 31,47 ---- + help entries for "word". + Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep| + ++ Getting started: Do the Vim tutor, a 20 minute interactive training for the ++ basic commands, see |vimtutor|. ++ Read the user manual from start to end: |usr_01.txt| ++ + Vim stands for Vi IMproved. Most of Vim was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only + through the help of many others. See |credits|. + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + *doc-file-list* *Q_ct* + BASIC: + |quickref| Overview of the most common commands you will use +! |tutor| 20 minutes training course for beginners + |copying| About copyrights + |iccf| Helping poor children in Uganda + |sponsor| Sponsor Vim development, become a registered Vim user +*************** +*** 113,119 **** + |scroll.txt| scrolling the text in the window + |insert.txt| Insert and Replace mode + |change.txt| deleting and replacing text +- |indent.txt| automatic indenting for C and other languages + |undo.txt| Undo and Redo + |repeat.txt| repeating commands, Vim scripts and debugging + |visual.txt| using the Visual mode (selecting a text area) +--- 117,122 ---- +*************** +*** 126,139 **** + |pattern.txt| regexp patterns and search commands + |map.txt| key mapping and abbreviations + |tagsrch.txt| tags and special searches +- |quickfix.txt| commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle + |windows.txt| commands for using multiple windows and buffers + |tabpage.txt| commands for using multiple tab pages +- |syntax.txt| syntax highlighting + |spell.txt| spell checking + |diff.txt| working with two to four versions of the same file + |autocmd.txt| automatically executing commands on an event +- |filetype.txt| settings done specifically for a type of file + |eval.txt| expression evaluation, conditional commands + |channel.txt| Jobs, Channels, inter-process communication + |fold.txt| hide (fold) ranges of lines +--- 129,139 ---- +*************** +*** 143,160 **** + |remote.txt| using Vim as a server or client + |term.txt| using different terminals and mice + |terminal.txt| Terminal window support + |digraph.txt| list of available digraphs + |mbyte.txt| multi-byte text support + |mlang.txt| non-English language support + |arabic.txt| Arabic language support and editing + |farsi.txt| Farsi (Persian) editing + |hebrew.txt| Hebrew language support and editing + |russian.txt| Russian language support and editing +- |ft_ada.txt| Ada (the programming language) support +- |ft_rust.txt| Filetype plugin for Rust +- |ft_sql.txt| about the SQL filetype plugin + |hangulin.txt| Hangul (Korean) input mode +- |rileft.txt| right-to-left editing mode + + GUI ~ + |gui.txt| Graphical User Interface (GUI) +--- 143,169 ---- + |remote.txt| using Vim as a server or client + |term.txt| using different terminals and mice + |terminal.txt| Terminal window support ++ ++ Programming language support ~ ++ |indent.txt| automatic indenting for C and other languages ++ |syntax.txt| syntax highlighting ++ |textprop.txt| Attaching properties to text for highlighting or other ++ |filetype.txt| settings done specifically for a type of file ++ |quickfix.txt| commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle ++ |ft_ada.txt| Ada (the programming language) support ++ |ft_rust.txt| Filetype plugin for Rust ++ |ft_sql.txt| about the SQL filetype plugin ++ ++ Language support ~ + |digraph.txt| list of available digraphs + |mbyte.txt| multi-byte text support + |mlang.txt| non-English language support ++ |rileft.txt| right-to-left editing mode + |arabic.txt| Arabic language support and editing + |farsi.txt| Farsi (Persian) editing + |hebrew.txt| Hebrew language support and editing + |russian.txt| Russian language support and editing + |hangulin.txt| Hangul (Korean) input mode + + GUI ~ + |gui.txt| Graphical User Interface (GUI) +*************** +*** 224,227 **** + 'compatible'. + + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +! vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:isk=!-~,^*,^\|,^\":ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 233,236 ---- + 'compatible'. + + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +! vim:tw=78:isk=!-~,^*,^\|,^\":ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/howto.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:40.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/howto.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.363157576 +0200 +*************** +*** 93,96 **** + |2html.vim| convert a colored file to HTML + |less| use Vim like less or more with syntax highlighting + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 93,96 ---- + |2html.vim| convert a colored file to HTML + |less| use Vim like less or more with syntax highlighting + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt 2019-05-05 17:41:29.350651064 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 21 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Andy Kahn +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_cscop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Andy Kahn +*************** +*** 21,27 **** + 7. Availability & Information |cscope-info| + + This is currently for Unix and Win32 only. +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Cscope introduction *cscope-intro* +--- 21,26 ---- +*************** +*** 484,487 **** + Win32 support was added by Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>. Contact + him if you have Win32-specific issues. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 483,486 ---- + Win32 support was added by Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>. Contact + him if you have Win32-specific issues. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_lua.txt 2019-03-23 13:56:30.189804811 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/if_lua.txt 2019-05-05 17:57:40.985303358 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_lua.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2015 Oct 16 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Luis Carvalho +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_lua.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Luis Carvalho +*************** +*** 17,33 **** + 9. luaeval() Vim function |lua-luaeval| + 10. Dynamic loading |lua-dynamic| + +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} +! +! The Lua interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the +! |+lua| feature. + + ============================================================================== + 1. Commands *lua-commands* + + *:lua* + :[range]lua {chunk} +! Execute Lua chunk {chunk}. {not in Vi} + + Examples: + > +--- 17,30 ---- + 9. luaeval() Vim function |lua-luaeval| + 10. Dynamic loading |lua-dynamic| + +! {only available when Vim was compiled with the |+lua| feature} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Commands *lua-commands* + + *:lua* + :[range]lua {chunk} +! Execute Lua chunk {chunk}. + + Examples: + > +*************** +*** 38,44 **** + :[range]lua << {endmarker} + {script} + {endmarker} +! Execute Lua script {script}. {not in Vi} + Note: This command doesn't work when the Lua + feature wasn't compiled in. To avoid errors, see + |script-here|. +--- 35,41 ---- + :[range]lua << {endmarker} + {script} + {endmarker} +! Execute Lua script {script}. + Note: This command doesn't work when the Lua + feature wasn't compiled in. To avoid errors, see + |script-here|. +*************** +*** 75,81 **** + If the value returned by the function is a string it + becomes the text of the line in the current turn. The + default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$". +- {not in Vi} + + Examples: + > +--- 72,77 ---- +*************** +*** 89,95 **** + + *:luafile* + :[range]luafile {file} +! Execute Lua script in {file}. {not in Vi} + The whole argument is used as a single file name. + + Examples: +--- 85,91 ---- + + *:luafile* + :[range]luafile {file} +! Execute Lua script in {file}. + The whole argument is used as a single file name. + + Examples: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt 2019-05-05 17:58:07.097159011 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Oct 08 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sergey Khorev +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_mzsch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sergey Khorev +*************** +*** 15,24 **** + 7. Dynamic loading |mzscheme-dynamic| + 8. MzScheme setup |mzscheme-setup| + +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} +! +! The MzScheme interface is available only if Vim was compiled with the +! |+mzscheme| feature. + + Based on the work of Brent Fulgham. + Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev +--- 15,21 ---- + 7. Dynamic loading |mzscheme-dynamic| + 8. MzScheme setup |mzscheme-setup| + +! {only available when Vim was compiled with the |+mzscheme| feature} + + Based on the work of Brent Fulgham. + Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev +*************** +*** 40,46 **** + + *:mzscheme* *:mz* + :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt} +! Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}. {not in Vi} + + :[range]mz[scheme] << {endmarker} + {script} +--- 37,43 ---- + + *:mzscheme* *:mz* + :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt} +! Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}. + + :[range]mz[scheme] << {endmarker} + {script} +*************** +*** 51,57 **** + |script-here|. + + *:mzfile* *:mzf* +! :[range]mzf[ile] {file} Execute the MzScheme script in {file}. {not in Vi} + + All of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of + MzScheme code, with the "current range" set to the given line +--- 48,54 ---- + |script-here|. + + *:mzfile* *:mzf* +! :[range]mzf[ile] {file} Execute the MzScheme script in {file}. + + All of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of + MzScheme code, with the "current range" set to the given line +*************** +*** 312,315 **** + raco pkg install cext-lib # raco ctool command + < + ====================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:sts=4:ft=help:norl: +--- 309,312 ---- + raco pkg install cext-lib # raco ctool command + < + ====================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:sts=4:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_ole.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/if_ole.txt 2019-05-05 17:42:02.554465232 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_ole.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2008 Aug 16 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_ole.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore +*************** +*** 12,21 **** + 4. Registration |ole-registration| + 5. MS Visual Studio integration |MSVisualStudio| + +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} +! +! OLE is only available when compiled with the |+ole| feature. See +! src/if_ole.INSTALL. + An alternative is using the client-server communication |clientserver|. + + ============================================================================== +--- 12,19 ---- + 4. Registration |ole-registration| + 5. MS Visual Studio integration |MSVisualStudio| + +! {only available when compiled with the |+ole| feature. See +! src/if_ole.INSTALL} + An alternative is using the client-server communication |clientserver|. + + ============================================================================== +*************** +*** 202,205 **** + [.Net remarks provided by Dave Fishburn and Brian Sturk] + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 200,203 ---- + [.Net remarks provided by Dave Fishburn and Brian Sturk] + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_perl.txt 2019-01-12 22:47:01.256088105 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/if_perl.txt 2019-05-05 17:58:30.901027316 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_perl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 24 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sven Verdoolaege +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_perl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Sven Verdoolaege +*************** +*** 11,19 **** + 3. Using the Perl interface |perl-using| + 4. Dynamic loading |perl-dynamic| + +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} +! +! The Perl interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+perl| feature. + + ============================================================================== + 1. Editing Perl files *perl-editing* +--- 11,17 ---- + 3. Using the Perl interface |perl-using| + 4. Dynamic loading |perl-dynamic| + +! {only available when Vim was compiled with the |+perl| feature} + + ============================================================================== + 1. Editing Perl files *perl-editing* +*************** +*** 44,51 **** + Sven Verdoolaege <skimo@breughel.ufsia.ac.be> + Matt Gerassimof + +! Perl for MS-Windows can be found at: http://www.perl.com/ +! The ActiveState one should work. + + ============================================================================== + 3. Using the Perl interface *perl-using* +--- 42,50 ---- + Sven Verdoolaege <skimo@breughel.ufsia.ac.be> + Matt Gerassimof + +! Perl for MS-Windows (and other platforms) can be found at: +! http://www.perl.org/ +! The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative. + + ============================================================================== + 3. Using the Perl interface *perl-using* +*************** +*** 191,197 **** + and inserting line breaks. + + *perl-Blob* +! VIM::Blob({expr}) Return Blob literal string 0zXXXX from scalar value. + + *perl-SetHeight* + Window->SetHeight({height}) +--- 190,196 ---- + and inserting line breaks. + + *perl-Blob* +! VIM::Blob({expr}) Return |Blob| literal string 0zXXXX from scalar value. + + *perl-SetHeight* + Window->SetHeight({height}) +*************** +*** 306,309 **** + with. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 305,308 ---- + with. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt 2019-05-04 22:42:16.327312200 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 30 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_pyth.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Paul Moore +*************** +*** 19,26 **** + 11. Python X |python_x| + 12. Building with Python support |python-building| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} +- + The Python 2.x interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the + |+python| feature. + The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the +--- 19,24 ---- +*************** +*** 60,68 **** + endfunction + + To see what version of Python you have: > +- :python import sys + :python print(sys.version) + + Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting. Make sure the "class" line + and "EOF" do not have any indent. + +--- 58,67 ---- + endfunction + + To see what version of Python you have: > + :python print(sys.version) + ++ There is no need to import sys, it's done by default. ++ + Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting. Make sure the "class" line + and "EOF" do not have any indent. + +*************** +*** 75,91 **** + None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of + the line in the current turn. The default for [range] + is the whole file: "1,$". +- {not in Vi} + + Examples: + > + :pydo return "%s\t%d" % (line[::-1], len(line)) + :pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line) + < + *:pyfile* *:pyf* + :[range]pyf[ile] {file} + Execute the Python script in {file}. The whole +! argument is used as a single file name. {not in Vi} + + Both of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of + Python code, with the "current range" |python-range| set to the given line +--- 74,101 ---- + None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of + the line in the current turn. The default for [range] + is the whole file: "1,$". + + Examples: + > + :pydo return "%s\t%d" % (line[::-1], len(line)) + :pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line) + < ++ One can use `:pydo` in possible conjunction with `:py` to filter a range using ++ python. For example: > ++ ++ :py3 << EOF ++ needle = vim.eval('@a') ++ replacement = vim.eval('@b') ++ ++ def py_vim_string_replace(str): ++ return str.replace(needle, replacement) ++ EOF ++ :'<,'>py3do return py_vim_string_replace(line) ++ < + *:pyfile* *:pyf* + :[range]pyf[ile] {file} + Execute the Python script in {file}. The whole +! argument is used as a single file name. + + Both of these commands do essentially the same thing - they execute a piece of + Python code, with the "current range" |python-range| set to the given line +*************** +*** 98,104 **** + + To pass arguments you need to set sys.argv[] explicitly. Example: > + +- :python import sys + :python sys.argv = ["foo", "bar"] + :pyfile myscript.py + +--- 108,113 ---- +*************** +*** 168,178 **** + - a dictionary if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim dictionary + Dictionaries and lists are recursively expanded. + Examples: > + :py text_width = vim.eval("&tw") +! :py str = vim.eval("12+12") # NB result is a string! Use +! # string.atoi() to convert to +! # a number. +! + :py tagList = vim.eval('taglist("eval_expr")') + < The latter will return a python list of python dicts, for instance: + [{'cmd': '/^eval_expr(arg, nextcmd)$/', 'static': 0, 'name': ~ +--- 177,191 ---- + - a dictionary if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim dictionary + Dictionaries and lists are recursively expanded. + Examples: > ++ :" value of the 'textwidth' option + :py text_width = vim.eval("&tw") +! : +! :" contents of the 'a' register +! :py a_reg = vim.eval("@a") +! : +! :" Result is a string! Use string.atoi() to convert to a number. +! :py str = vim.eval("12+12") +! : + :py tagList = vim.eval('taglist("eval_expr")') + < The latter will return a python list of python dicts, for instance: + [{'cmd': '/^eval_expr(arg, nextcmd)$/', 'static': 0, 'name': ~ +*************** +*** 924,927 **** + one you prefer, before running configure. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 937,940 ---- + one you prefer, before running configure. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt 2019-03-26 22:50:19.147698161 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt 2019-05-05 17:59:08.636818323 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 15 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Shugo Maeda +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_ruby.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Shugo Maeda +*************** +*** 14,23 **** + 6. rubyeval() Vim function |ruby-rubyeval| + 7. Dynamic loading |ruby-dynamic| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + *E266* *E267* *E268* *E269* *E270* *E271* *E272* *E273* + +! The Ruby interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+ruby| feature. + + The home page for ruby is http://www.ruby-lang.org/. You can find links for + downloading Ruby there. +--- 14,22 ---- + 6. rubyeval() Vim function |ruby-rubyeval| + 7. Dynamic loading |ruby-dynamic| + + *E266* *E267* *E268* *E269* *E270* *E271* *E272* *E273* + +! {only available when Vim was compiled with the |+ruby| feature} + + The home page for ruby is http://www.ruby-lang.org/. You can find links for + downloading Ruby there. +*************** +*** 248,251 **** + with. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 247,250 ---- + with. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/if_sniff.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.363157576 +0200 +*************** +*** 8,11 **** + The SNiFF+ support was removed at patch 7.4.1433. If you want to check it out + sync to before that. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 8,11 ---- + The SNiFF+ support was removed at patch 7.4.1433. If you want to check it out + sync to before that. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt 2019-05-05 17:59:23.388736552 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Jan 01 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ingo Wilken +--- 1,4 ---- +! *if_tcl.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Ingo Wilken +*************** +*** 16,24 **** + 8. Examples |tcl-examples| + 9. Dynamic loading |tcl-dynamic| + +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} *E280* +! +! The Tcl interface only works when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature. + + WARNING: There are probably still some bugs. Please send bug reports, + comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de> +--- 16,23 ---- + 8. Examples |tcl-examples| + 9. Dynamic loading |tcl-dynamic| + +! *E280* +! {only available when Vim was compiled with the |+tcl| feature} + + WARNING: There are probably still some bugs. Please send bug reports, + comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de> +*************** +*** 66,77 **** + possible to add or delete lines using this command. + If {cmd} returns an error, the command is interrupted. + The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$". +! See |tcl-var-line| and |tcl-var-lnum|. {not in Vi} + + *:tclfile* *:tclf* + :tclf[ile] {file} Execute the Tcl script in {file}. This is the same as + ":tcl source {file}", but allows file name completion. +- {not in Vi} + + + Note that Tcl objects (like variables) persist from one command to the next, +--- 65,75 ---- + possible to add or delete lines using this command. + If {cmd} returns an error, the command is interrupted. + The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$". +! See |tcl-var-line| and |tcl-var-lnum|. + + *:tclfile* *:tclf* + :tclf[ile] {file} Execute the Tcl script in {file}. This is the same as + ":tcl source {file}", but allows file name completion. + + + Note that Tcl objects (like variables) persist from one command to the next, +*************** +*** 544,547 **** + the shared library must match the Tcl version Vim was compiled with. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 542,545 ---- + the shared library must match the Tcl version Vim was compiled with. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/indent.txt 2019-01-31 14:12:52.760076333 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/indent.txt 2019-02-21 21:42:02.738685574 +0100 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *indent.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *indent.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 21 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 589,596 **** + user manual. + + If you want to write your own indent file, it must set the 'indentexpr' +! option. Setting the 'indentkeys' option is often useful. See the +! $VIMRUNTIME/indent directory for examples. + + + REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~ +--- 589,597 ---- + user manual. + + If you want to write your own indent file, it must set the 'indentexpr' +! option. Setting the 'indentkeys' option is often useful. +! See the $VIMRUNTIME/indent/README.txt file for hints. +! See the $VIMRUNTIME/indent directory for examples. + + + REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~ +*************** +*** 603,616 **** + These conventions are not universally followed, so the Clojure indent script + offers a few configurable options, listed below. + +! If the current vim does not include searchpairpos(), the indent script falls + back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored. + + *g:clojure_maxlines* + +! Set maximum scan distance of searchpairpos(). Larger values trade performance +! for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 will scan +! without limits. + > + " Default + let g:clojure_maxlines = 100 +--- 604,617 ---- + These conventions are not universally followed, so the Clojure indent script + offers a few configurable options, listed below. + +! If the current vim does not include |searchpairpos()|, the indent script falls + back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored. + + *g:clojure_maxlines* + +! Set maximum scan distance of |searchpairpos()|. Larger values trade +! performance for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 +! will scan without limits. + > + " Default + let g:clojure_maxlines = 100 +*************** +*** 908,913 **** +--- 909,933 ---- + and 'default:' are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid + meaningless indentation. You can use the above option to return to the + traditional way. ++ ------------- ++ ++ *PHP_noArrowMatching* ++ By default the indent script will indent multi-line chained calls by matching ++ the position of the '->': > ++ ++ $user_name_very_long->name() ++ ->age() ++ ->info(); ++ ++ You can revert to the classic way of indenting by setting this option to 1: > ++ :let g:PHP_noArrowMatching = 1 ++ ++ You will obtain the following result: > ++ ++ $user_name_very_long->name() ++ ->age() ++ ->info(); ++ + + + PYTHON *ft-python-indent* +*************** +*** 917,927 **** + that you can change the value of 'shiftwidth' later. + + Indent after an open paren: > +! let g:pyindent_open_paren = '&sw * 2' + Indent after a nested paren: > +! let g:pyindent_nested_paren = '&sw' + Indent for a continuation line: > +! let g:pyindent_continue = '&sw * 2' + + + R *ft-r-indent* +--- 937,957 ---- + that you can change the value of 'shiftwidth' later. + + Indent after an open paren: > +! let g:pyindent_open_paren = 'shiftwidth() * 2' + Indent after a nested paren: > +! let g:pyindent_nested_paren = 'shiftwidth()' + Indent for a continuation line: > +! let g:pyindent_continue = 'shiftwidth() * 2' +! +! The method uses |searchpair()| to look back for unclosed parenthesis. This +! can sometimes be slow, thus it timeouts after 150 msec. If you notice the +! indenting isn't correct, you can set a larger timeout in msec: > +! let g:pyindent_searchpair_timeout = 500 +! +! If looking back for unclosed parenthesis is still too slow, especially during +! a copy-paste operation, or if you don't need indenting inside multi-line +! parentheses, you can completely disable this feature: > +! let g:pyindent_disable_parentheses_indenting = 1 + + + R *ft-r-indent* +*************** +*** 960,965 **** +--- 990,1000 ---- + paste(x) paste(x) + } } + < ++ The code will be indented after lines that match the pattern ++ `'\(&\||\|+\|-\|\*\|/\|=\|\~\|%\|->\)\s*$'`. If you want indentation after ++ lines that match a different pattern, you should set the appropriate value of ++ `r_indent_op_pattern` in your |vimrc|. ++ + + SHELL *ft-sh-indent* + +*************** +*** 1010,1016 **** + indenting width (default is 'shiftwidth'): > + + let b:verilog_indent_width = 4 +! let b:verilog_indent_width = &sw * 2 + + In addition, you can turn the verbose mode for debug issue: > + +--- 1045,1051 ---- + indenting width (default is 'shiftwidth'): > + + let b:verilog_indent_width = 4 +! let b:verilog_indent_width = shiftwidth() * 2 + + In addition, you can turn the verbose mode for debug issue: > + +*************** +*** 1133,1141 **** + For indenting Vim scripts there is one variable that specifies the amount of + indent for a continuation line, a line that starts with a backslash: > + +! :let g:vim_indent_cont = &sw * 3 + + Three times shiftwidth is the default value. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1168,1176 ---- + For indenting Vim scripts there is one variable that specifies the amount of + indent for a continuation line, a line that starts with a backslash: > + +! :let g:vim_indent_cont = shiftwidth() * 3 + + Three times shiftwidth is the default value. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/index.txt 2019-05-05 15:02:26.176319819 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/index.txt 2019-05-05 14:56:42.134251046 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *index.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 19 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *index.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 24 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 17,25 **** + 2.3. Square bracket commands |[| + 2.4. Commands starting with 'g' |g| + 2.5. Commands starting with 'z' |z| + 3. Visual mode |visual-index| + 4. Command-line editing |ex-edit-index| +! 5. EX commands |ex-cmd-index| + + For an overview of options see help.txt |option-list|. + For an overview of built-in functions see |functions|. +--- 17,27 ---- + 2.3. Square bracket commands |[| + 2.4. Commands starting with 'g' |g| + 2.5. Commands starting with 'z' |z| ++ 2.6. Operator-pending mode |operator-pending-index| + 3. Visual mode |visual-index| + 4. Command-line editing |ex-edit-index| +! 5. Terminal-Job mode |terminal-job-index| +! 6. EX commands |ex-cmd-index| + + For an overview of options see help.txt |option-list|. + For an overview of built-in functions see |functions|. +*************** +*** 166,171 **** +--- 168,187 ---- + |i_CTRL-X_s| CTRL-X s spelling suggestions + {not available when compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature} + ++ commands in completion mode (see |popupmenu-keys|) ++ ++ |complete_CTRL-E| CTRL-E stop completion and go back to original text ++ |complete_CTRL-Y| CTRL-Y accept selected match and stop completion ++ CTRL-L insert one character from the current match ++ <CR> insert currently selected match ++ <BS> delete one character and redo search ++ CTRL-H same as <BS> ++ <Up> select the previous match ++ <Down> select the next match ++ <PageUp> select a match several entries back ++ <PageDown> select a match several entries forward ++ other stop completion and insert the typed character ++ + ============================================================================== + 2. Normal mode *normal-index* + +*************** +*** 528,537 **** + |CTRL-W_CTRL-]| CTRL-W CTRL-] same as "CTRL-W ]" + |CTRL-W_CTRL-^| CTRL-W CTRL-^ same as "CTRL-W ^" + |CTRL-W_CTRL-_| CTRL-W CTRL-_ same as "CTRL-W _" +- |CTRL-W_quote| CTRL-W " terminal window: paste register + |CTRL-W_+| CTRL-W + increase current window height N lines + |CTRL-W_-| CTRL-W - decrease current window height N lines +- |CTRL-W_.| CTRL-W . terminal window: type CTRL-W + |CTRL-W_:| CTRL-W : same as |:|, edit a command line + |CTRL-W_<| CTRL-W < decrease current window width N columns + |CTRL-W_=| CTRL-W = make all windows the same height & width +--- 544,551 ---- +*************** +*** 540,546 **** + |CTRL-W_J| CTRL-W J move current window to the very bottom + |CTRL-W_K| CTRL-W K move current window to the very top + |CTRL-W_L| CTRL-W L move current window to the far right +- |CTRL-W_N| CTRL-W N terminal window: go to Terminal Normal mode + |CTRL-W_P| CTRL-W P go to preview window + |CTRL-W_R| CTRL-W R rotate windows upwards N times + |CTRL-W_S| CTRL-W S same as "CTRL-W s" +--- 554,559 ---- +*************** +*** 570,575 **** +--- 583,590 ---- + |CTRL-W_gF| CTRL-W g F edit file name under the cursor in a new + tab page and jump to the line number + following the file name. ++ |CTRL-W_gt| CTRL-W g t same as `gt`: go to next tab page ++ |CTRL-W_gT| CTRL-W g T same as `gT`: go to previous tab page + |CTRL-W_h| CTRL-W h go to Nth left window (stop at first window) + |CTRL-W_i| CTRL-W i split window and jump to declaration of + identifier under the cursor +*************** +*** 847,852 **** +--- 862,871 ---- + position the cursor at the start (left + side) of the screen + |zt| zt redraw, cursor line at top of window ++ |zuw| zuw undo |zw| ++ |zug| zug undo |zg| ++ |zuW| zuW undo |zW| ++ |zuG| zuG undo |zG| + |zv| zv open enough folds to view the cursor line + |zw| zw mark word as wrong (bad) spelled word + |zx| zx re-apply 'foldlevel' and do "zv" +*************** +*** 855,860 **** +--- 874,890 ---- + |z<Right>| z<Right> same as "zl" + + ============================================================================== ++ 2.6 Operator-pending mode *operator-pending-index* ++ ++ These can be used after an operator, but before a {motion} has been entered. ++ ++ tag char action in Operator-pending mode ~ ++ ----------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ |o_v| v force operator to work characterwise ++ |o_V| V force operator to work linewise ++ |o_CTRL-V| CTRL-V force operator to work blockwise ++ ++ ============================================================================== + 3. Visual mode *visual-index* + + Most commands in Visual mode are the same as in Normal mode. The ones listed +*************** +*** 976,982 **** + "Completion" below refers to context-sensitive completion. It will complete + file names, tags, commands etc. as appropriate. + +! tag command action in Command-line editing mode ~ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + CTRL-@ not used + |c_CTRL-A| CTRL-A do completion on the pattern in front of the +--- 1006,1012 ---- + "Completion" below refers to context-sensitive completion. It will complete + file names, tags, commands etc. as appropriate. + +! tag command action in Command-line editing mode ~ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + CTRL-@ not used + |c_CTRL-A| CTRL-A do completion on the pattern in front of the +*************** +*** 1016,1025 **** + command-line from history. + |c_CTRL-Q| CTRL-Q same as CTRL-V, unless it's used for terminal + control flow +! |c_CTRL-R| CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:= CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A} + insert the contents of a register or object + under the cursor as if typed +! |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:= CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A} + insert the contents of a register or object + under the cursor literally + CTRL-S (used for terminal control flow) +--- 1046,1056 ---- + command-line from history. + |c_CTRL-Q| CTRL-Q same as CTRL-V, unless it's used for terminal + control flow +! |c_CTRL-R| CTRL-R {regname} + insert the contents of a register or object + under the cursor as if typed +! |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {regname} +! |c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {regname} + insert the contents of a register or object + under the cursor literally + CTRL-S (used for terminal control flow) +*************** +*** 1066,1081 **** + |c_<Insert>| <Insert> toggle insert/overstrike mode + |c_<LeftMouse>| <LeftMouse> cursor at mouse click + + You found it, Arthur! *holy-grail* *:smile* + + ============================================================================== +! 5. EX commands *ex-cmd-index* *:index* + + This is a brief but complete listing of all the ":" commands, without + mentioning any arguments. The optional part of the command name is inside []. + The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name. + +! tag command action ~ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + |:!| :! filter lines or execute an external command + |:!!| :!! repeat last ":!" command +--- 1097,1133 ---- + |c_<Insert>| <Insert> toggle insert/overstrike mode + |c_<LeftMouse>| <LeftMouse> cursor at mouse click + ++ ============================================================================== ++ 5. Terminal-Job mode *terminal-job-index* ++ ++ Most Normal mode commands except for window commands (|CTRL-W|) do not work in ++ a terminal window. Switch to Terminal-Normal mode to use them. ++ This assumes 'termwinkey' is not set. ++ ++ tag char action in Terminal-Job mode ~ ++ ----------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ |t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N switch to Terminal-Normal mode ++ |t_CTRL-W_N| CTRL-W N switch to Terminal-Normal mode ++ |t_CTRL-W_:| CTRL-W : enter an Ex command ++ |t_CTRL-W_.| CTRL-W . type CTRL-W in the terminal ++ CTRL-W CTRL-\ send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal ++ |t_CTRL-W_quote| CTRL-W " {0-9a-z"%#*:=} ++ paste register in the terminal ++ |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| CTRL-W CTRL-C forcefully ends the job ++ |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W| CTRL-W CTRL-W move focus to the next window ++ |t_CTRL-W_gt| CTRL-W gt go to next tabpage, same as `gt` ++ |t_CTRL-W_gT| CTRL-W gT go to previous tabpage, same as `gT` ++ + You found it, Arthur! *holy-grail* *:smile* + + ============================================================================== +! 6. EX commands *ex-cmd-index* *:index* + + This is a brief but complete listing of all the ":" commands, without + mentioning any arguments. The optional part of the command name is inside []. + The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name. + +! tag command action ~ + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + |:!| :! filter lines or execute an external command + |:!!| :!! repeat last ":!" command +*************** +*** 1465,1472 **** + |:recover| :rec[over] recover a file from a swap file + |:redo| :red[o] redo one undone change + |:redir| :redi[r] redirect messages to a file or register +! |:redraw| :redr[aw] force a redraw of the display +! |:redrawstatus| :redraws[tatus] force a redraw of the status line(s) + |:registers| :reg[isters] display the contents of registers + |:resize| :res[ize] change current window height + |:retab| :ret[ab] change tab size +--- 1517,1525 ---- + |:recover| :rec[over] recover a file from a swap file + |:redo| :red[o] redo one undone change + |:redir| :redi[r] redirect messages to a file or register +! |:redraw| :redr[aw] force a redraw of the display +! |:redrawstatus| :redraws[tatus] force a redraw of the status line(s) +! |:redrawtabline| :redrawt[abline] force a redraw of the tabline + |:registers| :reg[isters] display the contents of registers + |:resize| :res[ize] change current window height + |:retab| :ret[ab] change tab size +*************** +*** 1506,1512 **** + |:sbrewind| :sbr[ewind] split window and go to first file in the + buffer list + |:scriptnames| :scr[iptnames] list names of all sourced Vim scripts +! |:scriptencoding| :scripte[ncoding] encoding used in sourced Vim script + |:scscope| :scs[cope] split window and execute cscope command + |:set| :se[t] show or set options + |:setfiletype| :setf[iletype] set 'filetype', unless it was set already +--- 1559,1566 ---- + |:sbrewind| :sbr[ewind] split window and go to first file in the + buffer list + |:scriptnames| :scr[iptnames] list names of all sourced Vim scripts +! |:scriptencoding| :scripte[ncoding] encoding used in sourced Vim script +! |:scriptversion| :scriptv[ersion] version of Vim script used + |:scscope| :scs[cope] split window and execute cscope command + |:set| :se[t] show or set options + |:setfiletype| :setf[iletype] set 'filetype', unless it was set already +*************** +*** 1653,1659 **** + argument list + |:wq| :wq write to a file and quit window or Vim + |:wqall| :wqa[ll] write all changed buffers and quit Vim +- |:wsverb| :ws[verb] pass the verb to workshop over IPC + |:wundo| :wu[ndo] write undo information to a file + |:wviminfo| :wv[iminfo] write to viminfo file + |:xit| :x[it] write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim +--- 1707,1712 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/insert.txt 2019-04-06 13:45:51.564756966 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/insert.txt 2019-05-05 17:42:43.198237570 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *insert.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Feb 10 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *insert.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 62,68 **** + CTRL-@ Insert previously inserted text and stop insert. {Vi: only + when typed as first char, only up to 128 chars} + *i_CTRL-A* +! CTRL-A Insert previously inserted text. {not in Vi} + + *i_CTRL-H* *i_<BS>* *i_BS* + <BS> or CTRL-H Delete the character before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| +--- 62,68 ---- + CTRL-@ Insert previously inserted text and stop insert. {Vi: only + when typed as first char, only up to 128 chars} + *i_CTRL-A* +! CTRL-A Insert previously inserted text. + + *i_CTRL-H* *i_<BS>* *i_BS* + <BS> or CTRL-H Delete the character before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| +*************** +*** 75,81 **** + "eol", delete the <EOL>; the next line is appended after the + current one. + See |:fixdel| if your <Del> key does not do what you want. +- {not in Vi} + *i_CTRL-W* + CTRL-W Delete the word before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| about + joining lines). See the section "word motions", +--- 75,80 ---- +*************** +*** 102,111 **** + key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form. For + example, the string "<S-Space>" can be entered by typing + <C-K><S-Space> (two keys). Neither char is considered for +! mapping. {not in Vi} + +! CTRL-N Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|). {not in Vi} +! CTRL-P Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|). {not in Vi} + + CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=} *i_CTRL-R* + Insert the contents of a register. Between typing CTRL-R and +--- 101,110 ---- + key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form. For + example, the string "<S-Space>" can be entered by typing + <C-K><S-Space> (two keys). Neither char is considered for +! mapping. + +! CTRL-N Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|). +! CTRL-P Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|). + + CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=} *i_CTRL-R* + Insert the contents of a register. Between typing CTRL-R and +*************** +*** 142,148 **** + converted to a String. + When append() or setline() is invoked the undo + sequence will be broken. +! See |registers| about registers. {not in Vi} + + CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* + Insert the contents of a register. Works like using a single +--- 141,147 ---- + converted to a String. + When append() or setline() is invoked the undo + sequence will be broken. +! See |registers| about registers. + + CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* + Insert the contents of a register. Works like using a single +*************** +*** 154,160 **** + < Options 'textwidth', 'formatoptions', etc. still apply. If + you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below. + The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as +! typed. {not in Vi} + + CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O* + Insert the contents of a register literally and don't +--- 153,159 ---- + < Options 'textwidth', 'formatoptions', etc. still apply. If + you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below. + The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as +! typed. + + CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O* + Insert the contents of a register literally and don't +*************** +*** 163,176 **** + insert the text above the current line, like with `P`. + Does not replace characters! + The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as +! typed. {not in Vi} + + CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P* + Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the + indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|. + Does not replace characters! + The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as +! typed. {not in Vi} + + *i_CTRL-T* + CTRL-T Insert one shiftwidth of indent at the start of the current +--- 162,175 ---- + insert the text above the current line, like with `P`. + Does not replace characters! + The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as +! typed. + + CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=} *i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P* + Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the + indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|. + Does not replace characters! + The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as +! typed. + + *i_CTRL-T* + CTRL-T Insert one shiftwidth of indent at the start of the current +*************** +*** 206,217 **** + + CTRL-X Enter CTRL-X mode. This is a sub-mode where commands can + be given to complete words or scroll the window. See +! |i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|. {not in Vi} + + *i_CTRL-E* +! CTRL-E Insert the character which is below the cursor. {not in Vi} + *i_CTRL-Y* +! CTRL-Y Insert the character which is above the cursor. {not in Vi} + Note that for CTRL-E and CTRL-Y 'textwidth' is not used, to be + able to copy characters from a long line. + +--- 205,216 ---- + + CTRL-X Enter CTRL-X mode. This is a sub-mode where commands can + be given to complete words or scroll the window. See +! |i_CTRL-X| and |ins-completion|. + + *i_CTRL-E* +! CTRL-E Insert the character which is below the cursor. + *i_CTRL-Y* +! CTRL-Y Insert the character which is above the cursor. + Note that for CTRL-E and CTRL-Y 'textwidth' is not used, to be + able to copy characters from a long line. + +*************** +*** 228,234 **** + is set. + Please refer to |rileft.txt| for more information about + right-to-left mode. +- {not in Vi} + Only if compiled with the |+rightleft| feature. + + *i_CTRL-^* +--- 227,232 ---- +*************** +*** 248,261 **** + The language mappings are normally used to type characters + that are different from what the keyboard produces. The + 'keymap' option can be used to install a whole number of them. +- {not in Vi} + + *i_CTRL-]* +! CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character. {not in +! Vi} + + *i_<Insert>* +! <Insert> Toggle between Insert and Replace mode. {not in Vi} + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + *i_backspacing* +--- 246,257 ---- + The language mappings are normally used to type characters + that are different from what the keyboard produces. The + 'keymap' option can be used to install a whole number of them. + + *i_CTRL-]* +! CTRL-] Trigger abbreviation, without inserting a character. + + *i_<Insert>* +! <Insert> Toggle between Insert and Replace mode. + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + *i_backspacing* +*************** +*** 379,386 **** + CTRL-L when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode *i_CTRL-L* + CTRL-G u break undo sequence, start new change *i_CTRL-G_u* + CTRL-G U don't break undo with next left/right cursor *i_CTRL-G_U* +! movement (but only if the cursor stays +! within same the line) + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Note: If the cursor keys take you out of Insert mode, check the 'noesckeys' +--- 375,382 ---- + CTRL-L when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode *i_CTRL-L* + CTRL-G u break undo sequence, start new change *i_CTRL-G_u* + CTRL-G U don't break undo with next left/right cursor *i_CTRL-G_U* +! movement, if the cursor stays within +! same the line + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + Note: If the cursor keys take you out of Insert mode, check the 'noesckeys' +*************** +*** 434,444 **** + + This makes it possible to use the cursor keys in Insert mode, without breaking + the undo sequence and therefore using |.| (redo) will work as expected. +! Also entering a text like (with the "(" mapping from above): > + + Lorem ipsum (dolor + +! will be repeatable by the |.|to the expected + + Lorem ipsum (dolor) + +--- 430,440 ---- + + This makes it possible to use the cursor keys in Insert mode, without breaking + the undo sequence and therefore using |.| (redo) will work as expected. +! Also entering a text like (with the "(" mapping from above): + + Lorem ipsum (dolor + +! will be repeatable by using |.| to the expected + + Lorem ipsum (dolor) + +*************** +*** 519,533 **** + character is replaced with several spaces. The result of this is that the + number of characters in the line increases. Backspacing will delete one + space at a time. The original character will be put back for only one space +! that you backspace over (the last one). {Vi does not have the 'expandtab' +! option} + + *ins-smarttab* + When the 'smarttab' option is on, a <Tab> inserts 'shiftwidth' positions at + the beginning of a line and 'tabstop' positions in other places. This means + that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted. When 'smarttab' + is off, a <Tab> always inserts 'tabstop' positions, and 'shiftwidth' is only +! used for ">>" and the like. {not in Vi} + + *ins-softtabstop* + When the 'softtabstop' option is non-zero, a <Tab> inserts 'softtabstop' +--- 515,528 ---- + character is replaced with several spaces. The result of this is that the + number of characters in the line increases. Backspacing will delete one + space at a time. The original character will be put back for only one space +! that you backspace over (the last one). + + *ins-smarttab* + When the 'smarttab' option is on, a <Tab> inserts 'shiftwidth' positions at + the beginning of a line and 'tabstop' positions in other places. This means + that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted. When 'smarttab' + is off, a <Tab> always inserts 'tabstop' positions, and 'shiftwidth' is only +! used for ">>" and the like. + + *ins-softtabstop* + When the 'softtabstop' option is non-zero, a <Tab> inserts 'softtabstop' +*************** +*** 567,580 **** + several spaces. The result of this is that the number of characters in the + line increases. Backspacing will delete one space at a time. The original + character will be put back for only one space that you backspace over (the +! last one). {Vi does not have the 'expandtab' option} + + ============================================================================== + 6. Virtual Replace mode *vreplace-mode* *Virtual-Replace-mode* + + Enter Virtual Replace mode with the "gR" command in normal mode. + {not available when compiled without the |+vreplace| feature} +- {Vi does not have Virtual Replace mode} + + Virtual Replace mode is similar to Replace mode, but instead of replacing + actual characters in the file, you are replacing screen real estate, so that +--- 562,574 ---- + several spaces. The result of this is that the number of characters in the + line increases. Backspacing will delete one space at a time. The original + character will be put back for only one space that you backspace over (the +! last one). + + ============================================================================== + 6. Virtual Replace mode *vreplace-mode* *Virtual-Replace-mode* + + Enter Virtual Replace mode with the "gR" command in normal mode. + {not available when compiled without the |+vreplace| feature} + + Virtual Replace mode is similar to Replace mode, but instead of replacing + actual characters in the file, you are replacing screen real estate, so that +*************** +*** 1079,1085 **** + leading text is changed. + + If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return +! v:none. This is useful to implement asynchronous completion with complete(). + + Other items are ignored. + +--- 1073,1080 ---- + leading text is changed. + + If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return +! |v:none|. This is useful to implement asynchronous completion with +! |complete()|. + + Other items are ignored. + +*************** +*** 1543,1549 **** + + If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a + regular expression syntax (added in version 13.0 of +! autoload\syntaxcomplete.vim) to add items. Looking at the output from + ":syntax list" while editing a PHP file I can see some of these entries: > + htmlArg,htmlTag,htmlTagName,javaScriptStatement,javaScriptGlobalObjects + +--- 1538,1544 ---- + + If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a + regular expression syntax (added in version 13.0 of +! autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim) to add items. Looking at the output from + ":syntax list" while editing a PHP file I can see some of these entries: > + htmlArg,htmlTag,htmlTagName,javaScriptStatement,javaScriptGlobalObjects + +*************** +*** 1806,1812 **** + the last blank. + + *gI* +! gI Insert text in column 1 [count] times. {not in Vi} + + *gi* + gi Insert text in the same position as where Insert mode +--- 1801,1807 ---- + the last blank. + + *gI* +! gI Insert text in column 1 [count] times. + + *gi* + gi Insert text in the same position as where Insert mode +*************** +*** 1817,1823 **** + but NOT for inserted/deleted characters. + When the |:keepjumps| command modifier is used the |'^| + mark won't be changed. +- {not in Vi} + + *o* + o Begin a new line below the cursor and insert text, +--- 1812,1817 ---- +*************** +*** 1884,1890 **** + script, the insertion only starts after the function + or script is finished. + This command does not work from |:normal|. +- {not in Vi} + + *:stopi* *:stopinsert* + :stopi[nsert] Stop Insert mode as soon as possible. Works like +--- 1878,1883 ---- +*************** +*** 1901,1912 **** + Note that when using this command in a function or + script that the replacement will only start after + the function or script is finished. +- {not in Vi} + + *:startgreplace* + :startg[replace][!] Just like |:startreplace|, but use Virtual Replace + mode, like with |gR|. +- {not in Vi} + + ============================================================================== + 10. Inserting a file *inserting-file* +--- 1894,1903 ---- +*************** +*** 2013,2016 **** + [READ ERRORS] not all of the file could be read + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 2004,2007 ---- + [READ ERRORS] not all of the file could be read + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/intro.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/intro.txt 2019-05-05 17:43:22.626016554 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *intro.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 24 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *intro.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 34,42 **** + is not located in the default place. You can jump to subjects like with tags: + Use CTRL-] to jump to a subject under the cursor, use CTRL-T to jump back. + +! Throughout this manual the differences between Vi and Vim are mentioned in +! curly braces, like this: {Vi does not have on-line help}. See |vi_diff.txt| +! for a summary of the differences between Vim and Vi. + + This manual refers to Vim on various machines. There may be small differences + between different computers and terminals. Besides the remarks given in this +--- 34,40 ---- + is not located in the default place. You can jump to subjects like with tags: + Use CTRL-] to jump to a subject under the cursor, use CTRL-T to jump back. + +! The differences between Vi and Vim are mentioned in |vi_diff.txt|. + + This manual refers to Vim on various machines. There may be small differences + between different computers and terminals. Besides the remarks given in this +*************** +*** 52,80 **** + there. For beginners, there is a hands-on |tutor|. To learn using Vim, read + the user manual |usr_toc.txt|. + +! *book* +! There are many books on Vi that contain a section for beginners. There are +! two books I can recommend: +! +! "Vim - Vi Improved" by Steve Oualline +! +! This is the very first book completely dedicated to Vim. It is very good for +! beginners. The most often used commands are explained with pictures and +! examples. The less often used commands are also explained, the more advanced +! features are summarized. There is a comprehensive index and a quick +! reference. Parts of this book have been included in the user manual +! |frombook|. +! Published by New Riders Publishing. ISBN: 0735710015 +! For more information try one of these: +! http://iccf-holland.org/click5.html +! http://www.vim.org/iccf/click5.html +! +! "Learning the Vi editor" by Linda Lamb and Arnold Robbins +! +! This is a book about Vi that includes a chapter on Vim (in the sixth edition). +! The first steps in Vi are explained very well. The commands that Vim adds are +! only briefly mentioned. There is also a German translation. +! Published by O'Reilly. ISBN: 1-56592-426-6. + + ============================================================================== + 2. Vim on the internet *internet* +--- 50,60 ---- + there. For beginners, there is a hands-on |tutor|. To learn using Vim, read + the user manual |usr_toc.txt|. + +! *book* *books* +! Most books on Vi and Vim contain a section for beginners. Others are spending +! more words on specific functionality. You can find an overview of Vim books +! here: +! http://iccf-holland.org/vim_books.html + + ============================================================================== + 2. Vim on the internet *internet* +*************** +*** 84,92 **** + contain links to the most recent version of Vim. The FAQ is a list of + Frequently Asked Questions. Read this if you have problems. + +! Vim home page: http://www.vim.org/ +! Vim FAQ: http://vimdoc.sf.net/ +! Downloading: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS + + + Usenet News group where Vim is discussed: *news* *usenet* +--- 64,72 ---- + contain links to the most recent version of Vim. The FAQ is a list of + Frequently Asked Questions. Read this if you have problems. + +! Vim home page: https://www.vim.org/ +! Vim FAQ: https://vimhelp.appspot.com/vim_faq.txt.html +! Downloading: https://www.vim.org/download.php + + + Usenet News group where Vim is discussed: *news* *usenet* +*************** +*** 114,123 **** + See http://www.vim.org/maillist.php for the latest information. + + NOTE: + - You can only send messages to these lists if you have subscribed! + - You need to send the messages from the same location as where you subscribed + from (to avoid spam mail). +- - Maximum message size is 40000 characters. + + *subscribe-maillist* + If you want to join, send a message to +--- 94,105 ---- + See http://www.vim.org/maillist.php for the latest information. + + NOTE: ++ - Anyone can see the archive, e.g. on Google groups. Search this if you have ++ questions. + - You can only send messages to these lists if you have subscribed! ++ - The first message is moderated, thus it may take a few hours to show up. + - You need to send the messages from the same location as where you subscribed + from (to avoid spam mail). + + *subscribe-maillist* + If you want to join, send a message to +*************** +*** 150,156 **** + Where reproduce.vim is a script that reproduces the problem. Try different + machines, if relevant (is this an MS-Windows specific bug perhaps?). + +! Send me patches if you can! + + It will help to include information about the version of Vim you are using and + your setup. You can get the information with this command: > +--- 132,141 ---- + Where reproduce.vim is a script that reproduces the problem. Try different + machines, if relevant (is this an MS-Windows specific bug perhaps?). + +! Send me patches if you can! If you create a pull request on +! https://github.com/vim/vim then the automated checks will run and report any +! obvious problems. But you can also send the patch by email (use an attachment +! to avoid white space changes). + + It will help to include information about the version of Vim you are using and + your setup. You can get the information with this command: > +*************** +*** 189,195 **** + ============================================================================== + 3. Credits *credits* *author* *Bram* *Moolenaar* + +! Most of Vim was written by Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>. + + Parts of the documentation come from several Vi manuals, written by: + W.N. Joy +--- 174,180 ---- + ============================================================================== + 3. Credits *credits* *author* *Bram* *Moolenaar* + +! Most of Vim was created by Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>. + + Parts of the documentation come from several Vi manuals, written by: + W.N. Joy +*************** +*** 268,273 **** +--- 253,259 ---- + Ken Takata fixes and features + Kazunobu Kuriyama GTK 3 + Christian Brabandt many fixes, features, user support, etc. ++ Yegappan Lakshmanan many quickfix features + + I wish to thank all the people that sent me bug reports and suggestions. The + list is too long to mention them all here. Vim would not be the same without +*************** +*** 280,288 **** + Vi "the original". Without further remarks this is the version + of Vi that appeared in Sun OS 4.x. ":version" returns + "Version 3.7, 6/7/85". Sometimes other versions are referred +! to. Only runs under Unix. Source code only available with a +! license. More information on Vi can be found through: +! http://vi-editor.org [doesn't currently work...] + *Posix* + Posix From the IEEE standard 1003.2, Part 2: Shell and utilities. + Generally known as "Posix". This is a textual description of +--- 266,274 ---- + Vi "the original". Without further remarks this is the version + of Vi that appeared in Sun OS 4.x. ":version" returns + "Version 3.7, 6/7/85". Sometimes other versions are referred +! to. Only runs under Unix. Source code is now available under a +! BSD-style license. More information on Vi can be found through: +! http://ex-vi.sourceforge.net/ + *Posix* + Posix From the IEEE standard 1003.2, Part 2: Shell and utilities. + Generally known as "Posix". This is a textual description of +*************** +*** 297,305 **** + Source code is freely available. + *Elvis* + Elvis Another Vi clone, made by Steve Kirkendall. Very compact but isn't +! as flexible as Vim. +! The version used is 2.1. It is still being developed. Source code is +! freely available. + + ============================================================================== + 4. Notation *notation* +--- 283,296 ---- + Source code is freely available. + *Elvis* + Elvis Another Vi clone, made by Steve Kirkendall. Very compact but isn't +! as flexible as Vim. Development has stalled, Elvis has left the +! building! Source code is freely available. +! *Neovim* +! Neovim A Vim clone. Forked the Vim source in 2014 and went a different way. +! Very much bound to github and has many more dependencies, making +! development more complex and limiting portability. Code has been +! refactored, resulting in patches not being exchangeable with Vim. +! Supports a remote GUI and integration with scripting languages. + + ============================================================================== + 4. Notation *notation* +*************** +*** 595,603 **** + If the 'showmode' option is on "-- VREPLACE --" is + shown at the bottom of the window. + +! Insert Normal mode Entered when CTRL-O given in Insert mode. This is +! like Normal mode, but after executing one command Vim +! returns to Insert mode. + If the 'showmode' option is on "-- (insert) --" is + shown at the bottom of the window. + +--- 586,594 ---- + If the 'showmode' option is on "-- VREPLACE --" is + shown at the bottom of the window. + +! Insert Normal mode Entered when CTRL-O is typed in Insert mode (see +! |i_CTRL-O|). This is like Normal mode, but after +! executing one command Vim returns to Insert mode. + If the 'showmode' option is on "-- (insert) --" is + shown at the bottom of the window. + +*************** +*** 710,716 **** + like typing ":" commands after another. All command + line editing, completion etc. is available. + Use the ":vi" command |:visual| to exit "Ex" mode. +- {not in Vi} + + ============================================================================== + 7. The window contents *window-contents* +--- 701,706 ---- +*************** +*** 906,909 **** + 6. ~ + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 896,899 ---- + 6. ~ + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/map.txt 2019-04-25 21:27:40.566186854 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/map.txt 2019-05-05 17:43:30.013975122 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *map.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 13 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *map.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 76,82 **** + Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes + where the map command applies. Disallow mapping of + {rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings. Often +! used to redefine a command. {not in Vi} + + + :unm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:unm* *:unmap* +--- 76,82 ---- + Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes + where the map command applies. Disallow mapping of + {rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings. Often +! used to redefine a command. + + + :unm[ap] {lhs} |mapmode-nvo| *:unm* *:unmap* +*************** +*** 110,116 **** + :cmapc[lear] |mapmode-c| *:cmapc* *:cmapclear* + :tmapc[lear] |mapmode-t| *:tmapc* *:tmapclear* + Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map +! command applies. {not in Vi} + Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local + mappings |:map-<buffer>| + Warning: This also removes the default mappings. +--- 110,116 ---- + :cmapc[lear] |mapmode-c| *:cmapc* *:cmapclear* + :tmapc[lear] |mapmode-t| *:tmapc* *:tmapclear* + Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map +! command applies. + Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local + mappings |:map-<buffer>| + Warning: This also removes the default mappings. +*************** +*** 143,149 **** + :tma[p] {lhs} |mapmode-t| *:tmap_l* + List the key mappings for the key sequences starting + with {lhs} in the modes where the map command applies. +- {not in Vi} + + These commands are used to map a key or key sequence to a string of + characters. You can use this to put command sequences under function keys, +--- 143,148 ---- +*************** +*** 160,166 **** + that mapping won't get expanded yet, Vim is waiting for another character. + If you type a space, then "foo" will get inserted, plus the space. If you + type "a", then "bar" will get inserted. +- {Vi does not allow ambiguous mappings} + + + 1.2 SPECIAL ARGUMENTS *:map-arguments* +--- 159,164 ---- +*************** +*** 1016,1060 **** + + *:norea* *:noreabbrev* + :norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs} {not +! in Vi} + + *:ca* *:cabbrev* + :ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only. {not +! in Vi} + + *:cuna* *:cunabbrev* +! :cuna[bbrev] {lhs} same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only. {not +! in Vi} + + *:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev* + :cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] + same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only and no +! remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi} + + *:ia* *:iabbrev* + :ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only. {not in Vi} + + *:iuna* *:iunabbrev* +! :iuna[bbrev] {lhs} same as ":una", but for insert mode only. {not in +! Vi} + + *:inorea* *:inoreabbrev* + :inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only and no +! remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi} + + *:abc* *:abclear* +! :abc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations. {not in Vi} + + *:iabc* *:iabclear* +! :iabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode. {not in Vi} + + *:cabc* *:cabclear* +! :cabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode. {not +! in Vi} + + *using_CTRL-V* + It is possible to use special characters in the rhs of an abbreviation. +--- 1014,1053 ---- + + *:norea* *:noreabbrev* + :norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! Same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs}. + + *:ca* *:cabbrev* + :ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! Same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only. + + *:cuna* *:cunabbrev* +! :cuna[bbrev] {lhs} Same as ":una", but for Command-line mode only. + + *:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev* + :cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] + same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only and no +! remapping for this {rhs} + + *:ia* *:iabbrev* + :ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! Same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only. + + *:iuna* *:iunabbrev* +! :iuna[bbrev] {lhs} Same as ":una", but for insert mode only. + + *:inorea* *:inoreabbrev* + :inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs] +! Same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only and no +! remapping for this {rhs}. + + *:abc* *:abclear* +! :abc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations. + + *:iabc* *:iabclear* +! :iabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode. + + *:cabc* *:cabclear* +! :cabc[lear] [<buffer>] Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode. + + *using_CTRL-V* + It is possible to use special characters in the rhs of an abbreviation. +*************** +*** 1147,1154 **** + The |:scriptnames| command can be used to see which scripts have been sourced + and what their <SNR> number is. + +! This is all {not in Vi} and {not available when compiled without the |+eval| +! feature}. + + ============================================================================== + 4. User-defined commands *user-commands* +--- 1140,1146 ---- + The |:scriptnames| command can be used to see which scripts have been sourced + and what their <SNR> number is. + +! This is all {not available when compiled without the |+eval| feature}. + + ============================================================================== + 4. User-defined commands *user-commands* +*************** +*** 1391,1397 **** + number. + -count=N A count (default N) which is specified either in the line + number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|). +! Specifying -count (without a default) acts like -count=0 + + Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be + specified. +--- 1383,1389 ---- + number. + -count=N A count (default N) which is specified either in the line + number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|). +! -count acts like -count=0 + + Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be + specified. +*************** +*** 1402,1415 **** + relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages. + + Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing): +! -addr=lines Range of lines (this is the default) + -addr=arguments arg Range for arguments + -addr=buffers buf Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers) + -addr=loaded_buffers load Range for loaded buffers + -addr=windows win Range for windows + -addr=tabs tab Range for tab pages + -addr=quickfix qf Range for quickfix entries +! -addr=other ? other kind of range + + + Special cases ~ +--- 1394,1409 ---- + relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages. + + Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing): +! -addr=lines Range of lines (this is the default for -range) + -addr=arguments arg Range for arguments + -addr=buffers buf Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers) + -addr=loaded_buffers load Range for loaded buffers + -addr=windows win Range for windows + -addr=tabs tab Range for tab pages + -addr=quickfix qf Range for quickfix entries +! -addr=other ? other kind of range; can use ".", "$" and "%" +! as with "lines" (this is the default for +! -count) + + + Special cases ~ +*************** +*** 1569,1572 **** + invokes the user command, it will run in the context of the script it was + defined in. This matters if |<SID>| is used in a command. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1563,1566 ---- + invokes the user command, it will run in the context of the script it was + defined in. This matters if |<SID>| is used in a command. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/mbyte.txt 2019-04-28 14:02:25.410687613 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/mbyte.txt 2019-04-28 13:51:04.377867566 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *mbyte.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 21 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al. +--- 1,4 ---- +! *mbyte.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al. +*************** +*** 14,22 **** + manual. + For changing the language of messages and menus see |mlang.txt|. + +- {not available when compiled without the |+multi_byte| feature} +- +- + 1. Getting started |mbyte-first| + 2. Locale |mbyte-locale| + 3. Encoding |mbyte-encoding| +--- 14,19 ---- +*************** +*** 44,59 **** + languages and it is quite complicated. + + +- COMPILING +- +- If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature +- is included. The |:version| command can be used for this. +- +- If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or +- "huge" features. You can further tune what features are included. See the +- INSTALL files in the source directory. +- +- + LOCALE + + First of all, you must make sure your current locale is set correctly. If +--- 41,46 ---- +*************** +*** 1482,1485 **** + Taro Muraoka <koron@tka.att.ne.jp> + Yasuhiro Matsumoto <mattn@mail.goo.ne.jp> + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1469,1472 ---- + Taro Muraoka <koron@tka.att.ne.jp> + Yasuhiro Matsumoto <mattn@mail.goo.ne.jp> + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/message.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/message.txt 2019-05-05 17:12:07.079736244 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *message.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Feb 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *message.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 557,570 **** + tag. Sometimes this message is not given, even though the tags file is not + properly sorted. + +- *E460* > +- The resource fork would be lost (add ! to override) +- +- On the Macintosh (classic), when writing a file, Vim attempts to preserve all +- info about a file, including its resource fork. If this is not possible you +- get this error message. Append "!" to the command name to write anyway (and +- lose the info). +- + *E424* > + Too many different highlighting attributes in use + +--- 557,562 ---- +*************** +*** 711,721 **** + This happens when an Ex command with mandatory argument(s) was executed, but + no argument has been specified. + +! *E474* *E475* > + Invalid argument + Invalid argument: {arg} + +! An Ex command has been executed, but an invalid argument has been specified. + + *E488* > + Trailing characters +--- 703,715 ---- + This happens when an Ex command with mandatory argument(s) was executed, but + no argument has been specified. + +! *E474* *E475* *E983* > + Invalid argument + Invalid argument: {arg} ++ Duplicate argument: {arg} + +! An Ex command or function has been executed, but an invalid argument has been +! specified. + + *E488* > + Trailing characters +*************** +*** 836,845 **** + G down all the way, until the hit-enter + prompt + +! <BS> or k or <Up> one line back (*) +! u up a page (half a screen) (*) +! b or <PageUp> back a screen (*) +! g back to the start (*) + + q, <Esc> or CTRL-C stop the listing + : stop the listing and enter a +--- 830,839 ---- + G down all the way, until the hit-enter + prompt + +! <BS> or k or <Up> one line back +! u up a page (half a screen) +! b or <PageUp> back a screen +! g back to the start + + q, <Esc> or CTRL-C stop the listing + : stop the listing and enter a +*************** +*** 848,860 **** + the clipboard ("* and "+ registers) + {menu-entry} what the menu is defined to in + Cmdline-mode. +! <LeftMouse> (**) next page + + Any other key causes the meaning of the keys to be displayed. + +! (*) backwards scrolling is {not in Vi}. Only scrolls back to where messages +! started to scroll. +! (**) Clicking the left mouse button only works: + - For the GUI: in the last line of the screen. + - When 'r' is included in 'mouse' (but then selecting text won't work). + +--- 842,852 ---- + the clipboard ("* and "+ registers) + {menu-entry} what the menu is defined to in + Cmdline-mode. +! <LeftMouse> next page (*) + + Any other key causes the meaning of the keys to be displayed. + +! (*) Clicking the left mouse button only works: + - For the GUI: in the last line of the screen. + - When 'r' is included in 'mouse' (but then selecting text won't work). + +*************** +*** 866,869 **** + This is especially useful if you accidentally typed <Space> at the hit-enter + prompt. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 858,861 ---- + This is especially useful if you accidentally typed <Space> at the hit-enter + prompt. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/mlang.txt 2018-10-06 15:02:53.797052261 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/mlang.txt 2019-05-05 17:33:25.429335471 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *mlang.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 06 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *mlang.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 17,23 **** + + Also see |help-translated| for multi-language help. + +- {Vi does not have any of these features} + {not available when compiled without the |+multi_lang| feature} + + ============================================================================== +--- 17,22 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/motion.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/motion.txt 2019-05-05 17:33:35.205281824 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *motion.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Oct 15 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *motion.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 113,119 **** + endif<CR> + Note that when using ":" any motion becomes characterwise exclusive. + +! + FORCING A MOTION TO BE LINEWISE, CHARACTERWISE OR BLOCKWISE + + When a motion is not of the type you would like to use, you can force another +--- 113,119 ---- + endif<CR> + Note that when using ":" any motion becomes characterwise exclusive. + +! *forced-motion* + FORCING A MOTION TO BE LINEWISE, CHARACTERWISE OR BLOCKWISE + + When a motion is not of the type you would like to use, you can force another +*************** +*** 185,191 **** + TEXT column (if possible). Most other commands stay + in the same SCREEN column. <Home> works like "1|", + which differs from "0" when the line starts with a +! <Tab>. {not in Vi} + + *^* + ^ To the first non-blank character of the line. +--- 185,191 ---- + TEXT column (if possible). Most other commands stay + in the same SCREEN column. <Home> works like "1|", + which differs from "0" when the line starts with a +! <Tab>. + + *^* + ^ To the first non-blank character of the line. +*************** +*** 202,208 **** + + *g_* + g_ To the last non-blank character of the line and +! [count - 1] lines downward |inclusive|. {not in Vi} + + *g0* *g<Home>* + g0 or g<Home> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first character of +--- 202,208 ---- + + *g_* + g_ To the last non-blank character of the line and +! [count - 1] lines downward |inclusive|. + + *g0* *g<Home>* + g0 or g<Home> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first character of +*************** +*** 211,217 **** + When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost + character of the current line that is on the screen. + Differs from "0" when the first character of the line +! is not on the screen. {not in Vi} + + *g^* + g^ When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank +--- 211,217 ---- + When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost + character of the current line that is on the screen. + Differs from "0" when the first character of the line +! is not on the screen. + + *g^* + g^ When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank +*************** +*** 220,231 **** + When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost + non-blank character of the current line that is on the + screen. Differs from "^" when the first non-blank +! character of the line is not on the screen. {not in +! Vi} + + *gm* + gm Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as +! much as possible). {not in Vi} + + *g$* *g<End>* + g$ or g<End> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of +--- 220,230 ---- + When lines don't wrap ('wrap' off): To the leftmost + non-blank character of the current line that is on the + screen. Differs from "^" when the first non-blank +! character of the line is not on the screen. + + *gm* + gm Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as +! much as possible). + + *g$* *g<End>* + g$ or g<End> When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of +*************** +*** 240,246 **** + instead of going to the end of the line. + When 'virtualedit' is enabled moves to the end of the + screen line. +- {not in Vi} + + *bar* + | To screen column [count] in the current line. +--- 239,244 ---- +*************** +*** 296,307 **** + gk or *gk* *g<Up>* + g<Up> [count] display lines upward. |exclusive| motion. + Differs from 'k' when lines wrap, and when used with +! an operator, because it's not linewise. {not in Vi} + + gj or *gj* *g<Down>* + g<Down> [count] display lines downward. |exclusive| motion. + Differs from 'j' when lines wrap, and when used with +! an operator, because it's not linewise. {not in Vi} + + *-* + - <minus> [count] lines upward, on the first non-blank +--- 294,305 ---- + gk or *gk* *g<Up>* + g<Up> [count] display lines upward. |exclusive| motion. + Differs from 'k' when lines wrap, and when used with +! an operator, because it's not linewise. + + gj or *gj* *g<Down>* + g<Down> [count] display lines downward. |exclusive| motion. + Differs from 'j' when lines wrap, and when used with +! an operator, because it's not linewise. + + *-* + - <minus> [count] lines upward, on the first non-blank +*************** +*** 320,330 **** + G Goto line [count], default last line, on the first + non-blank character |linewise|. If 'startofline' not + set, keep the same column. +! G is a one of |jump-motions|. + + *<C-End>* + <C-End> Goto line [count], default last line, on the last +! character |inclusive|. {not in Vi} + + <C-Home> or *gg* *<C-Home>* + gg Goto line [count], default first line, on the first +--- 318,328 ---- + G Goto line [count], default last line, on the first + non-blank character |linewise|. If 'startofline' not + set, keep the same column. +! G is one of the |jump-motions|. + + *<C-End>* + <C-End> Goto line [count], default last line, on the last +! character |inclusive|. + + <C-Home> or *gg* *<C-Home>* + gg Goto line [count], default first line, on the first +*************** +*** 342,348 **** + non-blank in the line |linewise|. To compute the new + line number this formula is used: + ({count} * number-of-lines + 99) / 100 +! See also 'startofline' option. {not in Vi} + + :[range]go[to] [count] *:go* *:goto* *go* + [count]go Go to [count] byte in the buffer. Default [count] is +--- 340,346 ---- + non-blank in the line |linewise|. To compute the new + line number this formula is used: + ({count} * number-of-lines + 99) / 100 +! See also 'startofline' option. + + :[range]go[to] [count] *:go* *:goto* *go* + [count]go Go to [count] byte in the buffer. Default [count] is +*************** +*** 352,358 **** + 'fileformat' setting. + Also see the |line2byte()| function, and the 'o' + option in 'statusline'. +- {not in Vi} + {not available when compiled without the + |+byte_offset| feature} + +--- 350,355 ---- +*************** +*** 516,522 **** + without white space, or just the white space. Thus the "inner" commands + always select less text than the "a" commands. + +- These commands are {not in Vi}. + These commands are not available when the |+textobjects| feature has been + disabled at compile time. + Also see `gn` and `gN`, operating on the last search pattern. +--- 513,518 ---- +*************** +*** 780,786 **** + + *'A* *'0* *`A* *`0* + '{A-Z0-9} `{A-Z0-9} To the mark {A-Z0-9} in the file where it was set (not +! a motion command when in another file). {not in Vi} + + *g'* *g'a* *g`* *g`a* + g'{mark} g`{mark} +--- 776,782 ---- + + *'A* *'0* *`A* *`0* + '{A-Z0-9} `{A-Z0-9} To the mark {A-Z0-9} in the file where it was set (not +! a motion command when in another file). + + *g'* *g'a* *g`* *g`a* + g'{mark} g`{mark} +*************** +*** 790,807 **** + < jumps to the last known position in a file. See + $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim. + Also see |:keepjumps|. +- {not in Vi} + + *:marks* + :marks List all the current marks (not a motion command). + The |'(|, |')|, |'{| and |'}| marks are not listed. + The first column has number zero. +! {not in Vi} + *E283* + :marks {arg} List the marks that are mentioned in {arg} (not a + motion command). For example: > + :marks aB +! < to list marks 'a' and 'B'. {not in Vi} + + *:delm* *:delmarks* + :delm[arks] {marks} Delete the specified marks. Marks that can be deleted +--- 786,802 ---- + < jumps to the last known position in a file. See + $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim. + Also see |:keepjumps|. + + *:marks* + :marks List all the current marks (not a motion command). + The |'(|, |')|, |'{| and |'}| marks are not listed. + The first column has number zero. +! + *E283* + :marks {arg} List the marks that are mentioned in {arg} (not a + motion command). For example: > + :marks aB +! < to list marks 'a' and 'B'. + + *:delm* *:delmarks* + :delm[arks] {marks} Delete the specified marks. Marks that can be deleted +*************** +*** 815,825 **** + :delmarks p-z deletes marks in the range p to z + :delmarks ^.[] deletes marks ^ . [ ] + :delmarks \" deletes mark " +- < {not in Vi} + + :delm[arks]! Delete all marks for the current buffer, but not marks + A-Z or 0-9. +- {not in Vi} + + A mark is not visible in any way. It is just a position in the file that is + remembered. Do not confuse marks with named registers, they are totally +--- 810,818 ---- +*************** +*** 854,864 **** + + *'[* *`[* + '[ `[ To the first character of the previously changed +! or yanked text. {not in Vi} + + *']* *`]* + '] `] To the last character of the previously changed or +! yanked text. {not in Vi} + + After executing an operator the Cursor is put at the beginning of the text + that was operated upon. After a put command ("p" or "P") the cursor is +--- 847,857 ---- + + *'[* *`[* + '[ `[ To the first character of the previously changed +! or yanked text. + + *']* *`]* + '] `] To the last character of the previously changed or +! yanked text. + + After executing an operator the Cursor is put at the beginning of the text + that was operated upon. After a put command ("p" or "P") the cursor is +*************** +*** 876,882 **** + '< `< To the first line or character of the last selected + Visual area in the current buffer. For block mode it + may also be the last character in the first line (to +! be able to define the block). {not in Vi}. + + *'>* *`>* + '> `> To the last line or character of the last selected +--- 869,875 ---- + '< `< To the first line or character of the last selected + Visual area in the current buffer. For block mode it + may also be the last character in the first line (to +! be able to define the block). + + *'>* *`>* + '> `> To the last line or character of the last selected +*************** +*** 884,890 **** + may also be the first character of the last line (to + be able to define the block). Note that 'selection' + applies, the position may be just after the Visual +! area. {not in Vi}. + + *''* *``* + '' `` To the position before the latest jump, or where the +--- 877,883 ---- + may also be the first character of the last line (to + be able to define the block). Note that 'selection' + applies, the position may be just after the Visual +! area. + + *''* *``* + '' `` To the position before the latest jump, or where the +*************** +*** 900,912 **** + Only one position is remembered per buffer, not one + for each window. As long as the buffer is visible in + a window the position won't be changed. +- {not in Vi}. + + *'^* *`^* + '^ `^ To the position where the cursor was the last time + when Insert mode was stopped. This is used by the + |gi| command. Not set when the |:keepjumps| command +! modifier was used. {not in Vi} + + *'.* *`.* + '. `. To the position where the last change was made. The +--- 893,904 ---- + Only one position is remembered per buffer, not one + for each window. As long as the buffer is visible in + a window the position won't be changed. + + *'^* *`^* + '^ `^ To the position where the cursor was the last time + when Insert mode was stopped. This is used by the + |gi| command. Not set when the |:keepjumps| command +! modifier was used. + + *'.* *`.* + '. `. To the position where the last change was made. The +*************** +*** 916,945 **** + command changed. For example when inserting a word, + the position will be on the last character. + To jump to older changes use |g;|. +- {not in Vi} + + *'(* *`(* + '( `( To the start of the current sentence, like the |(| +! command. {not in Vi} + + *')* *`)* + ') `) To the end of the current sentence, like the |)| +! command. {not in Vi} + + *'{* *`{* + '{ `{ To the start of the current paragraph, like the |{| +! command. {not in Vi} + + *'}* *`}* + '} `} To the end of the current paragraph, like the |}| +! command. {not in Vi} + + These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark: + + *]'* + ]' [count] times to next line with a lowercase mark below + the cursor, on the first non-blank character in the +! line. {not in Vi} + + *]`* + ]` [count] times to lowercase mark after the cursor. {not +--- 908,936 ---- + command changed. For example when inserting a word, + the position will be on the last character. + To jump to older changes use |g;|. + + *'(* *`(* + '( `( To the start of the current sentence, like the |(| +! command. + + *')* *`)* + ') `) To the end of the current sentence, like the |)| +! command. + + *'{* *`{* + '{ `{ To the start of the current paragraph, like the |{| +! command. + + *'}* *`}* + '} `} To the end of the current paragraph, like the |}| +! command. + + These commands are not marks themselves, but jump to a mark: + + *]'* + ]' [count] times to next line with a lowercase mark below + the cursor, on the first non-blank character in the +! line. + + *]`* + ]` [count] times to lowercase mark after the cursor. {not +*************** +*** 948,958 **** + *['* + [' [count] times to previous line with a lowercase mark + before the cursor, on the first non-blank character in +! the line. {not in Vi} + + *[`* + [` [count] times to lowercase mark before the cursor. +- {not in Vi} + + + :loc[kmarks] {command} *:loc* *:lockmarks* +--- 939,948 ---- + *['* + [' [count] times to previous line with a lowercase mark + before the cursor, on the first non-blank character in +! the line. + + *[`* + [` [count] times to lowercase mark before the cursor. + + + :loc[kmarks] {command} *:loc* *:lockmarks* +*************** +*** 1019,1051 **** + ============================================================================== + 8. Jumps *jump-motions* + +! A "jump" is one of the following commands: "'", "`", "G", "/", "?", "n", +! "N", "%", "(", ")", "[[", "]]", "{", "}", ":s", ":tag", "L", "M", "H" and +! the commands that start editing a new file. If you make the cursor "jump" +! with one of these commands, the position of the cursor before the jump is +! remembered. You can return to that position with the "''" and "``" command, +! unless the line containing that position was changed or deleted. + + *CTRL-O* + CTRL-O Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list + (not a motion command). +- {not in Vi} + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + <Tab> or *CTRL-I* *<Tab>* + CTRL-I Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list + (not a motion command). +- {not in Vi} + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + *:ju* *:jumps* + :ju[mps] Print the jump list (not a motion command). +- {not in Vi} + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + *:cle* *:clearjumps* + :cle[arjumps] Clear the jump list of the current window. +- {not in Vi} + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + *jumplist* +--- 1009,1038 ---- + ============================================================================== + 8. Jumps *jump-motions* + +! A "jump" is a command that normally moves the cursor several lines away. If +! you make the cursor "jump" the position of the cursor before the jump is +! remembered. You can return to that position with the "''" and "``" commands, +! unless the line containing that position was changed or deleted. The +! following commands are "jump" commands: "'", "`", "G", "/", "?", "n", "N", +! "%", "(", ")", "[[", "]]", "{", "}", ":s", ":tag", "L", "M", "H" and the +! commands that start editing a new file. + + *CTRL-O* + CTRL-O Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list + (not a motion command). + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + <Tab> or *CTRL-I* *<Tab>* + CTRL-I Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list + (not a motion command). + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + *:ju* *:jumps* + :ju[mps] Print the jump list (not a motion command). + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + *:cle* *:clearjumps* + :cle[arjumps] Clear the jump list of the current window. + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + *jumplist* +*************** +*** 1130,1143 **** + positions go to the oldest change. + If there is no older change an error message is given. + (not a motion command) +- {not in Vi} + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + *g,* *E663* + g, Go to [count] newer cursor position in change list. + Just like |g;| but in the opposite direction. + (not a motion command) +- {not in Vi} + {not available without the |+jumplist| feature} + + When using a count you jump as far back or forward as possible. Thus you can +--- 1117,1128 ---- +*************** +*** 1163,1169 **** + *:changes* + :changes Print the change list. A ">" character indicates the + current position. Just after a change it is below the +! newest entry, indicating that "g;" takes you to the + newest entry position. The first column indicates the + count needed to take you to this position. Example: + +--- 1148,1154 ---- + *:changes* + :changes Print the change list. A ">" character indicates the + current position. Just after a change it is below the +! newest entry, indicating that `g;` takes you to the + newest entry position. The first column indicates the + count needed to take you to this position. Example: + +*************** +*** 1173,1180 **** + 1 14 54 the latest changed line + > + +! The "3g;" command takes you to line 9. Then the +! output of ":changes is: + + change line col text ~ + > 0 9 8 bla bla bla +--- 1158,1165 ---- + 1 14 54 the latest changed line + > + +! The `3g;` command takes you to line 9. Then the +! output of `:changes` is: + + change line col text ~ + > 0 9 8 bla bla bla +*************** +*** 1228,1246 **** + + *[(* + [( go to [count] previous unmatched '('. +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + *[{* + [{ go to [count] previous unmatched '{'. +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + *])* + ]) go to [count] next unmatched ')'. +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + *]}* + ]} go to [count] next unmatched '}'. +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + The above four commands can be used to go to the start or end of the current + code block. It is like doing "%" on the '(', ')', '{' or '}' at the other +--- 1213,1231 ---- + + *[(* + [( go to [count] previous unmatched '('. +! |exclusive| motion. + + *[{* + [{ go to [count] previous unmatched '{'. +! |exclusive| motion. + + *])* + ]) go to [count] next unmatched ')'. +! |exclusive| motion. + + *]}* + ]} go to [count] next unmatched '}'. +! |exclusive| motion. + + The above four commands can be used to go to the start or end of the current + code block. It is like doing "%" on the '(', ')', '{' or '}' at the other +*************** +*** 1253,1277 **** + similar structured language). When not before the + start of a method, jump to the start or end of the + class. When no '{' is found after the cursor, this is +! an error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + *]M* + ]M Go to [count] next end of a method (for Java or + similar structured language). When not before the end + of a method, jump to the start or end of the class. + When no '}' is found after the cursor, this is an +! error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + *[m* + [m Go to [count] previous start of a method (for Java or + similar structured language). When not after the + start of a method, jump to the start or end of the + class. When no '{' is found before the cursor this is +! an error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + *[M* + [M Go to [count] previous end of a method (for Java or + similar structured language). When not after the + end of a method, jump to the start or end of the + class. When no '}' is found before the cursor this is +! an error. |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + The above two commands assume that the file contains a class with methods. + The class definition is surrounded in '{' and '}'. Each method in the class +--- 1238,1262 ---- + similar structured language). When not before the + start of a method, jump to the start or end of the + class. When no '{' is found after the cursor, this is +! an error. |exclusive| motion. + *]M* + ]M Go to [count] next end of a method (for Java or + similar structured language). When not before the end + of a method, jump to the start or end of the class. + When no '}' is found after the cursor, this is an +! error. |exclusive| motion. + *[m* + [m Go to [count] previous start of a method (for Java or + similar structured language). When not after the + start of a method, jump to the start or end of the + class. When no '{' is found before the cursor this is +! an error. |exclusive| motion. + *[M* + [M Go to [count] previous end of a method (for Java or + similar structured language). When not after the + end of a method, jump to the start or end of the + class. When no '}' is found before the cursor this is +! an error. |exclusive| motion. + + The above two commands assume that the file contains a class with methods. + The class definition is surrounded in '{' and '}'. Each method in the class +*************** +*** 1294,1304 **** + + *[#* + [# go to [count] previous unmatched "#if" or "#else". +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + *]#* + ]# go to [count] next unmatched "#else" or "#endif". +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + These two commands work in C programs that contain #if/#else/#endif + constructs. It brings you to the start or end of the #if/#else/#endif where +--- 1279,1289 ---- + + *[#* + [# go to [count] previous unmatched "#if" or "#else". +! |exclusive| motion. + + *]#* + ]# go to [count] next unmatched "#else" or "#endif". +! |exclusive| motion. + + These two commands work in C programs that contain #if/#else/#endif + constructs. It brings you to the start or end of the #if/#else/#endif where +*************** +*** 1306,1316 **** + + *[star* *[/* + [* or [/ go to [count] previous start of a C comment "/*". +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + *]star* *]/* + ]* or ]/ go to [count] next end of a C comment "*/". +! |exclusive| motion. {not in Vi} + + + *H* +--- 1291,1301 ---- + + *[star* *[/* + [* or [/ go to [count] previous start of a C comment "/*". +! |exclusive| motion. + + *]star* *]/* + ]* or ]/ go to [count] next end of a C comment "*/". +! |exclusive| motion. + + + *H* +*************** +*** 1338,1343 **** + <LeftMouse> Moves to the position on the screen where the mouse + click is |exclusive|. See also |<LeftMouse>|. If the + position is in a status line, that window is made the +! active window and the cursor is not moved. {not in Vi} + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1323,1328 ---- + <LeftMouse> Moves to the position on the screen where the mouse + click is |exclusive|. See also |<LeftMouse>|. If the + position is in a status line, that window is made the +! active window and the cursor is not moved. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/netbeans.txt 2019-01-17 15:43:21.749878443 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/netbeans.txt 2019-05-05 17:43:35.817942573 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *netbeans.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 17 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur et al. +--- 1,4 ---- +! *netbeans.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur et al. +*************** +*** 24,30 **** + 10.4. Obtaining the External Editor Module |obtaining-exted| + 10.5. Setting up NetBeans to run with Vim |netbeans-setup| + +- {Vi does not have any of these features} + {only available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg| feature} + + ============================================================================== +--- 24,29 ---- +*************** +*** 1017,1020 **** + Editor will only open MIME types specified in this property. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1016,1019 ---- + Editor will only open MIME types specified in this property. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/options.txt 2019-05-04 21:08:17.115814262 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/options.txt 2019-05-05 17:45:04.085447135 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *options.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 15 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *options.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 6163,6171 **** + set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size + changes. If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will + be used as the new value for 'scroll'. Reset to half the window +! height with ":set scroll=0". {Vi is a bit different: 'scroll' gives +! the number of screen lines instead of file lines, makes a difference +! when lines wrap} + + *'scrollbind'* *'scb'* *'noscrollbind'* *'noscb'* + 'scrollbind' 'scb' boolean (default off) +--- 6163,6169 ---- + set to half the number of lines in the window when the window size + changes. If you give a count to the CTRL-U or CTRL-D command it will + be used as the new value for 'scroll'. Reset to half the window +! height with ":set scroll=0". + + *'scrollbind'* *'scb'* *'noscrollbind'* *'noscb'* + 'scrollbind' 'scb' boolean (default off) +*************** +*** 7787,7793 **** + *'timeoutlen'* *'tm'* + 'timeoutlen' 'tm' number (default 1000) + global +! {not in all versions of Vi} + *'ttimeoutlen'* *'ttm'* + 'ttimeoutlen' 'ttm' number (default -1, set to 100 in |defaults.vim|) + global +--- 7785,7791 ---- + *'timeoutlen'* *'tm'* + 'timeoutlen' 'tm' number (default 1000) + global +! + *'ttimeoutlen'* *'ttm'* + 'ttimeoutlen' 'ttm' number (default -1, set to 100 in |defaults.vim|) + global +*************** +*** 7990,7998 **** + work. See below for how Vim detects this + automatically. + *netterm-mouse* +! netterm NetTerm mouse handling. The mouse generates + "<Esc>}r,c<CR>", where "r,c" are two decimal numbers +! for the row and column. + *dec-mouse* + dec DEC terminal mouse handling. The mouse generates a + rather complex sequence, starting with "<Esc>[". +--- 7988,7997 ---- + work. See below for how Vim detects this + automatically. + *netterm-mouse* +! netterm NetTerm mouse handling. A left mouse click generates + "<Esc>}r,c<CR>", where "r,c" are two decimal numbers +! for the row and column. No other mouse events are +! supported. + *dec-mouse* + dec DEC terminal mouse handling. The mouse generates a + rather complex sequence, starting with "<Esc>[". +*************** +*** 8653,8659 **** + in a much smarter way, taking care of wrapping lines. + When resizing the Vim window, the value is smaller than 1 or more than + or equal to 'lines' it will be set to 'lines' minus 1. +- {Vi also uses the option to specify the number of displayed lines} + + *'winheight'* *'wh'* *E591* + 'winheight' 'wh' number (default 1) +--- 8652,8657 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_390.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_390.txt 2018-10-05 19:55:43.013424481 +0200 +*************** +*** 83,92 **** + ctags out there, that does it right, but we can't be sure. So this seems to + be a permanent restriction. + +! - The cscope interface (|cscope|) doesn't work for the version of cscope +! that we use on our mainframe. We have a copy of version 15.0b12, and it +! causes Vim to hang when using the "cscope add" command. I'm guessing that +! the binary format of the cscope database isn't quite what Vim is expecting. + I've tried to port the current version of cscope (15.3) to z/OS, without + much success. If anyone is interested in trying, drop me a line if you + make any progress. +--- 83,92 ---- + ctags out there, that does it right, but we can't be sure. So this seems to + be a permanent restriction. + +! - The cscope interface (|cscope|) doesn't work for the version of cscope that +! we use on our mainframe. We have a copy of version 15.0b12, and it causes +! Vim to hang when using the "cscope add" command. I'm guessing that the +! binary format of the cscope database isn't quite what Vim is expecting. + I've tried to port the current version of cscope (15.3) to z/OS, without + much success. If anyone is interested in trying, drop me a line if you + make any progress. +*************** +*** 131,134 **** + + + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +! vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 131,134 ---- + + + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_amiga.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 144,147 **** + ;End VIM + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 144,147 ---- + ;End VIM + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_beos.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_beos.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 144,150 **** + :version + + The normal value is /boot/home/config/share/vim. If you don't like it you can +! set the Vim environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your + .vimrc: > + + :if version >= 500 +--- 144,150 ---- + :version + + The normal value is /boot/home/config/share/vim. If you don't like it you can +! set the VIM environment variable to override this, or set 'helpfile' in your + .vimrc: > + + :if version >= 500 +*************** +*** 317,320 **** + <rhialto@polder.ubc.kun.nl> + http://polder.ubc.kun.nl/~rhialto/be + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 317,320 ---- + <rhialto@polder.ubc.kun.nl> + http://polder.ubc.kun.nl/~rhialto/be + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_dos.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_dos.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 295,298 **** + option. If it is present, Vim sets the 'shellcmdflag' and 'shellquote' or + 'shellxquote' options will be set as described above. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 295,298 ---- + option. If it is present, Vim sets the 'shellcmdflag' and 'shellquote' or + 'shellxquote' options will be set as described above. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_mac.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_mac.txt 2019-04-21 16:53:20.542893861 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *os_mac.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Jan 21 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al. +--- 1,4 ---- +! *os_mac.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 21 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar et al. +*************** +*** 179,182 **** + from hanging at runtime. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 179,182 ---- + from hanging at runtime. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_mint.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_mint.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 36,39 **** + + Jens M. Felderhoff, e-mail: <jmf@infko.uni-koblenz.de> + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 36,39 ---- + + Jens M. Felderhoff, e-mail: <jmf@infko.uni-koblenz.de> + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_msdos.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_msdos.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 12,15 **** + work on older systems. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 12,15 ---- + work on older systems. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_os2.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_os2.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 10,13 **** + The OS/2 support was removed in patch 7.4.1008. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 10,13 ---- + The OS/2 support was removed in patch 7.4.1008. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_qnx.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_qnx.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.236325204 +0200 +*************** +*** 135,138 **** + - Replace usage of fork() with spawn() when launching external + programs. + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 135,138 ---- + - Replace usage of fork() with spawn() when launching external + programs. + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_risc.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_risc.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 9,12 **** + If you would like to use Vim on RISC OS get the files from before that patch. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 9,12 ---- + If you would like to use Vim on RISC OS get the files from before that patch. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_unix.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_unix.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 57,60 **** + The file "tools/vim132" is a shell script that can be used to put Vim in 132 + column mode on a vt100 and lookalikes. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 57,60 ---- + The file "tools/vim132" is a shell script that can be used to put Vim in 132 + column mode on a vt100 and lookalikes. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_vms.txt 2019-01-18 22:58:56.427995669 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/os_vms.txt 2019-01-29 20:29:32.141523385 +0100 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *os_vms.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 18 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL +--- 1,4 ---- +! *os_vms.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 29 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL +*************** +*** 104,111 **** + You may want to use GUI with GTK icons, then you have to download and install + GTK for OpenVMS or at least runtime shareable images - LIBGTK from + polarhome.com +! Post 7.2 Vim uses GTK2+ while the last GTK on OpenVMS is 1.2.10, thefore +! the GTK build is no longer available. + + For more advanced questions, please send your problem to Vim on VMS mailing + list <vim-vms@polarhome.com> +--- 104,111 ---- + You may want to use GUI with GTK icons, then you have to download and install + GTK for OpenVMS or at least runtime shareable images - LIBGTK from + polarhome.com +! Post 7.2 Vim uses GTK2+ while the last GTK on OpenVMS is 1.2.10, therefore +! the GTK build is no longer available. + + For more advanced questions, please send your problem to Vim on VMS mailing + list <vim-vms@polarhome.com> +*************** +*** 772,780 **** + Version 8.0 + - solve the 100% cpu usage issue while waiting for a keystroke + - correct the VMS warnings and errors around handling the INFINITY (used in json.c) +! - minor VMS port related changes +! - correct the make_vms.mms file for 8.0 +! - fix [.TESTDIR]make_vms.mms for 8.0 + + Version 7.4 + - Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" +--- 772,780 ---- + Version 8.0 + - solve the 100% cpu usage issue while waiting for a keystroke + - correct the VMS warnings and errors around handling the INFINITY (used in json.c) +! - minor VMS port related changes +! - correct the make_vms.mms file for 8.0 +! - fix [.TESTDIR]make_vms.mms for 8.0 + + Version 7.4 + - Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name" +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/os_win32.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:41.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/os_win32.txt 2018-10-05 19:56:09.269238586 +0200 +*************** +*** 169,175 **** + ============================================================================== + 6. Running under Windows 3.1 *win32-win3.1* + +! *win32s* *windows-3.1* *gui-w32s* + There was a special version of gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11. + Support was removed in patch 7.4.1363. + +--- 169,175 ---- + ============================================================================== + 6. Running under Windows 3.1 *win32-win3.1* + +! *win32s* *windows-3.1* *gui-w32s* *win16* + There was a special version of gvim that runs under Windows 3.1 and 3.11. + Support was removed in patch 7.4.1363. + +*************** +*** 303,306 **** + 'runtimepath'. For example ~/vimfiles/bitmaps/vim.ico. + + +! vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 303,306 ---- + 'runtimepath'. For example ~/vimfiles/bitmaps/vim.ico. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pattern.txt 2019-05-04 21:08:17.119814244 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pattern.txt 2019-05-05 17:45:17.925369384 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *pattern.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 13 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *pattern.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 78,101 **** + 4. the first non-blank word after the cursor, + in the current line + Only whole keywords are searched for, like with the +! command "/\<keyword\>". |exclusive| {not in Vi} + 'ignorecase' is used, 'smartcase' is not. + + *#* + # Same as "*", but search backward. The pound sign + (character 163) also works. If the "#" key works as + backspace, try using "stty erase <BS>" before starting +! Vim (<BS> is CTRL-H or a real backspace). {not in Vi} + + *gstar* + g* Like "*", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word. + This makes the search also find matches that are not a +! whole word. {not in Vi} + + *g#* + g# Like "#", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word. + This makes the search also find matches that are not a +! whole word. {not in Vi} + + *gd* + gd Goto local Declaration. When the cursor is on a local +--- 78,101 ---- + 4. the first non-blank word after the cursor, + in the current line + Only whole keywords are searched for, like with the +! command "/\<keyword\>". |exclusive| + 'ignorecase' is used, 'smartcase' is not. + + *#* + # Same as "*", but search backward. The pound sign + (character 163) also works. If the "#" key works as + backspace, try using "stty erase <BS>" before starting +! Vim (<BS> is CTRL-H or a real backspace). + + *gstar* + g* Like "*", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word. + This makes the search also find matches that are not a +! whole word. + + *g#* + g# Like "#", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word. + This makes the search also find matches that are not a +! whole word. + + *gd* + gd Goto local Declaration. When the cursor is on a local +*************** +*** 113,134 **** + searched use the commands listed in |include-search|. + After this command |n| searches forward for the next + match (not backward). +- {not in Vi} + + *gD* + gD Goto global Declaration. When the cursor is on a + global variable that is defined in the file, this + command will jump to its declaration. This works just + like "gd", except that the search for the keyword +! always starts in line 1. {not in Vi} + + *1gd* + 1gd Like "gd", but ignore matches inside a {} block that +! ends before the cursor position. {not in Vi} + + *1gD* + 1gD Like "gD", but ignore matches inside a {} block that +! ends before the cursor position. {not in Vi} + + *CTRL-C* + CTRL-C Interrupt current (search) command. Use CTRL-Break on +--- 113,133 ---- + searched use the commands listed in |include-search|. + After this command |n| searches forward for the next + match (not backward). + + *gD* + gD Goto global Declaration. When the cursor is on a + global variable that is defined in the file, this + command will jump to its declaration. This works just + like "gd", except that the search for the keyword +! always starts in line 1. + + *1gd* + 1gd Like "gd", but ignore matches inside a {} block that +! ends before the cursor position. + + *1gD* + 1gD Like "gD", but ignore matches inside a {} block that +! ends before the cursor position. + + *CTRL-C* + CTRL-C Interrupt current (search) command. Use CTRL-Break on +*************** +*** 171,177 **** + *search-offset* *{offset}* + These commands search for the specified pattern. With "/" and "?" an + additional offset may be given. There are two types of offsets: line offsets +! and character offsets. {the character offsets are not in Vi} + + The offset gives the cursor position relative to the found match: + [num] [num] lines downwards, in column 1 +--- 170,176 ---- + *search-offset* *{offset}* + These commands search for the specified pattern. With "/" and "?" an + additional offset may be given. There are two types of offsets: line offsets +! and character offsets. + + The offset gives the cursor position relative to the found match: + [num] [num] lines downwards, in column 1 +*************** +*** 409,419 **** + ignoring the actual value of the 'magic' option. + Use of "\M" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'nomagic' is used. + */\v* */\V* +! Use of "\v" means that in the pattern after it all ASCII characters except +! '0'-'9', 'a'-'z', 'A'-'Z' and '_' have a special meaning. "very magic" + +! Use of "\V" means that in the pattern after it only the backslash and the +! terminating character (/ or ?) has a special meaning. "very nomagic" + + Examples: + after: \v \m \M \V matches ~ +--- 408,418 ---- + ignoring the actual value of the 'magic' option. + Use of "\M" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'nomagic' is used. + */\v* */\V* +! Use of "\v" means that after it, all ASCII characters except '0'-'9', 'a'-'z', +! 'A'-'Z' and '_' have special meaning: "very magic" + +! Use of "\V" means that after it, only a backslash and terminating character +! (usually / or ?) have special meaning: "very nomagic" + + Examples: + after: \v \m \M \V matches ~ +*************** +*** 447,476 **** + multi ~ + 'magic' 'nomagic' matches of the preceding atom ~ + |/star| * \* 0 or more as many as possible +! |/\+| \+ \+ 1 or more as many as possible (*) +! |/\=| \= \= 0 or 1 as many as possible (*) +! |/\?| \? \? 0 or 1 as many as possible (*) +! +! |/\{| \{n,m} \{n,m} n to m as many as possible (*) +! \{n} \{n} n exactly (*) +! \{n,} \{n,} at least n as many as possible (*) +! \{,m} \{,m} 0 to m as many as possible (*) +! \{} \{} 0 or more as many as possible (same as *) (*) +! +! |/\{-| \{-n,m} \{-n,m} n to m as few as possible (*) +! \{-n} \{-n} n exactly (*) +! \{-n,} \{-n,} at least n as few as possible (*) +! \{-,m} \{-,m} 0 to m as few as possible (*) +! \{-} \{-} 0 or more as few as possible (*) + + *E59* +! |/\@>| \@> \@> 1, like matching a whole pattern (*) +! |/\@=| \@= \@= nothing, requires a match |/zero-width| (*) +! |/\@!| \@! \@! nothing, requires NO match |/zero-width| (*) +! |/\@<=| \@<= \@<= nothing, requires a match behind |/zero-width| (*) +! |/\@<!| \@<! \@<! nothing, requires NO match behind |/zero-width| (*) +! +! (*) {not in Vi} + + + Overview of ordinary atoms. */ordinary-atom* +--- 446,473 ---- + multi ~ + 'magic' 'nomagic' matches of the preceding atom ~ + |/star| * \* 0 or more as many as possible +! |/\+| \+ \+ 1 or more as many as possible +! |/\=| \= \= 0 or 1 as many as possible +! |/\?| \? \? 0 or 1 as many as possible +! +! |/\{| \{n,m} \{n,m} n to m as many as possible +! \{n} \{n} n exactly +! \{n,} \{n,} at least n as many as possible +! \{,m} \{,m} 0 to m as many as possible +! \{} \{} 0 or more as many as possible (same as *) +! +! |/\{-| \{-n,m} \{-n,m} n to m as few as possible +! \{-n} \{-n} n exactly +! \{-n,} \{-n,} at least n as few as possible +! \{-,m} \{-,m} 0 to m as few as possible +! \{-} \{-} 0 or more as few as possible + + *E59* +! |/\@>| \@> \@> 1, like matching a whole pattern +! |/\@=| \@= \@= nothing, requires a match |/zero-width| +! |/\@!| \@! \@! nothing, requires NO match |/zero-width| +! |/\@<=| \@<= \@<= nothing, requires a match behind |/zero-width| +! |/\@<!| \@<! \@<! nothing, requires NO match behind |/zero-width| + + + Overview of ordinary atoms. */ordinary-atom* +*************** +*** 499,505 **** + |/\%c| \%23c \%23c in column 23 |/zero-width| + |/\%v| \%23v \%23v in virtual column 23 |/zero-width| + +! Character classes {not in Vi}: */character-classes* + magic nomagic matches ~ + |/\i| \i \i identifier character (see 'isident' option) + |/\I| \I \I like "\i", but excluding digits +--- 496,502 ---- + |/\%c| \%23c \%23c in column 23 |/zero-width| + |/\%v| \%23v \%23v in virtual column 23 |/zero-width| + +! Character classes: */character-classes* + magic nomagic matches ~ + |/\i| \i \i identifier character (see 'isident' option) + |/\I| \I \I like "\i", but excluding digits +*************** +*** 538,544 **** + |/\b| \b \b <BS> + |/\n| \n \n end-of-line + |/~| ~ \~ last given substitute string +! |/\1| \1 \1 same string as matched by first \(\) {not in Vi} + |/\2| \2 \2 Like "\1", but uses second \(\) + ... + |/\9| \9 \9 Like "\1", but uses ninth \(\) +--- 535,541 ---- + |/\b| \b \b <BS> + |/\n| \n \n end-of-line + |/~| ~ \~ last given substitute string +! |/\1| \1 \1 same string as matched by first \(\) + |/\2| \2 \2 Like "\1", but uses second \(\) + ... + |/\9| \9 \9 Like "\1", but uses ninth \(\) +*************** +*** 616,635 **** + character at a time. + + */\+* +! \+ Matches 1 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible. {not in +! Vi} + Example matches ~ + ^.\+$ any non-empty line + \s\+ white space of at least one character + + */\=* +! \= Matches 0 or 1 of the preceding atom, as many as possible. {not in Vi} + Example matches ~ + foo\= "fo" and "foo" + + */\?* + \? Just like \=. Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?" +! command. {not in Vi} + + */\{* *E60* *E554* *E870* + \{n,m} Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible +--- 613,631 ---- + character at a time. + + */\+* +! \+ Matches 1 or more of the preceding atom, as many as possible. + Example matches ~ + ^.\+$ any non-empty line + \s\+ white space of at least one character + + */\=* +! \= Matches 0 or 1 of the preceding atom, as many as possible. + Example matches ~ + foo\= "fo" and "foo" + + */\?* + \? Just like \=. Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?" +! command. + + */\{* *E60* *E554* *E870* + \{n,m} Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible +*************** +*** 643,649 **** + \{-n,} matches at least n of the preceding atom, as few as possible + \{-,m} matches 0 to m of the preceding atom, as few as possible + \{-} matches 0 or more of the preceding atom, as few as possible +- {Vi does not have any of these} + + n and m are positive decimal numbers or zero + *non-greedy* +--- 639,644 ---- +*************** +*** 666,672 **** + The } may optionally be preceded with a backslash: \{n,m\}. + + */\@=* +! \@= Matches the preceding atom with zero width. {not in Vi} + Like "(?=pattern)" in Perl. + Example matches ~ + foo\(bar\)\@= "foo" in "foobar" +--- 661,667 ---- + The } may optionally be preceded with a backslash: \{n,m\}. + + */\@=* +! \@= Matches the preceding atom with zero width. + Like "(?=pattern)" in Perl. + Example matches ~ + foo\(bar\)\@= "foo" in "foobar" +*************** +*** 686,692 **** + + */\@!* + \@! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match at the +! current position. |/zero-width| {not in Vi} + Like "(?!pattern)" in Perl. + Example matches ~ + foo\(bar\)\@! any "foo" not followed by "bar" +--- 681,687 ---- + + */\@!* + \@! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match at the +! current position. |/zero-width| + Like "(?!pattern)" in Perl. + Example matches ~ + foo\(bar\)\@! any "foo" not followed by "bar" +*************** +*** 716,722 **** + + */\@<=* + \@<= Matches with zero width if the preceding atom matches just before what +! follows. |/zero-width| {not in Vi} + Like "(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns. + Example matches ~ + \(an\_s\+\)\@<=file "file" after "an" and white space or an +--- 711,717 ---- + + */\@<=* + \@<= Matches with zero width if the preceding atom matches just before what +! follows. |/zero-width| + Like "(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns. + Example matches ~ + \(an\_s\+\)\@<=file "file" after "an" and white space or an +*************** +*** 760,766 **** + \@<! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just + before what follows. Thus this matches if there is no position in the + current or previous line where the atom matches such that it ends just +! before what follows. |/zero-width| {not in Vi} + Like "(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns. + The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match + with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work. +--- 755,761 ---- + \@<! Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just + before what follows. Thus this matches if there is no position in the + current or previous line where the atom matches such that it ends just +! before what follows. |/zero-width| + Like "(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns. + The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match + with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work. +*************** +*** 776,782 **** + slow. + + */\@>* +! \@> Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. {not in Vi} + Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl. + Example matches ~ + \(a*\)\@>a nothing (the "a*" takes all the "a"'s, there can't be +--- 771,777 ---- + slow. + + */\@>* +! \@> Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. + Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl. + Example matches ~ + \(a*\)\@>a nothing (the "a*" takes all the "a"'s, there can't be +*************** +*** 855,861 **** + /\(.\{-}\zsFab\)\{3} + < Finds the third occurrence of "Fab". + This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888* +! {not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature} + */\ze* + \ze Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The + previous char is the last char of the whole match. |/zero-width| +--- 850,856 ---- + /\(.\{-}\zsFab\)\{3} + < Finds the third occurrence of "Fab". + This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888* +! {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature} + */\ze* + \ze Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The + previous char is the last char of the whole match. |/zero-width| +*************** +*** 864,880 **** + Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and + "endfor". + This cannot be followed by a multi. |E888| +! {not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature} + + */\%^* *start-of-file* + \%^ Matches start of the file. When matching with a string, matches the +! start of the string. {not in Vi} + For example, to find the first "VIM" in a file: > + /\%^\_.\{-}\zsVIM + < + */\%$* *end-of-file* + \%$ Matches end of the file. When matching with a string, matches the +! end of the string. {not in Vi} + Note that this does NOT find the last "VIM" in a file: > + /VIM\_.\{-}\%$ + < It will find the next VIM, because the part after it will always +--- 859,875 ---- + Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and + "endfor". + This cannot be followed by a multi. |E888| +! {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature} + + */\%^* *start-of-file* + \%^ Matches start of the file. When matching with a string, matches the +! start of the string. + For example, to find the first "VIM" in a file: > + /\%^\_.\{-}\zsVIM + < + */\%$* *end-of-file* + \%$ Matches end of the file. When matching with a string, matches the +! end of the string. + Note that this does NOT find the last "VIM" in a file: > + /VIM\_.\{-}\%$ + < It will find the next VIM, because the part after it will always +*************** +*** 898,904 **** + + */\%#* *cursor-position* + \%# Matches with the cursor position. Only works when matching in a +! buffer displayed in a window. {not in Vi} + WARNING: When the cursor is moved after the pattern was used, the + result becomes invalid. Vim doesn't automatically update the matches. + This is especially relevant for syntax highlighting and 'hlsearch'. +--- 893,899 ---- + + */\%#* *cursor-position* + \%# Matches with the cursor position. Only works when matching in a +! buffer displayed in a window. + WARNING: When the cursor is moved after the pattern was used, the + result becomes invalid. Vim doesn't automatically update the matches. + This is especially relevant for syntax highlighting and 'hlsearch'. +*************** +*** 919,925 **** + < Note that two dots are required to include mark 'e in the match. That + is because "\%<'e" matches at the character before the 'e mark, and + since it's a |/zero-width| match it doesn't include that character. +- {not in Vi} + WARNING: When the mark is moved after the pattern was used, the result + becomes invalid. Vim doesn't automatically update the matches. + Similar to moving the cursor for "\%#" |/\%#|. +--- 914,919 ---- +*************** +*** 929,935 **** + \%<23l Matches above a specific line (lower line number). + \%>23l Matches below a specific line (higher line number). + These three can be used to match specific lines in a buffer. The "23" +! can be any line number. The first line is 1. {not in Vi} + WARNING: When inserting or deleting lines Vim does not automatically + update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes + wrong. +--- 923,929 ---- + \%<23l Matches above a specific line (lower line number). + \%>23l Matches below a specific line (higher line number). + These three can be used to match specific lines in a buffer. The "23" +! can be any line number. The first line is 1. + WARNING: When inserting or deleting lines Vim does not automatically + update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes + wrong. +*************** +*** 945,951 **** + These three can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or + string. The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1. + Actually, the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right +! for multi-byte characters). {not in Vi} + WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically + update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes + wrong. +--- 939,945 ---- + These three can be used to match specific columns in a buffer or + string. The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1. + Actually, the column is the byte number (thus it's not exactly right +! for multi-byte characters). + WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically + update the matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly becomes + wrong. +*************** +*** 967,973 **** + The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1. + Note that some virtual column positions will never match, because they + are halfway through a tab or other character that occupies more than +! one screen character. {not in Vi} + WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically + update highlighted matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly + becomes wrong. +--- 961,967 ---- + The "23" can be any column number. The first column is 1. + Note that some virtual column positions will never match, because they + are halfway through a tab or other character that occupies more than +! one screen character. + WARNING: When inserting or deleting text Vim does not automatically + update highlighted matches. This means Syntax highlighting quickly + becomes wrong. +*************** +*** 990,996 **** + where ".*" matches zero characters. + < + +! Character classes: {not in Vi} + \i identifier character (see 'isident' option) */\i* + \I like "\i", but excluding digits */\I* + \k keyword character (see 'iskeyword' option) */\k* +--- 984,990 ---- + where ".*" matches zero characters. + < + +! Character classes: + \i identifier character (see 'isident' option) */\i* + \I like "\i", but excluding digits */\I* + \k keyword character (see 'iskeyword' option) */\k* +*************** +*** 1050,1056 **** + *E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873* + + \1 Matches the same string that was matched by */\1* *E65* +! the first sub-expression in \( and \). {not in Vi} + Example: "\([a-z]\).\1" matches "ata", "ehe", "tot", etc. + \2 Like "\1", but uses second sub-expression, */\2* + ... */\3* +--- 1044,1050 ---- + *E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873* + + \1 Matches the same string that was matched by */\1* *E65* +! the first sub-expression in \( and \). + Example: "\([a-z]\).\1" matches "ata", "ehe", "tot", etc. + \2 Like "\1", but uses second sub-expression, */\2* + ... */\3* +*************** +*** 1062,1068 **** + \%(\) A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses. */\%(\)* */\%(* *E53* + Just like \(\), but without counting it as a sub-expression. This + allows using more groups and it's a little bit faster. +- {not in Vi} + + x A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself + +--- 1056,1061 ---- +*************** +*** 1146,1152 **** + The "Func" column shows what library function is used. The + implementation depends on the system. Otherwise: + (1) Uses islower() for ASCII and Vim builtin rules for other +! characters when built with the |+multi_byte| feature. + (2) Uses Vim builtin rules + (3) As with (1) but using isupper() + */[[=* *[==]* +--- 1139,1145 ---- + The "Func" column shows what library function is used. The + implementation depends on the system. Otherwise: + (1) Uses islower() for ASCII and Vim builtin rules for other +! characters. + (2) Uses Vim builtin rules + (3) As with (1) but using isupper() + */[[=* *[==]* +*************** +*** 1163,1169 **** + backslash before it: "[xyz\]]", "[\^xyz]", "[xy\-z]" and "[xyz\\]". + (Note: POSIX does not support the use of a backslash this way). For + ']' you can also make it the first character (following a possible +! "^"): "[]xyz]" or "[^]xyz]" {not in Vi}. + For '-' you can also make it the first or last character: "[-xyz]", + "[^-xyz]" or "[xyz-]". For '\' you can also let it be followed by + any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux". "[\xyz]" matches '\', +--- 1156,1162 ---- + backslash before it: "[xyz\]]", "[\^xyz]", "[xy\-z]" and "[xyz\\]". + (Note: POSIX does not support the use of a backslash this way). For + ']' you can also make it the first character (following a possible +! "^"): "[]xyz]" or "[^]xyz]". + For '-' you can also make it the first or last character: "[-xyz]", + "[^-xyz]" or "[xyz-]". For '\' you can also let it be followed by + any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux". "[\xyz]" matches '\', +*************** +*** 1172,1178 **** + - Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like + "[]]", it matches the ']' character. + - The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not +! included in 'cpoptions' {not in Vi}: + \e <Esc> + \t <Tab> + \r <CR> (NOT end-of-line!) +--- 1165,1171 ---- + - Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like + "[]]", it matches the ']' character. + - The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not +! included in 'cpoptions': + \e <Esc> + \t <Tab> + \r <CR> (NOT end-of-line!) +*************** +*** 1222,1228 **** + \%u20AC Matches the character specified with up to four hexadecimal + characters. + \%U1234abcd Matches the character specified with up to eight hexadecimal +! characters. + + ============================================================================== + 7. Ignoring case in a pattern */ignorecase* +--- 1215,1221 ---- + \%u20AC Matches the character specified with up to four hexadecimal + characters. + \%U1234abcd Matches the character specified with up to eight hexadecimal +! characters, up to 0x7fffffff + + ============================================================================== + 7. Ignoring case in a pattern */ignorecase* +*************** +*** 1253,1259 **** + "CTRL-V 000". This is probably just what you expect. Internally the + character is replaced with a <NL> in the search pattern. What is unusual is + that typing CTRL-V CTRL-J also inserts a <NL>, thus also searches for a <Nul> +! in the file. {Vi cannot handle <Nul> characters in the file at all} + + *CR-used-for-NL* + When 'fileformat' is "mac", <NL> characters in the file are stored as <CR> +--- 1246,1252 ---- + "CTRL-V 000". This is probably just what you expect. Internally the + character is replaced with a <NL> in the search pattern. What is unusual is + that typing CTRL-V CTRL-J also inserts a <NL>, thus also searches for a <Nul> +! in the file. + + *CR-used-for-NL* + When 'fileformat' is "mac", <NL> characters in the file are stored as <CR> +*************** +*** 1431,1434 **** + ":2match" for another plugin. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1424,1427 ---- + ":2match" for another plugin. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:49.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 479,482 **** + and they became numbers. Fixes comparison. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker +--- 479,482 ---- + and they became numbers. Fixes comparison. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:fdm=marker +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt 2018-05-17 13:41:55.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt 2019-05-05 17:45:27.805313884 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *pi_gzip.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Nov 06 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *pi_gzip.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 13,20 **** + You can avoid loading this plugin by setting the "loaded_gzip" variable: > + :let loaded_gzip = 1 + +- {Vi does not have any of this} +- + ============================================================================== + 1. Autocommands *gzip-autocmd* + +--- 13,18 ---- +*************** +*** 40,43 **** + decompression. You have to rename the file if you want this. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 38,41 ---- + decompression. You have to rename the file if you want this. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt 2016-12-12 23:11:48.000000000 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.367157551 +0200 +*************** +*** 118,121 **** + + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help +--- 118,121 ---- + + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt 2019-05-05 17:45:35.061273108 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 03 + + ------------------------------------------------ + NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell +--- 1,4 ---- +! *pi_netrw.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + ------------------------------------------------ + NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL by Charles E. Campbell +*************** +*** 114,121 **** + 13. Todo..................................................|netrw-todo| + 14. Credits...............................................|netrw-credits| + +- {Vi does not have any of this} +- + ============================================================================== + 2. Starting With Netrw *netrw-start* {{{1 + +--- 114,119 ---- +*************** +*** 3504,3510 **** + - Click "Add..." + - Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include + the quotes and !.! at the end): +! "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim70\gvim.exe" !.! + - Check that the filetype in the box below is + {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types + you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to +--- 3502,3508 ---- + - Click "Add..." + - Set External Editor (adjust path as needed, include + the quotes and !.! at the end): +! "c:\Program Files\Vim\vim81\gvim.exe" !.! + - Check that the filetype in the box below is + {asterisk}.{asterisk} (all files), or whatever types + you want (cec: change {asterisk} to * ; I had to +*************** +*** 3754,3761 **** + + The <netrw.vim> script is typically installed on systems as something like: + > +! /usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim +! /usr/local/share/vim/vim7x/autoload/netrw.vim + (see output of :echo &rtp) + < + which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp). If you +--- 3752,3759 ---- + + The <netrw.vim> script is typically installed on systems as something like: + > +! /usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim +! /usr/local/share/vim/vim8x/autoload/netrw.vim + (see output of :echo &rtp) + < + which is loaded automatically at startup (assuming :set nocp). If you +*************** +*** 4267,4270 **** + + ============================================================================== + Modelines: {{{1 +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker +--- 4265,4268 ---- + + ============================================================================== + Modelines: {{{1 +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:fdm=marker +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 57,60 **** + different mechanism. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 57,60 ---- + different mechanism. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_spec.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_spec.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 108,111 **** + + Good luck!! + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 108,111 ---- + + Good luck!! + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 148,151 **** + v1 (original) * Michael Toren (see http://michael.toren.net/code/) + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help +--- 148,151 ---- + v1 (original) * Michael Toren (see http://michael.toren.net/code/) + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 273,276 **** + + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker +--- 273,276 ---- + + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:fdm=marker +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 149,152 **** + v1 Sep 15, 2005 * Initial release, had browsing, reading, and writing + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker +--- 149,152 ---- + v1 Sep 15, 2005 * Initial release, had browsing, reading, and writing + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:fdm=marker +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/print.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/print.txt 2019-05-05 17:45:42.337232214 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *print.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2010 Jul 20 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *print.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 15,21 **** + 7. PostScript Utilities |postscript-print-util| + 8. Formfeed Characters |printing-formfeed| + +- {Vi has None of this} + {only available when compiled with the |+printer| feature} + + ============================================================================== +--- 15,20 ---- +*************** +*** 46,51 **** +--- 45,52 ---- + 'printexpr' through |v:cmdarg|. Otherwise [arguments] + is ignored. 'printoptions' can be used to specify + paper size, duplex, etc. ++ Note: If you want PDF, there are tools such as ++ "ps2pdf" that can convert the PostScript to PDF. + + :[range]ha[rdcopy][!] >{filename} + As above, but write the resulting PostScript in file +*************** +*** 109,118 **** + replaced with '-' signs. + + If 'printencoding' is empty or Vim cannot find the file then it will use +! 'encoding' (if Vim is compiled with |+multi_byte| and it is set an 8-bit +! encoding) to find the print character encoding file. If Vim is unable to find +! a character encoding file then it will use the "latin1" print character +! encoding file. + + When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, Vim will try to convert + characters to the printing encoding for printing (if 'printencoding' is empty +--- 110,118 ---- + replaced with '-' signs. + + If 'printencoding' is empty or Vim cannot find the file then it will use +! 'encoding' (if it is set an 8-bit encoding) to find the print character +! encoding file. If Vim is unable to find a character encoding file then it +! will use the "latin1" print character encoding file. + + When 'encoding' is set to a multi-byte encoding, Vim will try to convert + characters to the printing encoding for printing (if 'printencoding' is empty +*************** +*** 253,261 **** + Japanese JIS_C_1978 x x + JIS_X_1983 x x + JIS_X_1990 x x x +! MSWINDOWS x +! KANJITALK6 x +! KANJITALK7 x + + euc-kr cp949 ucs-2 utf-8 ~ + Korean KS_X_1992 x +--- 253,261 ---- + Japanese JIS_C_1978 x x + JIS_X_1983 x x + JIS_X_1990 x x x +! MSWINDOWS x +! KANJITALK6 x +! KANJITALK7 x + + euc-kr cp949 ucs-2 utf-8 ~ + Korean KS_X_1992 x +*************** +*** 752,755 **** + accidental blank pages. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 752,755 ---- + accidental blank pages. + + ============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/quickfix.txt 2019-05-05 15:02:26.176319819 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/quickfix.txt 2019-05-05 17:45:50.533186142 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *quickfix.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 01 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *quickfix.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 16,23 **** + 8. The directory stack |quickfix-directory-stack| + 9. Specific error file formats |errorformats| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} +- + The quickfix commands are not available when the |+quickfix| feature was + disabled at compile time. + +--- 16,21 ---- +*************** +*** 502,508 **** + autocommand event is disabled by adding it to + 'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing + each buffer. +- {not in Vi} + Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, + |:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|. + +--- 500,505 ---- +*************** +*** 515,521 **** + :{cmd} + etc. + < Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ldo* + :ld[o][!] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list +--- 512,517 ---- +*************** +*** 528,534 **** + etc. + < Only valid entries in the location list are used. + Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`. +- {not in Vi} + + *:lfdo* + :lfdo[!] {cmd} Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for +--- 524,529 ---- +*************** +*** 540,546 **** + :{cmd} + etc. + < Otherwise it works the same as `:ldo`. +- {not in Vi} + + ============================================================================= + 2. The error window *quickfix-window* +--- 535,540 ---- +*************** +*** 1906,1909 **** + + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1900,1903 ---- + + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/quickref.txt 2019-02-16 15:09:21.225946157 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/quickref.txt 2019-04-28 19:50:54.104620388 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *quickref.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 18 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *quickref.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 600,605 **** +--- 600,606 ---- + Short explanation of each option: *option-list* + 'aleph' 'al' ASCII code of the letter Aleph (Hebrew) + 'allowrevins' 'ari' allow CTRL-_ in Insert and Command-line mode ++ 'altkeymap' 'akm' obsolete option for Farsi + 'ambiwidth' 'ambw' what to do with Unicode chars of ambiguous width + 'antialias' 'anti' Mac OS X: use smooth, antialiased fonts + 'autochdir' 'acd' change directory to the file in the current window +*************** +*** 699,704 **** +--- 700,706 ---- + 'filetype' 'ft' type of file, used for autocommands + 'fillchars' 'fcs' characters to use for displaying special items + 'fixendofline' 'fixeol' make sure last line in file has <EOL> ++ 'fkmap' 'fk' obsolete option for Farsi + 'foldclose' 'fcl' close a fold when the cursor leaves it + 'foldcolumn' 'fdc' width of the column used to indicate folds + 'foldenable' 'fen' set to display all folds open +*************** +*** 767,772 **** +--- 769,775 ---- + 'keywordprg' 'kp' program to use for the "K" command + 'langmap' 'lmap' alphabetic characters for other language mode + 'langmenu' 'lm' language to be used for the menus ++ 'langnoremap' 'lnr' do not apply 'langmap' to mapped characters + 'langremap' 'lrm' do apply 'langmap' to mapped characters + 'laststatus' 'ls' tells when last window has status lines + 'lazyredraw' 'lz' don't redraw while executing macros +*************** +*** 779,786 **** + 'listchars' 'lcs' characters for displaying in list mode + 'loadplugins' 'lpl' load plugin scripts when starting up + 'luadll' name of the Lua dynamic library +- 'mzschemedll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library +- 'mzschemegcdll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library for GC + 'macatsui' Mac GUI: use ATSUI text drawing + 'magic' changes special characters in search patterns + 'makeef' 'mef' name of the errorfile for ":make" +--- 782,787 ---- +*************** +*** 808,813 **** +--- 809,816 ---- + 'mouseshape' 'mouses' shape of the mouse pointer in different modes + 'mousetime' 'mouset' max time between mouse double-click + 'mzquantum' 'mzq' the interval between polls for MzScheme threads ++ 'mzschemedll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library ++ 'mzschemegcdll' name of the MzScheme dynamic library for GC + 'nrformats' 'nf' number formats recognized for CTRL-A command + 'number' 'nu' print the line number in front of each line + 'numberwidth' 'nuw' number of columns used for the line number +*************** +*** 916,921 **** +--- 919,925 ---- + 'tabstop' 'ts' number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses + 'tagbsearch' 'tbs' use binary searching in tags files + 'tagcase' 'tc' how to handle case when searching in tags files ++ 'tagfunc' 'tfu' function to get list of tag matches + 'taglength' 'tl' number of significant characters for a tag + 'tagrelative' 'tr' file names in tag file are relative + 'tags' 'tag' list of file names used by the tag command +*************** +*** 1446,1449 **** + |zN| zN fold normal set 'foldenable' + |zi| zi invert 'foldenable' + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1450,1453 ---- + |zN| zN fold normal set 'foldenable' + |zi| zi invert 'foldenable' + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/quotes.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/quotes.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 272,275 **** + |____/ |_| \___/|_| |_| (_|_) (Tony Nugent, Australia) ` + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 272,275 ---- + |____/ |_| \___/|_| |_| (_|_) (Tony Nugent, Australia) ` + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/recover.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/recover.txt 2018-09-16 18:44:22.402360198 +0200 +*************** +*** 28,33 **** +--- 28,36 ---- + + :sw[apname] *:sw* *:swapname* + ++ Or you can use the |swapname()| function, which also allows for seeing the ++ swap file name of other buffers. ++ + The name of the swap file is normally the same as the file you are editing, + with the extension ".swp". + - On Unix, a '.' is prepended to swap file names in the same directory as the +*************** +*** 234,237 **** + file. Thus if you write the text file, you need to use that new key. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 237,240 ---- + file. Thus if you write the text file, you need to use that new key. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/remote.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/remote.txt 2019-05-05 17:49:07.004107711 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *remote.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Nov 12 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *remote.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 10,17 **** + 2. X11 specific items |x11-clientserver| + 3. MS-Windows specific items |w32-clientserver| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} +- + ============================================================================== + 1. Common functionality *clientserver* + +--- 10,15 ---- +*************** +*** 63,69 **** + --servername {name} Become the server {name}. When used together + with one of the --remote commands: connect to + server {name} instead of the default (see +! below). + *--remote-send* + --remote-send {keys} Send {keys} to server and exit. The {keys} + are not mapped. Special key names are +--- 61,67 ---- + --servername {name} Become the server {name}. When used together + with one of the --remote commands: connect to + server {name} instead of the default (see +! below). The name used will be uppercase. + *--remote-send* + --remote-send {keys} Send {keys} to server and exit. The {keys} + are not mapped. Special key names are +*************** +*** 204,207 **** + + start /w gvim --remote-wait file.txt + < +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 202,205 ---- + + start /w gvim --remote-wait file.txt + < +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/repeat.txt 2019-04-04 18:15:05.762857109 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/repeat.txt 2019-05-05 17:49:30.727980452 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *repeat.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *repeat.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 163,174 **** + + *:@:* + :[addr]@: Repeat last command-line. First set cursor at line +! [addr] (default is current line). {not in Vi} + + :[addr]@ *:@@* + :[addr]@@ Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}. First set cursor at +! line [addr] (default is current line). {Vi: only in +! some versions} + + ============================================================================== + 4. Using Vim scripts *using-scripts* +--- 163,173 ---- + + *:@:* + :[addr]@: Repeat last command-line. First set cursor at line +! [addr] (default is current line). + + :[addr]@ *:@@* + :[addr]@@ Repeat the previous :@{0-9a-z"}. First set cursor at +! line [addr] (default is current line). + + ============================================================================== + 4. Using Vim scripts *using-scripts* +*************** +*** 187,193 **** + |:bufdo|, in a loop or when another command follows + the display won't be updated while executing the + commands. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ru* *:runtime* + :ru[ntime][!] [where] {file} .. +--- 186,191 ---- +*************** +*** 230,236 **** + when no file could be found. + When 'verbose' is two or higher, there is a message + about each searched file. +- {not in Vi} + + *:pa* *:packadd* *E919* + :pa[ckadd][!] {name} Search for an optional plugin directory in 'packpath' +--- 228,233 ---- +*************** +*** 323,334 **** + set encoding=utf-8 + scriptencoding utf-8 + < +- {not in Vi} + + :scriptv[ersion] {version} *:scriptv* *:scriptversion* + *E999* *E984* +! Specify the version of Vim for the lines that follow. +! Does not apply to sourced scripts. + + If {version} is higher than what the current Vim + version supports E999 will be given. You either need +--- 320,331 ---- + set encoding=utf-8 + scriptencoding utf-8 + < + + :scriptv[ersion] {version} *:scriptv* *:scriptversion* + *E999* *E984* +! Specify the version of Vim for the lines that follow +! in the same file. Only applies at the toplevel of +! sourced scripts, not inside functions. + + If {version} is higher than what the current Vim + version supports E999 will be given. You either need +*************** +*** 340,350 **** + :scr[iptnames] List all sourced script names, in the order they were + first sourced. The number is used for the script ID + |<SID>|. +! {not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the +! |+eval| feature} + + :scr[iptnames][!] {scriptId} *:script* +! Edit script {scriptId}. Suggested name is ":script". + + *:fini* *:finish* *E168* + :fini[sh] Stop sourcing a script. Can only be used in a Vim +--- 337,350 ---- + :scr[iptnames] List all sourced script names, in the order they were + first sourced. The number is used for the script ID + |<SID>|. +! {not available when compiled without the |+eval| +! feature} + + :scr[iptnames][!] {scriptId} *:script* +! Edit script {scriptId}. Although ":scriptnames name" +! works, using ":script name" is recommended. +! When the current buffer can't be |abandon|ed and the ! +! is not present, the command fails. + + *:fini* *:finish* *E168* + :fini[sh] Stop sourcing a script. Can only be used in a Vim +*************** +*** 354,360 **** + following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry| + are executed first. This process applies to all + nested ":try"s in the script. The outermost ":endtry" +! then stops sourcing the script. {not in Vi} + + All commands and command sequences can be repeated by putting them in a named + register and then executing it. There are two ways to get the commands in the +--- 354,360 ---- + following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry| + are executed first. This process applies to all + nested ":try"s in the script. The outermost ":endtry" +! then stops sourcing the script. + + All commands and command sequences can be repeated by putting them in a named + register and then executing it. There are two ways to get the commands in the +*************** +*** 479,486 **** + :set cpo-=C + < + *line-continuation-comment* +! To add a comment in between the lines start with '\" '. Notice the space +! after the double quote. Example: > + let array = [ + "\ first entry comment + \ 'first', +--- 479,486 ---- + :set cpo-=C + < + *line-continuation-comment* +! To add a comment in between the lines start with '"\ '. Notice the space +! after the backslash. Example: > + let array = [ + "\ first entry comment + \ 'first', +*************** +*** 694,700 **** + NOTE: The debugging mode is far from perfect. Debugging will have side + effects on how Vim works. You cannot use it to debug everything. For + example, the display is messed up by the debugging messages. +- {Vi does not have a debug mode} + + An alternative to debug mode is setting the 'verbose' option. With a bigger + number it will give more verbose messages about what Vim is doing. +--- 694,699 ---- +*************** +*** 928,934 **** + Profiling means that Vim measures the time that is spent on executing + functions and/or scripts. The |+profile| feature is required for this. + It is only included when Vim was compiled with "huge" features. +- {Vi does not have profiling} + + You can also use the |reltime()| function to measure time. This only requires + the |+reltime| feature, which is present more often. +--- 927,932 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/rileft.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/rileft.txt 2019-05-05 17:49:47.735889047 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *rileft.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2006 Apr 24 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Avner Lottem +--- 1,4 ---- +! *rileft.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Avner Lottem +*************** +*** 12,19 **** + E-mail: alottem@iil.intel.com + Phone: +972-4-8307322 + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} +- + *E26* + {only available when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature} + +--- 12,17 ---- +*************** +*** 121,124 **** + o There is no full bidirectionality (bidi) support. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 119,122 ---- + o There is no full bidirectionality (bidi) support. + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/russian.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/russian.txt 2019-02-17 17:50:03.378330597 +0100 +*************** +*** 55,62 **** + user interface items translations to work. + + After downloading an archive from RuVim project, unpack it into your +! $VIMRUNTIME directory. We recommend using UTF-8 archive, if your version of +! Vim is compiled with |+multi_byte| feature enabled. + + In order to use the Russian documentation, make sure you have set the + 'helplang' option to "ru". +--- 55,61 ---- + user interface items translations to work. + + After downloading an archive from RuVim project, unpack it into your +! $VIMRUNTIME directory. We recommend using UTF-8 archive. + + In order to use the Russian documentation, make sure you have set the + 'helplang' option to "ru". +*************** +*** 71,74 **** + releases of gettext. + + =============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 70,73 ---- + releases of gettext. + + =============================================================================== +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/scroll.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/scroll.txt 2019-05-05 17:29:31.966604778 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *scroll.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 26 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *scroll.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 45,53 **** + difference). When the cursor is on the last line of + the buffer nothing happens and a beep is produced. + See also 'startofline' option. +- {difference from vi: Vim scrolls 'scroll' screen +- lines, instead of file lines; makes a difference when +- lines wrap} + + <S-Down> or *<S-Down>* *<kPageDown>* + <PageDown> or *<PageDown>* *CTRL-F* +--- 45,50 ---- +*************** +*** 120,126 **** + + *zt* + zt Like "z<CR>", but leave the cursor in the same +! column. {not in Vi} + + *zN<CR>* + z{height}<CR> Redraw, make window {height} lines tall. This is +--- 117,123 ---- + + *zt* + zt Like "z<CR>", but leave the cursor in the same +! column. + + *zN<CR>* + z{height}<CR> Redraw, make window {height} lines tall. This is +*************** +*** 136,142 **** + *zz* + zz Like "z.", but leave the cursor in the same column. + Careful: If caps-lock is on, this command becomes +! "ZZ": write buffer and exit! {not in Vi} + + *z-* + z- Redraw, line [count] at bottom of window (default +--- 133,139 ---- + *zz* + zz Like "z.", but leave the cursor in the same column. + Careful: If caps-lock is on, this command becomes +! "ZZ": write buffer and exit! + + *z-* + z- Redraw, line [count] at bottom of window (default +*************** +*** 145,151 **** + + *zb* + zb Like "z-", but leave the cursor in the same column. +- {not in Vi} + + ============================================================================== + 4. Scrolling horizontally *scroll-horizontal* +--- 142,147 ---- +*************** +*** 158,183 **** + z<Right> or *zl* *z<Right>* + zl Move the view on the text [count] characters to the + right, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the +! left. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in +! Vi} + + z<Left> or *zh* *z<Left>* + zh Move the view on the text [count] characters to the + left, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the +! right. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in +! Vi} + + *zL* + zL Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the + right, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the +! left. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in +! Vi} + + *zH* + zH Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the + left, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the +! right. This only works when 'wrap' is off. {not in +! Vi} + + For the following two commands the cursor is not moved in the text, only the + text scrolls on the screen. +--- 154,175 ---- + z<Right> or *zl* *z<Right>* + zl Move the view on the text [count] characters to the + right, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the +! left. This only works when 'wrap' is off. + + z<Left> or *zh* *z<Left>* + zh Move the view on the text [count] characters to the + left, thus scroll the text [count] characters to the +! right. This only works when 'wrap' is off. + + *zL* + zL Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the + right, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the +! left. This only works when 'wrap' is off. + + *zH* + zH Move the view on the text half a screenwidth to the + left, thus scroll the text half a screenwidth to the +! right. This only works when 'wrap' is off. + + For the following two commands the cursor is not moved in the text, only the + text scrolls on the screen. +*************** +*** 185,196 **** + *zs* + zs Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor + at the start (left side) of the screen. This only +! works when 'wrap' is off. {not in Vi} + + *ze* + ze Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor + at the end (right side) of the screen. This only +! works when 'wrap' is off. {not in Vi} + + ============================================================================== + 5. Scrolling synchronously *scroll-binding* +--- 177,188 ---- + *zs* + zs Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor + at the start (left side) of the screen. This only +! works when 'wrap' is off. + + *ze* + ze Scroll the text horizontally to position the cursor + at the end (right side) of the screen. This only +! works when 'wrap' is off. + + ============================================================================== + 5. Scrolling synchronously *scroll-binding* +*************** +*** 332,335 **** + :map <M-Esc>[65~ <S-ScrollWheelDown> + :map! <M-Esc>[65~ <S-ScrollWheelDown> + < +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 324,327 ---- + :map <M-Esc>[65~ <S-ScrollWheelDown> + :map! <M-Esc>[65~ <S-ScrollWheelDown> + < +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/sign.txt 2019-01-11 13:42:31.680331155 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/sign.txt 2019-05-05 17:50:01.187816635 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *sign.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Aug 17 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur +--- 1,4 ---- +! *sign.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Gordon Prieur +*************** +*** 10,16 **** + 1. Introduction |sign-intro| + 2. Commands |sign-commands| + +- {Vi does not have any of these features} + {only available when compiled with the |+signs| feature} + + ============================================================================== +--- 10,15 ---- +*************** +*** 31,37 **** + Signs and highlights are not useful just for debuggers. Sun's Visual + WorkShop uses signs and highlights to mark build errors and SourceBrowser + hits. Additionally, the debugger supports 8 to 10 different signs and +! highlight colors. |workshop| Same for Netbeans |netbeans|. + + There are two steps in using signs: + +--- 30,36 ---- + Signs and highlights are not useful just for debuggers. Sun's Visual + WorkShop uses signs and highlights to mark build errors and SourceBrowser + hits. Additionally, the debugger supports 8 to 10 different signs and +! highlight colors, see |NetBeans|. + + There are two steps in using signs: + +*************** +*** 43,48 **** +--- 42,48 ---- + displayed. A defined sign can be placed several times in different lines + and files. + ++ *sign-column* + When signs are defined for a file, Vim will automatically add a column of two + characters to display them in. When the last sign is unplaced the column + disappears again. This behavior can be changed with the 'signcolumn' option. +*************** +*** 55,61 **** + *sign-identifier* + Each placed sign is identified by a number called the sign identifier. This + identifier is used to jump to the sign or to remove the sign. The identifier +! is assigned when placing the sign using the |sign-place| command or the + |sign_place()| function. Each sign identifier should be a unique number. If + multiple placed signs use the same identifier, then jumping to or removing a + sign becomes unpredictable. To avoid overlapping identifiers, sign groups can +--- 55,61 ---- + *sign-identifier* + Each placed sign is identified by a number called the sign identifier. This + identifier is used to jump to the sign or to remove the sign. The identifier +! is assigned when placing the sign using the |:sign-place| command or the + |sign_place()| function. Each sign identifier should be a unique number. If + multiple placed signs use the same identifier, then jumping to or removing a + sign becomes unpredictable. To avoid overlapping identifiers, sign groups can +*************** +*** 76,81 **** +--- 76,85 ---- + independent of the sign group. The default priority for a sign is 10. The + priority is assigned at the time of placing a sign. + ++ When the line on which the sign is placed is deleted, the sign is moved to the ++ next line (or the last line of the buffer, if there is no next line). When ++ the delete is undone the sign does not move back. ++ + ============================================================================== + 2. Commands *sign-commands* *:sig* *:sign* + +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/spell.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:02.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/spell.txt 2019-05-05 17:50:25.543685303 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *spell.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 29 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *spell.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 11,20 **** + 3. Generating a spell file |spell-mkspell| + 4. Spell file format |spell-file-format| + +! {Vi does not have any of these commands} +! +! Spell checking is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been disabled +! at compile time. + + Note: There also is a vimspell plugin. If you have it you can do ":help + vimspell" to find about it. But you will probably want to get rid of the +--- 11,17 ---- + 3. Generating a spell file |spell-mkspell| + 4. Spell file format |spell-file-format| + +! {not available when the |+syntax| feature has been disabled at compile time} + + Note: There also is a vimspell plugin. If you have it you can do ":help + vimspell" to find about it. But you will probably want to get rid of the +*************** +*** 312,336 **** + spell file is used. + + For example, with these values: +! 'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim70,~/.vim/after" + 'encoding' is "iso-8859-2" + 'spelllang' is "pl" + + Vim will look for: + 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl +! 2. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl + 3. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl +! 4. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl + 5. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl + + This assumes 1. is not found and 2. is found. + + If 'encoding' is "latin1" Vim will look for: + 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.latin1.spl +! 2. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.latin1.spl + 3. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.latin1.spl + 4. ~/.vim/spell/pl.ascii.spl +! 5. /usr/share/vim70/spell/pl.ascii.spl + 6. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.ascii.spl + + This assumes none of them are found (Polish doesn't make sense when leaving +--- 309,333 ---- + spell file is used. + + For example, with these values: +! 'runtimepath' is "~/.vim,/usr/share/vim81,~/.vim/after" + 'encoding' is "iso-8859-2" + 'spelllang' is "pl" + + Vim will look for: + 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl +! 2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.spl + 3. ~/.vim/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl +! 4. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl + 5. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.iso-8859-2.add.spl + + This assumes 1. is not found and 2. is found. + + If 'encoding' is "latin1" Vim will look for: + 1. ~/.vim/spell/pl.latin1.spl +! 2. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.latin1.spl + 3. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.latin1.spl + 4. ~/.vim/spell/pl.ascii.spl +! 5. /usr/share/vim81/spell/pl.ascii.spl + 6. ~/.vim/after/spell/pl.ascii.spl + + This assumes none of them are found (Polish doesn't make sense when leaving +*************** +*** 577,583 **** + vimdiff xx_YY.orig.dic xx_YY.new.dic + 3. Take over the changes you like in xx_YY.dic. + You may also need to change xx_YY.aff. +! 4. Rename xx_YY.new.dic to xx_YY.orig.dic and xx_YY.new.aff to xx_YY.new.aff. + + + SPELL FILE VERSIONS *E770* *E771* *E772* +--- 574,580 ---- + vimdiff xx_YY.orig.dic xx_YY.new.dic + 3. Take over the changes you like in xx_YY.dic. + You may also need to change xx_YY.aff. +! 4. Rename xx_YY.new.dic to xx_YY.orig.dic and xx_YY.new.aff to xx_YY.orig.aff. + + + SPELL FILE VERSIONS *E770* *E771* *E772* +*************** +*** 1582,1587 **** +--- 1579,1588 ---- + Forbid three identical characters when compounding. Not + supported. + ++ CHECKSHARPS (Hunspell)) *spell-CHECKSHARPS* ++ SS letter pair in uppercased (German) words may be upper case ++ sharp s (ß). Not supported. ++ + COMPLEXPREFIXES (Hunspell) *spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES* + Enables using two prefixes. Not supported. + +*************** +*** 1595,1606 **** + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + + COMPOUNDBEGIN (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDBEGIN* + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + +! COMPOUNDEND (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDEND* + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + + COMPOUNDMIDDLE (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE* + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + + COMPOUNDRULES (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDRULES* +--- 1596,1616 ---- + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + + COMPOUNDBEGIN (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDBEGIN* ++ Words signed with COMPOUNDBEGIN may be first elements in ++ compound words. + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + +! COMPOUNDLAST (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDLAST* +! Words signed with COMPOUNDLAST may be last elements in +! compound words. + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + ++ COMPOUNDEND (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDEND* ++ Probably the same as COMPOUNDLAST ++ + COMPOUNDMIDDLE (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE* ++ Words signed with COMPOUNDMIDDLE may be middle elements in ++ compound words. + Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE| + + COMPOUNDRULES (Hunspell) *spell-COMPOUNDRULES* +*************** +*** 1646,1649 **** + is no need to separate words before checking them (using a + trie instead of a hashtable). + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1656,1659 ---- + is no need to separate words before checking them (using a + trie instead of a hashtable). + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/sponsor.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/sponsor.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 213,216 **** + + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 213,216 ---- + + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/starting.txt 2019-02-16 15:09:21.225946157 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/starting.txt 2019-05-05 17:56:44.137617228 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *starting.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *starting.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 84,90 **** + and the first error is displayed. See |quickfix|. + If [errorfile] is not given, the 'errorfile' option is used + for the file name. See 'errorfile' for the default value. +- {not in Vi} + + (nothing) Without one of the four items above, Vim will start editing a + new buffer. It's empty and doesn't have a file name. +--- 84,89 ---- +*************** +*** 129,145 **** + + --help *-h* *--help* *-?* + -? +! -h Give usage (help) message and exit. {not in Vi} + See |info-message| about capturing the text. + + *--version* + --version Print version information and exit. Same output as for +! |:version| command. {not in Vi} + See |info-message| about capturing the text. + + *--noplugin* + --noplugin Skip loading plugins. Resets the 'loadplugins' option. +! {not in Vi} + Note that the |-u| argument may also disable loading plugins: + argument load: vimrc files plugins defaults.vim ~ + (nothing) yes yes yes +--- 128,144 ---- + + --help *-h* *--help* *-?* + -? +! -h Give usage (help) message and exit. + See |info-message| about capturing the text. + + *--version* + --version Print version information and exit. Same output as for +! |:version| command. + See |info-message| about capturing the text. + + *--noplugin* + --noplugin Skip loading plugins. Resets the 'loadplugins' option. +! + Note that the |-u| argument may also disable loading plugins: + argument load: vimrc files plugins defaults.vim ~ + (nothing) yes yes yes +*************** +*** 190,202 **** + Note: You can use up to 10 "+" or "-c" arguments in a Vim + command. They are executed in the order given. A "-S" + argument counts as a "-c" argument as well. +- {Vi only allows one command} + + --cmd {command} *--cmd* + {command} will be executed before processing any vimrc file. + Otherwise it acts like -c {command}. You can use up to 10 of + these commands, independently from "-c" commands. +- {not in Vi} + + *-S* + -S {file} The {file} will be sourced after the first file has been read. +--- 189,199 ---- +*************** +*** 205,211 **** + < It can be mixed with "-c" arguments and repeated like "-c". + The limit of 10 "-c" arguments applies here as well. + {file} cannot start with a "-". +! {not in Vi} + + -S Works like "-S Session.vim". Only when used as the last + argument or when another "-" option follows. +--- 202,210 ---- + < It can be mixed with "-c" arguments and repeated like "-c". + The limit of 10 "-c" arguments applies here as well. + {file} cannot start with a "-". +! +! Do not use this for running a script to do some work and exit +! Vim, you won't see error messages. Use |-u| instead. + + -S Works like "-S Session.vim". Only when used as the last + argument or when another "-" option follows. +*************** +*** 217,224 **** + |crash-recovery|. + + *-L* +! -L Same as -r. {only in some versions of Vi: "List recoverable +! edit sessions"} + + *-R* + -R Readonly mode. The 'readonly' option will be set for all the +--- 216,222 ---- + |crash-recovery|. + + *-L* +! -L Same as -r. + + *-R* + -R Readonly mode. The 'readonly' option will be set for all the +*************** +*** 238,244 **** + -m Modifications not allowed to be written. The 'write' option + will be reset, so that writing files is disabled. However, + the 'write' option can be set to enable writing again. +- {not in Vi} + + *-M* + -M Modifications not allowed. The 'modifiable' option will be +--- 236,241 ---- +*************** +*** 246,252 **** + will be reset, so that writing files is disabled. However, + the 'modifiable' and 'write' options can be set to enable + changes and writing. +- {not in Vi} + + *-Z* *restricted-mode* *E145* *E981* + -Z Restricted mode. All commands that make use of an external +--- 243,248 ---- +*************** +*** 260,270 **** + the Safe module. + Note that the user may still find a loophole to execute a + shell command, it has only been made difficult. +- {not in Vi} + + *-g* + -g Start Vim in GUI mode. See |gui|. For the opposite see |-v|. +- {not in Vi} + + *-v* + -v Start Ex in Vi mode. Only makes a difference when the +--- 256,264 ---- +*************** +*** 278,284 **** + *-E* + -E Start Vim in improved Ex mode |gQ|. Only makes a difference + when the executable is not called "exim". +- {not in Vi} + + *-s-ex* + -s Silent or batch mode. Only when Vim was started as "ex" or +--- 272,277 ---- +*************** +*** 302,307 **** +--- 295,303 ---- + "-u" argument). + Example: > + vim -e -s < thefilter thefile ++ < For the opposite, to see errors from the script, execute the ++ file with the |-u| flag: > ++ vim -u thefilter thefile + < + *-b* + -b Binary mode. File I/O will only recognize <NL> to separate +*************** +*** 309,315 **** + option is set to 0. 'modeline' is reset. The 'binary' option + is set. This is done after reading the vimrc/exrc files but + before reading any file in the arglist. See also +! |edit-binary|. {not in Vi} + + *-l* + -l Lisp mode. Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on. +--- 305,311 ---- + option is set to 0. 'modeline' is reset. The 'binary' option + is set. This is done after reading the vimrc/exrc files but + before reading any file in the arglist. See also +! |edit-binary|. + + *-l* + -l Lisp mode. Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on. +*************** +*** 318,324 **** + -A Arabic mode. Sets the 'arabic' option on. (Only when + compiled with the |+arabic| features (which include + |+rightleft|), otherwise Vim gives an error message +! and exits.) {not in Vi} + + *-F* + -F This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed. +--- 314,320 ---- + -A Arabic mode. Sets the 'arabic' option on. (Only when + compiled with the |+arabic| features (which include + |+rightleft|), otherwise Vim gives an error message +! and exits.) + + *-F* + -F This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed. +*************** +*** 327,339 **** + *-H* + -H Hebrew mode. Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on. + (Only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise +! Vim gives an error message and exits.) {not in Vi} + + *-V* *verbose* + -V[N] Verbose. Sets the 'verbose' option to [N] (default: 10). + Messages will be given for each file that is ":source"d and + for reading or writing a viminfo file. Can be used to find +! out what is happening upon startup and exit. {not in Vi} + Example: > + vim -V8 foobar + +--- 323,335 ---- + *-H* + -H Hebrew mode. Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on. + (Only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise +! Vim gives an error message and exits.) + + *-V* *verbose* + -V[N] Verbose. Sets the 'verbose' option to [N] (default: 10). + Messages will be given for each file that is ":source"d and + for reading or writing a viminfo file. Can be used to find +! out what is happening upon startup and exit. + Example: > + vim -V8 foobar + +*************** +*** 348,354 **** + -D Debugging. Go to debugging mode when executing the first + command from a script. |debug-mode| + {not available when compiled without the |+eval| feature} +- {not in Vi} + + *-C* + -C Compatible mode. Sets the 'compatible' option. You can use +--- 344,349 ---- +*************** +*** 360,372 **** + < Several plugins won't work with 'compatible' set. You may + want to set it after startup this way: > + vim "+set cp" filename +! < Also see |compatible-default|. {not in Vi} + + *-N* + -N Not compatible mode. Resets the 'compatible' option. You can + use this to get 'nocompatible', when there is no .vimrc file + or when using "-u NONE". +! Also see |compatible-default|. {not in Vi} + + *-y* *easy* + -y Easy mode. Implied for |evim| and |eview|. Starts with +--- 355,367 ---- + < Several plugins won't work with 'compatible' set. You may + want to set it after startup this way: > + vim "+set cp" filename +! < Also see |compatible-default|. + + *-N* + -N Not compatible mode. Resets the 'compatible' option. You can + use this to get 'nocompatible', when there is no .vimrc file + or when using "-u NONE". +! Also see |compatible-default|. + + *-y* *easy* + -y Easy mode. Implied for |evim| and |eview|. Starts with +*************** +*** 374,380 **** + This sources the script $VIMRUNTIME/evim.vim. Mappings are + set up to work like most click-and-type editors, see + |evim-keys|. The GUI is started when available. +- {not in Vi} + + *-n* + -n No swap file will be used. Recovery after a crash will be +--- 369,374 ---- +*************** +*** 394,400 **** + 'updatecount' to very big numbers, and type ":preserve" when + you want to save your work. This way you keep the possibility + for crash recovery. +- {not in Vi} + + *-o* + -o[N] Open N windows, split horizontally. If [N] is not given, +--- 388,393 ---- +*************** +*** 402,414 **** + there is not enough room, only the first few files get a + window. If there are more windows than arguments, the last + few windows will be editing an empty file. +- {not in Vi} + + *-O* + -O[N] Open N windows, split vertically. Otherwise it's like -o. + If both the -o and the -O option are given, the last one on + the command line determines how the windows will be split. +- {not in Vi} + + *-p* + -p[N] Open N tab pages. If [N] is not given, one tab page is opened +--- 395,405 ---- +*************** +*** 416,435 **** + 'tabpagemax' pages (default 10). If there are more tab pages + than arguments, the last few tab pages will be editing an + empty file. Also see |tabpage|. +- {not in Vi} + + *-T* + -T {terminal} Set the terminal type to "terminal". This influences the + codes that Vim will send to your terminal. This is normally + not needed, because Vim will be able to find out what type +! of terminal you are using. (See |terminal-info|.) {not in Vi} + + *--not-a-term* + --not-a-term Tells Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output is + not connected to a terminal. This will avoid the warning and + the two second delay that would happen. + Also avoids the "Reading from stdin..." message. +! {not in Vi} + + *--ttyfail* + --ttyfail When the stdin or stdout is not a terminal (tty) then exit +--- 407,425 ---- + 'tabpagemax' pages (default 10). If there are more tab pages + than arguments, the last few tab pages will be editing an + empty file. Also see |tabpage|. + + *-T* + -T {terminal} Set the terminal type to "terminal". This influences the + codes that Vim will send to your terminal. This is normally + not needed, because Vim will be able to find out what type +! of terminal you are using. (See |terminal-info|.) + + *--not-a-term* + --not-a-term Tells Vim that the user knows that the input and/or output is + not connected to a terminal. This will avoid the warning and + the two second delay that would happen. + Also avoids the "Reading from stdin..." message. +! Also avoids the "N files to edit" message. + + *--ttyfail* + --ttyfail When the stdin or stdout is not a terminal (tty) then exit +*************** +*** 437,444 **** + + *-d* + -d Start in diff mode, like |vimdiff|. +! {not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+diff| +! feature} + + -d {device} Only on the Amiga and when not compiled with the |+diff| + feature. Works like "-dev". +--- 427,433 ---- + + *-d* + -d Start in diff mode, like |vimdiff|. +! {not available when compiled without the |+diff| feature} + + -d {device} Only on the Amiga and when not compiled with the |+diff| + feature. Works like "-dev". +*************** +*** 448,454 **** + Normally you would use this to set the window position and + size: "-d con:x/y/width/height", e.g., + "-d con:30/10/600/150". But you can also use it to start +! editing on another device, e.g., AUX:. {not in Vi} + *-f* + -f GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim. + 'f' stands for "foreground". If omitted, the GUI forks a new +--- 437,443 ---- + Normally you would use this to set the window position and + size: "-d con:x/y/width/height", e.g., + "-d con:30/10/600/150". But you can also use it to start +! editing on another device, e.g., AUX:. + *-f* + -f GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim. + 'f' stands for "foreground". If omitted, the GUI forks a new +*************** +*** 467,473 **** + MS-Windows: This option is not supported. However, when + running Vim with an installed vim.bat or gvim.bat file it + works. +- {not in Vi} + + + *--nofork* +--- 456,461 ---- +*************** +*** 492,504 **** + + When {vimrc} is equal to "DEFAULTS" (all uppercase), this has + the same effect as "NONE", but the |defaults.vim| script is +! loaded, which will also set 'nocompatible'. + + Using the "-u" argument with another argument than DEFAULTS + has the side effect that the 'compatible' option will be on by + default. This can have unexpected effects. See + |'compatible'|. +- {not in Vi} + + *-U* *E230* + -U {gvimrc} The file {gvimrc} is read for initializations when the GUI +--- 480,492 ---- + + When {vimrc} is equal to "DEFAULTS" (all uppercase), this has + the same effect as "NONE", but the |defaults.vim| script is +! loaded, which will also set 'nocompatible'. Also see +! |--clean|. + + Using the "-u" argument with another argument than DEFAULTS + has the side effect that the 'compatible' option will be on by + default. This can have unexpected effects. See + |'compatible'|. + + *-U* *E230* + -U {gvimrc} The file {gvimrc} is read for initializations when the GUI +*************** +*** 506,529 **** + is equal to "NONE", no file is read for GUI initializations at + all. |gui-init| + Exception: Reading the system-wide menu file is always done. +- {not in Vi} + + *-i* + -i {viminfo} The file "viminfo" is used instead of the default viminfo + file. If the name "NONE" is used (all uppercase), no viminfo + file is read or written, even if 'viminfo' is set or when + ":rv" or ":wv" are used. See also |viminfo-file|. +- {not in Vi} + + *--clean* +! --clean Equal to "-u DEFAULTS -U NONE -i NONE": + - initializations from files and environment variables is + skipped + - the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, which implies + 'nocompatible': use Vim defaults + - no |gvimrc| script is loaded + - no viminfo file is read or written +! - the home directory is excluded from 'runtimepath' + *-x* + -x Use encryption to read/write files. Will prompt for a key, + which is then stored in the 'key' option. All writes will +--- 494,517 ---- + is equal to "NONE", no file is read for GUI initializations at + all. |gui-init| + Exception: Reading the system-wide menu file is always done. + + *-i* + -i {viminfo} The file "viminfo" is used instead of the default viminfo + file. If the name "NONE" is used (all uppercase), no viminfo + file is read or written, even if 'viminfo' is set or when + ":rv" or ":wv" are used. See also |viminfo-file|. + + *--clean* +! --clean Similar to "-u DEFAULTS -U NONE -i NONE": + - initializations from files and environment variables is + skipped ++ - 'runtimepath' and 'packpath' are set to exclude home ++ directory entries (does not happen with -u DEFAULTS). + - the |defaults.vim| script is loaded, which implies + 'nocompatible': use Vim defaults + - no |gvimrc| script is loaded + - no viminfo file is read or written +! + *-x* + -x Use encryption to read/write files. Will prompt for a key, + which is then stored in the 'key' option. All writes will +*************** +*** 548,554 **** + When the connection is desired later anyway (e.g., for + client-server messages), call the |serverlist()| function. + This does not enable the XSMP handler though. +- {not in Vi} + + *-s* + -s {scriptin} The script file "scriptin" is read. The characters in the +--- 536,541 ---- +*************** +*** 557,563 **** + of the file is reached before the editor exits, further + characters are read from the keyboard. Only works when not + started in Ex mode, see |-s-ex|. See also |complex-repeat|. +- {not in Vi} + + *-w_nr* + -w {number} +--- 544,549 ---- +*************** +*** 570,631 **** + ":source!". When the "scriptout" file already exists, new + characters are appended. See also |complex-repeat|. + {scriptout} cannot start with a digit. +- {not in Vi} + + *-W* + -W {scriptout} Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file. +- {not in Vi} + + --remote [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Open the {file} in another Vim that functions as a server. + Any non-file arguments must come before this. +! See |--remote|. {not in Vi} + + --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Like --remote, but don't complain if there is no server. +! See |--remote-silent|. {not in Vi} + + --remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Like --remote, but wait for the server to finish editing the + file(s). +! See |--remote-wait|. {not in Vi} + + --remote-wait-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Like --remote-wait, but don't complain if there is no server. +! See |--remote-wait-silent|. {not in Vi} + + --servername {name} + Specify the name of the Vim server to send to or to become. +! See |--servername|. {not in Vi} + + --remote-send {keys} + Send {keys} to a Vim server and exit. +! See |--remote-send|. {not in Vi} + + --remote-expr {expr} + Evaluate {expr} in another Vim that functions as a server. + The result is printed on stdout. +! See |--remote-expr|. {not in Vi} + + --serverlist Output a list of Vim server names and exit. See +! |--serverlist|. {not in Vi} + + --socketid {id} *--socketid* + GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use GtkPlug mechanism, so + that it runs inside another window. See |gui-gtk-socketid| +! for details. {not in Vi} + + --windowid {id} *--windowid* + Win32 GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use the window {id} as a + parent, so that it runs inside that window. See +! |gui-w32-windowid| for details. {not in Vi} + + --echo-wid *--echo-wid* + GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim echo the Window ID on stdout, + which can be used to run gvim in a kpart widget. The format + of the output is: > + WID: 12345\n +- < {not in Vi} + + --role {role} *--role* + GTK+ 2 GUI only. Set the role of the main window to {role}. +--- 556,614 ---- + ":source!". When the "scriptout" file already exists, new + characters are appended. See also |complex-repeat|. + {scriptout} cannot start with a digit. + + *-W* + -W {scriptout} Like -w, but do not append, overwrite an existing file. + + --remote [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Open the {file} in another Vim that functions as a server. + Any non-file arguments must come before this. +! See |--remote|. + + --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Like --remote, but don't complain if there is no server. +! See |--remote-silent|. + + --remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Like --remote, but wait for the server to finish editing the + file(s). +! See |--remote-wait|. + + --remote-wait-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ... + Like --remote-wait, but don't complain if there is no server. +! See |--remote-wait-silent|. + + --servername {name} + Specify the name of the Vim server to send to or to become. +! See |--servername|. + + --remote-send {keys} + Send {keys} to a Vim server and exit. +! See |--remote-send|. + + --remote-expr {expr} + Evaluate {expr} in another Vim that functions as a server. + The result is printed on stdout. +! See |--remote-expr|. + + --serverlist Output a list of Vim server names and exit. See +! |--serverlist|. + + --socketid {id} *--socketid* + GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use GtkPlug mechanism, so + that it runs inside another window. See |gui-gtk-socketid| +! for details. + + --windowid {id} *--windowid* + Win32 GUI Vim only. Make gvim try to use the window {id} as a + parent, so that it runs inside that window. See +! |gui-w32-windowid| for details. + + --echo-wid *--echo-wid* + GTK+ GUI Vim only. Make gvim echo the Window ID on stdout, + which can be used to run gvim in a kpart widget. The format + of the output is: > + WID: 12345\n + + --role {role} *--role* + GTK+ 2 GUI only. Set the role of the main window to {role}. +*************** +*** 633,639 **** + identify a window, in order to restore window placement and + such. The --role argument is passed automatically when + restoring the session on login. See |gui-gnome-session| +- {not in Vi} + + -P {parent-title} *-P* *MDI* *E671* *E672* + Win32 only: Specify the title of the parent application. When +--- 616,621 ---- +*************** +*** 1264,1279 **** + *:mk* *:mkexrc* + :mk[exrc] [file] Write current key mappings and changed options to + [file] (default ".exrc" in the current directory), +! unless it already exists. {not in Vi} + + :mk[exrc]! [file] Always write current key mappings and changed + options to [file] (default ".exrc" in the current +! directory). {not in Vi} + + *:mkv* *:mkvimrc* + :mkv[imrc][!] [file] Like ":mkexrc", but the default is ".vimrc" in the + current directory. The ":version" command is also +! written to the file. {not in Vi} + + These commands will write ":map" and ":set" commands to a file, in such a way + that when these commands are executed, the current key mappings and options +--- 1246,1261 ---- + *:mk* *:mkexrc* + :mk[exrc] [file] Write current key mappings and changed options to + [file] (default ".exrc" in the current directory), +! unless it already exists. + + :mk[exrc]! [file] Always write current key mappings and changed + options to [file] (default ".exrc" in the current +! directory). + + *:mkv* *:mkvimrc* + :mkv[imrc][!] [file] Like ":mkexrc", but the default is ".vimrc" in the + current directory. The ":version" command is also +! written to the file. + + These commands will write ":map" and ":set" commands to a file, in such a way + that when these commands are executed, the current key mappings and options +*************** +*** 1339,1346 **** + |-S| argument: > + vim -S Session.vim + < +! All this is {not in Vi} and {not available when compiled without the +! |+mksession| feature}. + + *:mks* *:mksession* + :mks[ession][!] [file] Write a Vim script that restores the current editing +--- 1321,1327 ---- + |-S| argument: > + vim -S Session.vim + < +! All this is {not available when compiled without the |+mksession| feature}. + + *:mks* *:mksession* + :mks[ession][!] [file] Write a Vim script that restores the current editing +*************** +*** 1599,1604 **** +--- 1580,1587 ---- + - The "-i" Vim argument can be used to set another file name, |-i|. When the + file name given is "NONE" (all uppercase), no viminfo file is ever read or + written. Also not for the commands below! ++ - The 'viminfofile' option can be used like the "-i" argument. In fact, the ++ value form the "-i" argument is stored in the 'viminfofile' option. + - For the commands below, another file name can be given, overriding the + default and the name given with 'viminfo' or "-i" (unless it's NONE). + +*************** +*** 1653,1659 **** + :rv[iminfo][!] [file] Read from viminfo file [file] (default: see above). + If [!] is given, then any information that is + already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.) +! will be overwritten {not in Vi} + + *:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929* + :wv[iminfo][!] [file] Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above). +--- 1636,1642 ---- + :rv[iminfo][!] [file] Read from viminfo file [file] (default: see above). + If [!] is given, then any information that is + already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.) +! will be overwritten + + *:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886* *E929* + :wv[iminfo][!] [file] Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above). +*************** +*** 1666,1672 **** + check that no old temp files were left behind (e.g. + ~/.viminf*) and that you can write in the directory of + the .viminfo file. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ol* *:oldfiles* + :ol[dfiles] List the files that have marks stored in the viminfo +--- 1649,1654 ---- +*************** +*** 1676,1683 **** + The output can be filtered with |:filter|, e.g.: > + filter /\.vim/ oldfiles + < The filtering happens on the file name. +! {not in Vi, only when compiled with the |+eval| +! feature} + + :bro[wse] ol[dfiles][!] + List file names as with |:oldfiles|, and then prompt +--- 1658,1664 ---- + The output can be filtered with |:filter|, e.g.: > + filter /\.vim/ oldfiles + < The filtering happens on the file name. +! {only when compiled with the |+eval| feature} + + :bro[wse] ol[dfiles][!] + List file names as with |:oldfiles|, and then prompt +*************** +*** 1688,1691 **** + Use ! to abandon a modified buffer. |abandon| + {not when compiled with tiny or small features} + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1669,1672 ---- + Use ! to abandon a modified buffer. |abandon| + {not when compiled with tiny or small features} + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/syntax.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/syntax.txt 2019-03-29 20:27:11.231682590 +0100 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *syntax.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 30 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *syntax.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Mar 29 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 23,43 **** + 1. Quick start |:syn-qstart| + 2. Syntax files |:syn-files| + 3. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading| +! 4. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks| +! 5. Defining a syntax |:syn-define| +! 6. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments| +! 7. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern| +! 8. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster| +! 9. Including syntax files |:syn-include| +! 10. Synchronizing |:syn-sync| +! 11. Listing syntax items |:syntax| +! 12. Highlight command |:highlight| +! 13. Linking groups |:highlight-link| +! 14. Cleaning up |:syn-clear| +! 15. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight| +! 16. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax| +! 17. Color xterms |xterm-color| +! 18. When syntax is slow |:syntime| + + {Vi does not have any of these commands} + +--- 23,44 ---- + 1. Quick start |:syn-qstart| + 2. Syntax files |:syn-files| + 3. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading| +! 4. Converting to HTML |2html.vim| +! 5. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks| +! 6. Defining a syntax |:syn-define| +! 7. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments| +! 8. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern| +! 9. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster| +! 10. Including syntax files |:syn-include| +! 11. Synchronizing |:syn-sync| +! 12. Listing syntax items |:syntax| +! 13. Highlight command |:highlight| +! 14. Linking groups |:highlight-link| +! 15. Cleaning up |:syn-clear| +! 16. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight| +! 17. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax| +! 18. Color xterms |xterm-color| +! 19. When syntax is slow |:syntime| + + {Vi does not have any of these commands} + +*************** +*** 368,387 **** + syntax. + + ============================================================================== +! 4. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks* + +! *b:current_syntax-variable* +! Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the +! "b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other +! settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: > +! :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh" +! :au BufReadPost * do-some-things +! :au BufReadPost * endif +! +! +! 2HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML* +! +! This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current + window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file. + + After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The +--- 369,377 ---- + syntax. + + ============================================================================== +! 4. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML* + +! 2html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current + window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file. + + After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The +*************** +*** 671,682 **** + :let g:html_no_pre = 1 + < + *g:html_expand_tabs* +! Default: 1 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, and no fold column or line +! numbers occur in the generated HTML; +! 0 otherwise. +! When 0, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate + number of space characters, or references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1. +! When 1, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text + are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to + allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in + the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and +--- 661,672 ---- + :let g:html_no_pre = 1 + < + *g:html_expand_tabs* +! Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use, +! and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML; +! 1 otherwise. +! When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate + number of space characters, or references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1. +! When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text + are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to + allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in + the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and +*************** +*** 773,778 **** +--- 763,780 ---- + > + :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1 + < ++ ============================================================================== ++ 5. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks* ++ ++ *b:current_syntax-variable* ++ Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the ++ "b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other ++ settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: > ++ :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh" ++ :au BufReadPost * do-some-things ++ :au BufReadPost * endif ++ ++ + + ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax* + +*************** +*** 939,944 **** +--- 941,949 ---- + To disable them use ":unlet". Example: > + :unlet c_comment_strings + ++ An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: > ++ :set filetype=cpp ++ + Variable Highlight ~ + *c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items + *c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment +*************** +*** 1265,1271 **** + doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending + punctuation of brief + +! There are also some hilight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in + configuration. + + Highlight Effect ~ +--- 1270,1276 ---- + doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending + punctuation of brief + +! There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in + configuration. + + Highlight Effect ~ +*************** +*** 1957,1963 **** + the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of + colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode + specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the +! usual colorscheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual + highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|). + + +--- 1962,1968 ---- + the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of + colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode + specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the +! usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual + highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|). + + +*************** +*** 1977,1983 **** + + LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax* + +! LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensj| C. The + file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother + users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you + should set a variable in your .vimrc file: > +--- 1982,1988 ---- + + LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax* + +! LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The + file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother + users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you + should set a variable in your .vimrc file: > +*************** +*** 2641,2646 **** +--- 2646,2693 ---- + commands than are actually available to you by the game. + + ++ R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax* ++ ++ The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you ++ can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: > ++ let r_syntax_minlines = 60 ++ ++ You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: > ++ let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0 ++ ++ enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly ++ braces: > ++ let r_syntax_folding = 1 ++ ++ and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: > ++ let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1 ++ ++ ++ R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax* ++ ++ To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: > ++ let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0 ++ ++ To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: > ++ let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0 ++ ++ To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: > ++ let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1 ++ ++ By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R ++ language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages, ++ you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or ++ `rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python, ++ you may add this to your |vimrc|: > ++ let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python'] ++ ++ ++ R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax* ++ ++ To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: > ++ let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1 ++ ++ + READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax* + + The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a +*************** +*** 2655,2663 **** + + RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax* + +! You may set what syntax definitions should be used for code blocks via > + let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...] +! < + + REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax* + +--- 2702,2730 ---- + + RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax* + +! Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a +! select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default +! syntax list. +! +! To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: > + let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...] +! +! To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define +! `rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: > +! let rst_syntax_code_list = { +! \ 'cpp' = ['cpp', 'c++'], +! \ 'bash' = ['bash', 'sh'], +! ... +! } +! +! To use color highlighting for emphasis text: > +! let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1 +! +! To enable folding of sections: > +! let rst_fold_enabled = 1 +! +! Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms. +! + + REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax* + +*************** +*** 2876,2892 **** + shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells. + + Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that +! various filenames are of specific types: > + + ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh + bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash + < +! If none of these cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined +! (ex. looking for /bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a +! shelltype, then that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are +! known to be shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many +! systems sh is symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" +! (Posix). + + One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following + variables in your <.vimrc>: +--- 2943,2959 ---- + shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells. + + Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that +! various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: > + + ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh + bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash + < +! See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these +! cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for +! /bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then +! that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be +! shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is +! symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix). + + One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following + variables in your <.vimrc>: +*************** +*** 3169,3174 **** +--- 3236,3247 ---- + which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to + http://vim.sf.net/. + ++ I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: > ++ ++ http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS ++ < ++ The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory. ++ + *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error* + Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~ + +*************** +*** 3433,3439 **** + :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1 + + ============================================================================== +! 5. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410* + + Vim understands three types of syntax items: + +--- 3506,3512 ---- + :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1 + + ============================================================================== +! 6. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410* + + Vim understands three types of syntax items: + +*************** +*** 3792,3798 **** + The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999. + + ============================================================================== +! 6. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments* + + The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments. + The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order +--- 3865,3871 ---- + The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999. + + ============================================================================== +! 7. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments* + + The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments. + The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order +*************** +*** 4113,4119 **** + Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off" (translated). + + ============================================================================== +! 7. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402* + + In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical + characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to +--- 4186,4192 ---- + Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off" (translated). + + ============================================================================== +! 8. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402* + + In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical + characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to +*************** +*** 4291,4297 **** + cannot be referred to. + + ============================================================================== +! 8. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400* + + :sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..] + [add={group-name}..] +--- 4364,4370 ---- + cannot be referred to. + + ============================================================================== +! 9. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400* + + :sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..] + [add={group-name}..] +*************** +*** 4337,4343 **** + The maximum number of clusters is 9767. + + ============================================================================== +! 9. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397* + + It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for + a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in +--- 4410,4416 ---- + The maximum number of clusters is 9767. + + ============================================================================== +! 10. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397* + + It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for + a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in +*************** +*** 4378,4384 **** + The maximum number of includes is 999. + + ============================================================================== +! 10. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404* + + Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To + make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where +--- 4451,4457 ---- + The maximum number of includes is 999. + + ============================================================================== +! 11. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404* + + Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To + make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where +*************** +*** 4570,4576 **** + :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} .. + + ============================================================================== +! 11. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list* + + This command lists all the syntax items: > + +--- 4643,4649 ---- + :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} .. + + ============================================================================== +! 12. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list* + + This command lists all the syntax items: > + +*************** +*** 4590,4596 **** + is mostly used, because it looks better. + + ============================================================================== +! 12. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415* + + There are three types of highlight groups: + - The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the +--- 4663,4669 ---- + is mostly used, because it looks better. + + ============================================================================== +! 13. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415* + + There are three types of highlight groups: + - The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the +*************** +*** 4621,4629 **** + Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use + ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script. + +! To customize a colorscheme use another name, e.g. + "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load +! the original colorscheme: > + runtime colors/evening.vim + hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue + +--- 4694,4702 ---- + Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use + ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script. + +! To customize a color scheme use another name, e.g. + "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load +! the original color scheme: > + runtime colors/evening.vim + hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue + +*************** +*** 4631,4637 **** + |ColorSchemePre| autocommand event is triggered. + After the color scheme has been loaded the + |ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered. +! For info about writing a colorscheme file: > + :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt + + :hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have +--- 4704,4710 ---- + |ColorSchemePre| autocommand event is triggered. + After the color scheme has been loaded the + |ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered. +! For info about writing a color scheme file: > + :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt + + :hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have +*************** +*** 4828,4834 **** + explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on + 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for + Normal first, before setting other colors. +! When a colorscheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to + be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First + delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this. + +--- 4901,4907 ---- + explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on + 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for + Normal first, before setting other colors. +! When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to + be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First + delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this. + +*************** +*** 5083,5089 **** + set. + + ============================================================================== +! 13. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413* + + When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you + can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight +--- 5156,5162 ---- + set. + + ============================================================================== +! 14. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413* + + When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you + can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight +*************** +*** 5121,5127 **** + overruled when the syntax file is loaded. + + ============================================================================== +! 14. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391* + + If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this + command: > +--- 5194,5200 ---- + overruled when the syntax file is loaded. + + ============================================================================== +! 15. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391* + + If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this + command: > +*************** +*** 5212,5218 **** + them. + + ============================================================================== +! 15. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight* + + If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following + mappings. +--- 5285,5291 ---- + them. + + ============================================================================== +! 16. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight* + + If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following + mappings. +*************** +*** 5247,5253 **** + autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif + + ============================================================================== +! 16. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax* + + Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is + possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own +--- 5320,5326 ---- + autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif + + ============================================================================== +! 17. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax* + + Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is + possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own +*************** +*** 5277,5283 **** + When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax. + + ============================================================================== +! 17. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm* + + Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the + default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: > +--- 5350,5356 ---- + When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax. + + ============================================================================== +! 18. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm* + + Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the + default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: > +*************** +*** 5421,5427 **** + + + ============================================================================== +! 18. When syntax is slow *:syntime* + + This is aimed at authors of a syntax file. + +--- 5494,5500 ---- + + + ============================================================================== +! 19. When syntax is slow *:syntime* + + This is aimed at authors of a syntax file. + +*************** +*** 5478,5481 **** + "<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span". + + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 5551,5554 ---- + "<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span". + + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/tabpage.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/tabpage.txt 2019-05-05 17:50:51.295546075 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *tabpage.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 29 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *tabpage.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 16,22 **** + 4. Setting 'tabline' |setting-tabline| + 5. Setting 'guitablabel' |setting-guitablabel| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + {not able to use multiple tab pages when the |+windows| feature was disabled + at compile time} + +--- 16,21 ---- +*************** +*** 213,219 **** + :tabN[ext] {count} + {count}<C-PageUp> + {count}gT Go {count} tab pages back. Wraps around from the first one +! to the last one. + + :tabr[ewind] *:tabfir* *:tabfirst* *:tabr* *:tabrewind* + :tabfir[st] Go to the first tab page. +--- 212,219 ---- + :tabN[ext] {count} + {count}<C-PageUp> + {count}gT Go {count} tab pages back. Wraps around from the first one +! to the last one. Note that the use of {count} is different +! from |:tabnext|, where it is used as the tab page number. + + :tabr[ewind] *:tabfir* *:tabfirst* *:tabr* *:tabrewind* + :tabfir[st] Go to the first tab page. +*************** +*** 240,247 **** + :tabm[ove] [N] *:tabm* *:tabmove* + :[N]tabm[ove] + Move the current tab page to after tab page N. Use zero to +! make the current tab page the first one. Without N the tab +! page is made the last one. > + :.tabmove " do nothing + :-tabmove " move the tab page to the left + :+tabmove " move the tab page to the right +--- 240,249 ---- + :tabm[ove] [N] *:tabm* *:tabmove* + :[N]tabm[ove] + Move the current tab page to after tab page N. Use zero to +! make the current tab page the first one. N is counted before +! the move, thus if the second tab is the current one, +! `:tabmove 1` and `:tabmove 2` have no effect. +! Without N the tab page is made the last one. > + :.tabmove " do nothing + :-tabmove " move the tab page to the left + :+tabmove " move the tab page to the right +*************** +*** 286,292 **** + current tab page. + {cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands. + {cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them. +- {not in Vi} + Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo| + and |:lfdo| + +--- 288,293 ---- +*************** +*** 471,474 **** + tab page local variable. |t:var| + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 472,475 ---- + tab page local variable. |t:var| + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt 2019-04-28 18:04:56.054492198 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt 2019-05-05 17:53:15.690761399 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *tagsrch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 04 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *tagsrch.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 60,66 **** + + *v_CTRL-]* + {Visual}CTRL-] Same as ":tag {name}", where {name} is the text that +! is highlighted. {not in Vi} + + *telnet-CTRL-]* + CTRL-] is the default telnet escape key. When you type CTRL-] to jump to a +--- 60,66 ---- + + *v_CTRL-]* + {Visual}CTRL-] Same as ":tag {name}", where {name} is the text that +! is highlighted. + + *telnet-CTRL-]* + CTRL-] is the default telnet escape key. When you type CTRL-] to jump to a +*************** +*** 112,129 **** + g<RightMouse> *g<RightMouse>* + <C-RightMouse> *<C-RightMouse>* *CTRL-T* + CTRL-T Jump to [count] older entry in the tag stack +! (default 1). {not in Vi} + + *:po* *:pop* *E555* *E556* + :[count]po[p][!] Jump to [count] older entry in tag stack (default 1). +! See |tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi} + + :[count]ta[g][!] Jump to [count] newer entry in tag stack (default 1). +! See |tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi} + + *:tags* + :tags Show the contents of the tag stack. The active +! entry is marked with a '>'. {not in Vi} + + The output of ":tags" looks like this: + +--- 112,129 ---- + g<RightMouse> *g<RightMouse>* + <C-RightMouse> *<C-RightMouse>* *CTRL-T* + CTRL-T Jump to [count] older entry in the tag stack +! (default 1). + + *:po* *:pop* *E555* *E556* + :[count]po[p][!] Jump to [count] older entry in tag stack (default 1). +! See |tag-!| for [!]. + + :[count]ta[g][!] Jump to [count] newer entry in tag stack (default 1). +! See |tag-!| for [!]. + + *:tags* + :tags Show the contents of the tag stack. The active +! entry is marked with a '>'. + + The output of ":tags" looks like this: + +*************** +*** 204,210 **** + the current position in the list (if there is one). + [name] can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|. + See |tag-priority| for the priorities used in the +! listing. {not in Vi} + Example output: + + > +--- 204,210 ---- + the current position in the list (if there is one). + [name] can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|. + See |tag-priority| for the priorities used in the +! listing. + Example output: + + > +*************** +*** 231,284 **** + + *:sts* *:stselect* + :sts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and splits the window for +! the selected tag. {not in Vi} + + *g]* + g] Like CTRL-], but use ":tselect" instead of ":tag". +- {not in Vi} + + *v_g]* + {Visual}g] Same as "g]", but use the highlighted text as the +! identifier. {not in Vi} + + *:tj* *:tjump* + :tj[ump][!] [name] Like ":tselect", but jump to the tag directly when +! there is only one match. {not in Vi} + + *:stj* *:stjump* + :stj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and splits the window for the +! selected tag. {not in Vi} + + *g_CTRL-]* + g CTRL-] Like CTRL-], but use ":tjump" instead of ":tag". +- {not in Vi} + + *v_g_CTRL-]* + {Visual}g CTRL-] Same as "g CTRL-]", but use the highlighted text as +! the identifier. {not in Vi} + + *:tn* *:tnext* + :[count]tn[ext][!] Jump to [count] next matching tag (default 1). See +! |tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi} + + *:tp* *:tprevious* + :[count]tp[revious][!] Jump to [count] previous matching tag (default 1). +! See |tag-!| for [!]. {not in Vi} + + *:tN* *:tNext* +! :[count]tN[ext][!] Same as ":tprevious". {not in Vi} + + *:tr* *:trewind* + :[count]tr[ewind][!] Jump to first matching tag. If [count] is given, jump +! to [count]th matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!]. {not +! in Vi} + + *:tf* *:tfirst* +! :[count]tf[irst][!] Same as ":trewind". {not in Vi} + + *:tl* *:tlast* +! :tl[ast][!] Jump to last matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!]. {not +! in Vi} + + *:lt* *:ltag* + :lt[ag][!] [name] Jump to tag [name] and add the matching tags to a new +--- 231,280 ---- + + *:sts* *:stselect* + :sts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and splits the window for +! the selected tag. + + *g]* + g] Like CTRL-], but use ":tselect" instead of ":tag". + + *v_g]* + {Visual}g] Same as "g]", but use the highlighted text as the +! identifier. + + *:tj* *:tjump* + :tj[ump][!] [name] Like ":tselect", but jump to the tag directly when +! there is only one match. + + *:stj* *:stjump* + :stj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and splits the window for the +! selected tag. + + *g_CTRL-]* + g CTRL-] Like CTRL-], but use ":tjump" instead of ":tag". + + *v_g_CTRL-]* + {Visual}g CTRL-] Same as "g CTRL-]", but use the highlighted text as +! the identifier. + + *:tn* *:tnext* + :[count]tn[ext][!] Jump to [count] next matching tag (default 1). See +! |tag-!| for [!]. + + *:tp* *:tprevious* + :[count]tp[revious][!] Jump to [count] previous matching tag (default 1). +! See |tag-!| for [!]. + + *:tN* *:tNext* +! :[count]tN[ext][!] Same as ":tprevious". + + *:tr* *:trewind* + :[count]tr[ewind][!] Jump to first matching tag. If [count] is given, jump +! to [count]th matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!]. + + *:tf* *:tfirst* +! :[count]tf[irst][!] Same as ":trewind". + + *:tl* *:tlast* +! :tl[ast][!] Jump to last matching tag. See |tag-!| for [!]. + + *:lt* *:ltag* + :lt[ag][!] [name] Jump to tag [name] and add the matching tags to a new +*************** +*** 290,296 **** + characters (very nomagic). The location list showing + the matching tags is independent of the tag stack. + See |tag-!| for [!]. +- {not in Vi} + + When there is no other message, Vim shows which matching tag has been jumped + to, and the number of matching tags: > +--- 286,291 ---- +*************** +*** 317,350 **** + *:pts* *:ptselect* + :pts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a + "Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ptj* *:ptjump* + :ptj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a + "Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ptn* *:ptnext* + :[count]ptn[ext][!] ":tnext" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ptp* *:ptprevious* + :[count]ptp[revious][!] ":tprevious" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ptN* *:ptNext* +! :[count]ptN[ext][!] Same as ":ptprevious". {not in Vi} + + *:ptr* *:ptrewind* + :[count]ptr[ewind][!] ":trewind" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ptf* *:ptfirst* +! :[count]ptf[irst][!] Same as ":ptrewind". {not in Vi} + + *:ptl* *:ptlast* + :ptl[ast][!] ":tlast" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. +- {not in Vi} + + ============================================================================== + 4. Tags details *tag-details* +--- 312,339 ---- + *:pts* *:ptselect* + :pts[elect][!] [name] Does ":tselect[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a + "Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info. + + *:ptj* *:ptjump* + :ptj[ump][!] [name] Does ":tjump[!] [name]" and shows the new tag in a + "Preview" window. See |:ptag| for more info. + + *:ptn* *:ptnext* + :[count]ptn[ext][!] ":tnext" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. + + *:ptp* *:ptprevious* + :[count]ptp[revious][!] ":tprevious" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. + + *:ptN* *:ptNext* +! :[count]ptN[ext][!] Same as ":ptprevious". + + *:ptr* *:ptrewind* + :[count]ptr[ewind][!] ":trewind" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. + + *:ptf* *:ptfirst* +! :[count]ptf[irst][!] Same as ":ptrewind". + + *:ptl* *:ptlast* + :ptl[ast][!] ":tlast" in the preview window. See |:ptag|. + + ============================================================================== + 4. Tags details *tag-details* +*************** +*** 630,639 **** + "?"), some special handling is done: + - Searching starts on line 1 of the file. + The direction of the search is forward for "/", backward for "?". +! Note that 'wrapscan' does not matter, the whole file is always searched. (Vi +! does use 'wrapscan', which caused tags sometimes not be found.) {Vi starts +! searching in line 2 of another file. It does not find a tag in line 1 of +! another file when 'wrapscan' is not set} + - If the search fails, another try is done ignoring case. If that fails too, + a search is done for: + "^tagname[ \t]*(" +--- 619,625 ---- + "?"), some special handling is done: + - Searching starts on line 1 of the file. + The direction of the search is forward for "/", backward for "?". +! Note that 'wrapscan' does not matter, the whole file is always searched. + - If the search fails, another try is done ignoring case. If that fails too, + a search is done for: + "^tagname[ \t]*(" +*************** +*** 644,650 **** + "^[#a-zA-Z_].*\<tagname[ \t]*(" + This means: A line starting with '#' or an identifier and containing the tag + followed by white space and a '('. This will find macro names and function +! names with a type prepended. {the extra searches are not in Vi} + + + *tag-old-static* +--- 630,636 ---- + "^[#a-zA-Z_].*\<tagname[ \t]*(" + This means: A line starting with '#' or an identifier and containing the tag + followed by white space and a '('. This will find macro names and function +! names with a type prepended. + + + *tag-old-static* +*************** +*** 720,752 **** + of the file. Lines that look like a comment are + ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given, + the count'th matching line is displayed, and comment +! lines are not ignored. {not in Vi} + + *]i* + ]i like "[i", but start at the current cursor position. +- {not in Vi} + + *:is* *:isearch* + :[range]is[earch][!] [count] [/]pattern[/] + Like "[i" and "]i", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + + *[I* + [I Display all lines that contain the keyword under the + cursor. Filenames and line numbers are displayed + for the found lines. The search starts at the +! beginning of the file. {not in Vi} + + *]I* + ]I like "[I", but start at the current cursor position. +- {not in Vi} + + *:il* *:ilist* + :[range]il[ist][!] [/]pattern[/] + Like "[I" and "]I", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + + *[_CTRL-I* + [ CTRL-I Jump to the first line that contains the keyword +--- 706,736 ---- + of the file. Lines that look like a comment are + ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given, + the count'th matching line is displayed, and comment +! lines are not ignored. + + *]i* + ]i like "[i", but start at the current cursor position. + + *:is* *:isearch* + :[range]is[earch][!] [count] [/]pattern[/] + Like "[i" and "]i", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + + *[I* + [I Display all lines that contain the keyword under the + cursor. Filenames and line numbers are displayed + for the found lines. The search starts at the +! beginning of the file. + + *]I* + ]I like "[I", but start at the current cursor position. + + *:il* *:ilist* + :[range]il[ist][!] [/]pattern[/] + Like "[I" and "]I", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + + *[_CTRL-I* + [ CTRL-I Jump to the first line that contains the keyword +*************** +*** 754,770 **** + of the file. Lines that look like a comment are + ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given, + the count'th matching line is jumped to, and comment +! lines are not ignored. {not in Vi} + + *]_CTRL-I* + ] CTRL-I like "[ CTRL-I", but start at the current cursor +! position. {not in Vi} + + *:ij* *:ijump* + :[range]ij[ump][!] [count] [/]pattern[/] + Like "[ CTRL-I" and "] CTRL-I", but search in + [range] lines (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + + CTRL-W CTRL-I *CTRL-W_CTRL-I* *CTRL-W_i* + CTRL-W i Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line +--- 738,754 ---- + of the file. Lines that look like a comment are + ignored (see 'comments' option). If a count is given, + the count'th matching line is jumped to, and comment +! lines are not ignored. + + *]_CTRL-I* + ] CTRL-I like "[ CTRL-I", but start at the current cursor +! position. + + *:ij* *:ijump* + :[range]ij[ump][!] [count] [/]pattern[/] + Like "[ CTRL-I" and "] CTRL-I", but search in + [range] lines (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + + CTRL-W CTRL-I *CTRL-W_CTRL-I* *CTRL-W_i* + CTRL-W i Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line +*************** +*** 773,817 **** + that look like a comment line are ignored (see + 'comments' option). If a count is given, the count'th + matching line is jumped to, and comment lines are not +! ignored. {not in Vi} + + *:isp* *:isplit* + :[range]isp[lit][!] [count] [/]pattern[/] + Like "CTRL-W i" and "CTRL-W i", but search in + [range] lines (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + + *[d* + [d Display the first macro definition that contains the + macro under the cursor. The search starts from the + beginning of the file. If a count is given, the +! count'th matching line is displayed. {not in Vi} + + *]d* + ]d like "[d", but start at the current cursor position. +- {not in Vi} + + *:ds* *:dsearch* + :[range]ds[earch][!] [count] [/]string[/] + Like "[d" and "]d", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + + *[D* + [D Display all macro definitions that contain the macro + under the cursor. Filenames and line numbers are + displayed for the found lines. The search starts +! from the beginning of the file. {not in Vi} + + *]D* + ]D like "[D", but start at the current cursor position. +- {not in Vi} + + *:dli* *:dlist* + :[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/] + Like `[D` and `]D`, but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + Note that `:dl` works like `:delete` with the "l" + flag, not `:dlist`. + +--- 757,799 ---- + that look like a comment line are ignored (see + 'comments' option). If a count is given, the count'th + matching line is jumped to, and comment lines are not +! ignored. + + *:isp* *:isplit* + :[range]isp[lit][!] [count] [/]pattern[/] + Like "CTRL-W i" and "CTRL-W i", but search in + [range] lines (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + + *[d* + [d Display the first macro definition that contains the + macro under the cursor. The search starts from the + beginning of the file. If a count is given, the +! count'th matching line is displayed. + + *]d* + ]d like "[d", but start at the current cursor position. + + *:ds* *:dsearch* + :[range]ds[earch][!] [count] [/]string[/] + Like "[d" and "]d", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + + *[D* + [D Display all macro definitions that contain the macro + under the cursor. Filenames and line numbers are + displayed for the found lines. The search starts +! from the beginning of the file. + + *]D* + ]D like "[D", but start at the current cursor position. + + *:dli* *:dlist* + :[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/] + Like `[D` and `]D`, but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + Note that `:dl` works like `:delete` with the "l" + flag, not `:dlist`. + +*************** +*** 819,854 **** + [ CTRL-D Jump to the first macro definition that contains the + keyword under the cursor. The search starts from + the beginning of the file. If a count is given, the +! count'th matching line is jumped to. {not in Vi} + + *]_CTRL-D* + ] CTRL-D like "[ CTRL-D", but start at the current cursor +! position. {not in Vi} + + *:dj* *:djump* + :[range]dj[ump][!] [count] [/]string[/] + Like "[ CTRL-D" and "] CTRL-D", but search in + [range] lines (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + + CTRL-W CTRL-D *CTRL-W_CTRL-D* *CTRL-W_d* + CTRL-W d Open a new window, with the cursor on the first + macro definition line that contains the keyword + under the cursor. The search starts from the + beginning of the file. If a count is given, the +! count'th matching line is jumped to. {not in Vi} + + *:dsp* *:dsplit* + :[range]dsp[lit][!] [count] [/]string[/] + Like "CTRL-W d", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. {not in Vi} + + *:che* *:checkpath* + :che[ckpath] List all the included files that could not be found. +- {not in Vi} + +! :che[ckpath]! List all the included files. {not in Vi} + + *:search-args* + Common arguments for the commands above: +--- 801,835 ---- + [ CTRL-D Jump to the first macro definition that contains the + keyword under the cursor. The search starts from + the beginning of the file. If a count is given, the +! count'th matching line is jumped to. + + *]_CTRL-D* + ] CTRL-D like "[ CTRL-D", but start at the current cursor +! position. + + *:dj* *:djump* + :[range]dj[ump][!] [count] [/]string[/] + Like "[ CTRL-D" and "] CTRL-D", but search in + [range] lines (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + + CTRL-W CTRL-D *CTRL-W_CTRL-D* *CTRL-W_d* + CTRL-W d Open a new window, with the cursor on the first + macro definition line that contains the keyword + under the cursor. The search starts from the + beginning of the file. If a count is given, the +! count'th matching line is jumped to. + + *:dsp* *:dsplit* + :[range]dsp[lit][!] [count] [/]string[/] + Like "CTRL-W d", but search in [range] lines + (default: whole file). +! See |:search-args| for [/] and [!]. + + *:che* *:checkpath* + :che[ckpath] List all the included files that could not be found. + +! :che[ckpath]! List all the included files. + + *:search-args* + Common arguments for the commands above: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/terminal.txt 2019-02-22 17:56:02.787842436 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/terminal.txt 2019-05-05 17:53:28.734690163 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *terminal.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 17 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *terminal.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 42,48 **** + Communication |termdebug-communication| + Customizing |termdebug-customizing| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + {only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature} + The terminal feature requires the |+job| and |+channel| features. + +--- 42,47 ---- +*************** +*** 66,87 **** + the job. This uses a pty when possible. You can click outside of the + terminal window to move keyboard focus elsewhere. + + CTRL-W can be used to navigate between windows and other CTRL-W commands, e.g.: + CTRL-W CTRL-W move focus to the next window + CTRL-W : enter an Ex command + See |CTRL-W| for more commands. + +! Special in the terminal window: *CTRL-W_.* *CTRL-W_N* + CTRL-W . send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal + CTRL-W CTRL-\ send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal + CTRL-W N go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode| + CTRL-\ CTRL-N go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode| +! CTRL-W " {reg} paste register {reg} *CTRL-W_quote* + Also works with the = register to insert the result of + evaluating an expression. + CTRL-W CTRL-C ends the job, see below |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| +! CTRL-W gt go to next tabpage, same as `gt` +! CTRL-W gT go to previous tabpage, same as `gT` + + See option 'termwinkey' for specifying another key instead of CTRL-W that + will work like CTRL-W. However, typing 'termwinkey' twice sends 'termwinkey' +--- 65,87 ---- + the job. This uses a pty when possible. You can click outside of the + terminal window to move keyboard focus elsewhere. + ++ *t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W* *t_CTRL-W_:* + CTRL-W can be used to navigate between windows and other CTRL-W commands, e.g.: + CTRL-W CTRL-W move focus to the next window + CTRL-W : enter an Ex command + See |CTRL-W| for more commands. + +! Special in the terminal window: *t_CTRL-W_.* *t_CTRL-W_N* + CTRL-W . send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal + CTRL-W CTRL-\ send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal + CTRL-W N go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode| + CTRL-\ CTRL-N go to Terminal-Normal mode, see |Terminal-mode| +! CTRL-W " {reg} paste register {reg} *t_CTRL-W_quote* + Also works with the = register to insert the result of + evaluating an expression. + CTRL-W CTRL-C ends the job, see below |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| +! CTRL-W gt go to next tabpage, same as `gt` *t_CTRL-W_gt* +! CTRL-W gT go to previous tabpage, same as `gT` *t_CTRL-W_gT* + + See option 'termwinkey' for specifying another key instead of CTRL-W that + will work like CTRL-W. However, typing 'termwinkey' twice sends 'termwinkey' +*************** +*** 92,99 **** + 'termwinkey' . send 'termwinkey' to the job in the terminal + 'termwinkey' CTRL-\ send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal + 'termwinkey' N go to terminal Normal mode, see below +! 'termwinkey' CTRL-N same as CTRL-W N +! 'termwinkey' CTRL-C same as |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| + *t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N* + The special key combination CTRL-\ CTRL-N can be used to switch to Normal + mode, just like this works in any other mode. +--- 92,99 ---- + 'termwinkey' . send 'termwinkey' to the job in the terminal + 'termwinkey' CTRL-\ send a CTRL-\ to the job in the terminal + 'termwinkey' N go to terminal Normal mode, see below +! 'termwinkey' CTRL-N same as CTRL-W N |t_CTRL-W_N| +! 'termwinkey' CTRL-C same as CTRL-W CTRL-C |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C| + *t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N* + The special key combination CTRL-\ CTRL-N can be used to switch to Normal + mode, just like this works in any other mode. +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/term.txt 2018-08-07 22:30:26.662240885 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/term.txt 2019-04-11 17:11:03.153605154 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *term.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Oct 14 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *term.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 11 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 111,116 **** +--- 111,126 ---- + If this is done while Vim is running the 't_BD' will be sent to the terminal + to disable bracketed paste. + ++ If your terminal supports bracketed paste, but the options are not set ++ automatically, you can try using something like this: > ++ ++ if &term =~ "screen" ++ let &t_BE = "\e[?2004h" ++ let &t_BD = "\e[?2004l" ++ exec "set t_PS=\e[200~" ++ exec "set t_PE=\e[201~" ++ endif ++ < + *cs7-problem* + Note: If the terminal settings are changed after running Vim, you might have + an illegal combination of settings. This has been reported on Solaris 2.5 +*************** +*** 324,334 **** + t_EI end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape) *t_EI* *'t_EI'* + |termcap-cursor-shape| + t_RV request terminal version string (for xterm) *t_RV* *'t_RV'* +! |xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes| + t_u7 request cursor position (for xterm) *t_u7* *'t_u7'* + see |'ambiwidth'| + t_RF request terminal foreground color *t_RF* *'t_RF'* + t_RB request terminal background color *t_RB* *'t_RB'* + t_8f set foreground color (R, G, B) *t_8f* *'t_8f'* + |xterm-true-color| + t_8b set background color (R, G, B) *t_8b* *'t_8b'* +--- 334,348 ---- + t_EI end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape) *t_EI* *'t_EI'* + |termcap-cursor-shape| + t_RV request terminal version string (for xterm) *t_RV* *'t_RV'* +! The response is stored in |v:termresponse| +! |xterm-8bit| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes| + t_u7 request cursor position (for xterm) *t_u7* *'t_u7'* + see |'ambiwidth'| ++ The response is stored in |v:termu7resp| + t_RF request terminal foreground color *t_RF* *'t_RF'* ++ The response is stored in |v:termrfgresp| + t_RB request terminal background color *t_RB* *'t_RB'* ++ The response is stored in |v:termrbgresp| + t_8f set foreground color (R, G, B) *t_8f* *'t_8f'* + |xterm-true-color| + t_8b set background color (R, G, B) *t_8b* *'t_8b'* +*************** +*** 341,347 **** +--- 355,363 ---- + t_EC set cursor color end *t_EC* *'t_EC'* + t_SH set cursor shape *t_SH* *'t_SH'* + t_RC request terminal cursor blinking *t_RC* *'t_RC'* ++ The response is stored in |v:termblinkresp| + t_RS request terminal cursor style *t_RS* *'t_RS'* ++ The response is stored in |v:termstyleresp| + t_ST save window title to stack *t_ST* *'t_ST'* + t_RT restore window title from stack *t_RT* *'t_RT'* + t_Si save icon text to stack *t_Si* *'t_Si'* +*************** +*** 523,529 **** + Note about colors: The 't_Co' option tells Vim the number of colors available. + When it is non-zero, the 't_AB' and 't_AF' options are used to set the color. + If one of these is not available, 't_Sb' and 't_Sf' are used. 't_me' is used +! to reset to the default colors. + + *termcap-cursor-shape* *termcap-cursor-color* + When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent. When Vim +--- 539,545 ---- + Note about colors: The 't_Co' option tells Vim the number of colors available. + When it is non-zero, the 't_AB' and 't_AF' options are used to set the color. + If one of these is not available, 't_Sb' and 't_Sf' are used. 't_me' is used +! to reset to the default colors. Also see 'termguicolors'. + + *termcap-cursor-shape* *termcap-cursor-color* + When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent. When Vim +*************** +*** 971,974 **** + :noremap! <RightDrag> <LeftDrag> + :noremap! <RightRelease> <LeftRelease> + < +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 987,990 ---- + :noremap! <RightDrag> <LeftDrag> + :noremap! <RightRelease> <LeftRelease> + < +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/textprop.txt 2019-05-05 15:47:37.821923550 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/textprop.txt 2019-05-05 17:34:42.564911374 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *textprop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Dec 30 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *textprop.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 20,26 **** + 3. When text changes |text-prop-changes| + + +- {Vi does not have text properties} + {not able to use text properties when the |+textprop| feature was + disabled at compile time} + +--- 20,25 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/tips.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/tips.txt 2018-07-29 14:23:36.371157528 +0200 +*************** +*** 408,421 **** + ============================================================================== + Executing shell commands in a window *shell-window* + +! There have been questions for the possibility to execute a shell in a window +! inside Vim. The answer: you can't! Including this would add a lot of code to +! Vim, which is a good reason not to do this. After all, Vim is an editor, it +! is not supposed to do non-editing tasks. However, to get something like this, +! you might try splitting your terminal screen or display window with the + "splitvt" program. You can probably find it on some ftp server. The person + that knows more about this is Sam Lantinga <slouken@cs.ucdavis.edu>. +! An alternative is the "window" command, found on BSD Unix systems, which + supports multiple overlapped windows. Or the "screen" program, found at + www.uni-erlangen.de, which supports a stack of windows. + +--- 408,420 ---- + ============================================================================== + Executing shell commands in a window *shell-window* + +! See |terminal|. +! +! Another solution is splitting your terminal screen or display window with the + "splitvt" program. You can probably find it on some ftp server. The person + that knows more about this is Sam Lantinga <slouken@cs.ucdavis.edu>. +! +! Another alternative is the "window" command, found on BSD Unix systems, which + supports multiple overlapped windows. Or the "screen" program, found at + www.uni-erlangen.de, which supports a stack of windows. + +*************** +*** 531,534 **** + autocmd InsertEnter * match none + < + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 530,533 ---- + autocmd InsertEnter * match none + < + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/todo.txt 2018-06-03 14:42:17.836505122 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/todo.txt 2019-05-05 17:22:02.360947099 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *todo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 May 17 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *todo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 34,66 **** + + The #1234 numbers refer to an issue or pull request on github. To see it in a + browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234 +! + *known-bugs* + -------------------- Known bugs and current work ----------------------- + + Prompt buffer: + - Add a command line history. + - delay next prompt until plugin gives OK? +! end? + + Terminal emulator window: + - With a vertical split only one window is updated. (Linwei, 2018 Jun 2, + #2977) +! - When typing : at the more prompt, instead of entering a new Vim command, the +! : is inserted in the terminal window. Should skip terminal_loop here. +! () +! - How to access selection in Terminal running a shell? (damnskippy, 2018 May +! 27, #29620 When terminal doesn't use the mouse, use modeless selection. +! - Win32: Termdebug doesn't work, because gdb does not support mi2 on a tty. +! This plugin: https://github.com/cpiger/NeoDebug runs gdb as a job, +! redirecting input and output. +! Open new console for for program with: "set new-console on" + - Win32: Redirecting input does not work, half of Test_terminal_redir_file() + is disabled. + - Win32: Redirecting output works but includes escape sequences. + - Win32: Make terminal used for :!cmd in the GUI work better. Allow for + redirection. +- - Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907) + - When the job only outputs lines, we could handle resizing the terminal + better: store lines separated by line breaks, instead of screen lines, + then when the window is resized redraw those lines. +--- 34,100 ---- + + The #1234 numbers refer to an issue or pull request on github. To see it in a + browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234 +! (replace 1234 with the issue/pull number) + *known-bugs* + -------------------- Known bugs and current work ----------------------- + ++ 'incsearch' with :s: (#3321) ++ - Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area ++ was set. (#3837) ++ - :s/foo using CTRL-G moves to another line, should not happen, or use the ++ correct line (it uses the last but one line) (Lifepillar, Aug 18, #3345) ++ - :s@pat/tern@ doesn't include "/" in the pattern. (Takahiro Yoshihara, #3637) ++ pass delim to do_search() ? ++ - Also support range: :/foo/,/bar/delete ++ - Also support for user command, e.g. Cfilter ++ - :%s/foo should take the first match below the cursor line, unless there ++ isn't one? ++ Then :%s?foo should take the first match above the cursor line. ++ + Prompt buffer: + - Add a command line history. + - delay next prompt until plugin gives OK? +! - add prompt_addtext({buf}, {expr}) none add text to a prompt buffer +! +! Terminal debugger: +! - Make prompt-buffer variant work better. +! - Add option to not open the program window. It's not used when attaching to +! an already running program. (M. Kelly) +! - When only gdb window exists, on "quit" edit another buffer. +! - Use a sign group +! - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just +! after "run". Everything else works, including communication channel. Not +! initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef. +! - Add support for lldb? #3565 +! - Could we do something similar for debugging Vim scripts? At least see the +! script while stepping through it. Simple version would use an extra window. +! More complete solution would actually run Vim in a Terminal and control it +! with another Vim instance. + + Terminal emulator window: ++ - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel ++ scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490 ++ And use modeless selection. #2962 ++ - When Vim runs in the terminal and changes the title, the statusline needs to ++ be redrawn. ++ - GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt. ++ (#3327) ++ - Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907) ++ - GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530) ++ - Allow for specifying the directory, with ++cwd={dir}. + - With a vertical split only one window is updated. (Linwei, 2018 Jun 2, + #2977) +! - Add a way to make ":term cmd" run "cmd" in a shell, instead of executing it +! directly. Perhaps ":term ++shell cmd". (#3340) +! - When pasting should call vterm_keyboard_start_paste(), e.g. when using +! K_MIDDLEMOUSE, calling insert_reg(). +! - Users expect parsing the :term argument like a shell does, also support +! single quotes. E.g. with: :term grep 'alice says "hello"' (#1999) + - Win32: Redirecting input does not work, half of Test_terminal_redir_file() + is disabled. + - Win32: Redirecting output works but includes escape sequences. + - Win32: Make terminal used for :!cmd in the GUI work better. Allow for + redirection. + - When the job only outputs lines, we could handle resizing the terminal + better: store lines separated by line breaks, instead of screen lines, + then when the window is resized redraw those lines. +*************** +*** 69,79 **** + http://bazaar.launchpad.net/~leonerd/pangoterm/trunk/view/head:/main.c#L134 + - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup + conversions. +- - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just +- after "run". Everything else works, including communication channel. Not +- initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef. + +! Patch to fix that ++bad no longer works. (Christian Brabandt, on #2947) + + Does not build with MinGW out of the box: + - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h +--- 103,121 ---- + http://bazaar.launchpad.net/~leonerd/pangoterm/trunk/view/head:/main.c#L134 + - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup + conversions. + +! Support for popup widows: +! - Use text properties to define highlighting. +! - Proposal on issue #4063 +! +! Notifications for text changes, could be used for LSP. +! - New event, similar to TextChanged, but guaranteed to provide sequential +! information of all text changes. +! Possibly build on undo info (but undo itself is also a change). +! How to deal with ":%s/this/that" ? +! +! Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow. +! (#4087) + + Does not build with MinGW out of the box: + - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h +*************** +*** 82,121 **** + Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May + 13, #2910) Can't reproduce? + +! On Win32 when not in the console and t_Co >= 256, allow using 'tgc'. +! (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #2833) Also check t_Co. + +! Patch to fix arguments of :edit. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 May 28 #2966) + +! Ptch to update html syntax. (Jorge Maldonado Ventura, #2974) + +! Patch to fix that restoring window doesn't work when 'winheight' is large. +! (Darrell Nash, 2018 May 30, #2971) Doesn't work? Issue #2970 + +! Patch to add completion to :unlet for environment vars. (Jason Franklin, 2018 +! May 30) Last update. + +! Errors found with random data: +! heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472) + + More warnings from static analysis: + https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/alerts/?mode=list + +! Patch to make "is" and "as" work bettter. (Jason Franklin, 2018 May 19) + +! Patch to add tests for user and language completion. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 +! Jun 2, #2978) + +! Using ":file" in quickfix window during an autocommand doesn't work. +! (Jason Franklin, 2018 May 23) Allow for using it when there is no argument. + +! Pull request #2967: Allow white space in sign text. (Ben Jackson) + +! Patch for xterm and vt320 builtin termcap. (Kouichi Iwamoto, 2018 May 31, +! #2973) + +! Patch to add more testing for :cd command. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 May 30, +! #2972) + + Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with + modified buffers +--- 124,406 ---- + Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May + 13, #2910) Can't reproduce? + +! Errors found with random data: +! heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472) + +! Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of +! files that source the actual file. E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da +! Include part of #3242? + +! When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if +! it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522) + +! Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files. +! Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results. E.g., type "b_" in +! terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice. +! Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found. +! (Also #1890) + +! Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike +! Williams, 2018 Oct 30) + +! Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes? Issue #3563. +! +! The quoting of the [command] argument of :terminal is not clearly documented. +! Give a few examples. (#4288) +! +! Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script +! read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes. Probably "scriptout" needs to +! be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041) +! +! Bug: "vipgw" does not put cursor back where it belongs. (Jason Franklin, 2019 +! Mar 5) +! +! When using a timer callback vgetc_busy is reset, allowing for using input(). +! But in a channel callback this does not happen. We need to do something +! similar to check_due_timer(). Also see #3809. +! +! C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error. +! (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1) +! +! Support setting the character displayed below the last line? Neovim uses +! "eob:X" in 'fillchars'. +! +! Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg(). Where was this +! added? +! +! Add test for urxvt mouse codes. Also test that mouse coordinates can be +! negative. (see #4326) +! +! 'cmdheight' has a tab-local value, but it cannot be obtained with +! `:echo gettabwinvar(2, 1, '&cmdheight')` returns the value for the _current_ +! tab page. (Ingo Karkat, #4324) +! :call settabwinvar(1, 1, '&cmdheight', 2) also doesn't work well. +! +! Add a chdir() function, which will set the window-local, tab-local or global +! directory, first one that is currently used. Returns the current directory, +! so that this works: +! let save_dir = chdir('somewhere') +! ... +! call chdir(save_dir) +! +! This modeline throws unexpected errors: (#4165) +! vim: syn=nosyntax +! +! ":doau SomeEvent" gives "No matching autocommands". This message doesn't give +! a hint about how to fix it. (#4300) +! +! Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'? Users expect it to work: +! #2948. (related to #1512?) +! On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING. +! balloon_show() does not work properly in the terminal. (Ben Jackson, 2017 Dec +! 20, #2481) +! Also see #2352, want better control over balloon, perhaps set the position. +! Should also be possible to add highlighting, like in the status line? +! balloonexpr() on MS-Windows GUI doesn't handle accented chars? (nivaemail, +! 2018 Sep 14) +! Another request: #3811. + + More warnings from static analysis: + https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/alerts/?mode=list + +! Still a E315 error when using terminal. (Masato Nishihata, #3959) +! +! Use dict_iterate_start() / dict_iterate_next() instead of relying on the +! internals of the dict structure. +! +! Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window +! manager. Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change(). +! Athena is OK. +! Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields. +! +! nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678) +! +! Missing tests for: +! - add_termcap_entry() +! +! When using exclusive selection and vi" that fails, cursor moves to the left. +! Cursor should not move. (#4024) +! +! Incsearch test fails when locale is "C". (Dominique Pelle, #3986) +! Also run all tests with C locale? +! +! "vat" doesn't work well on XML when the closing > is on another line. +! #3927 +! +! Pasting foo} causes Vim to behave weird. (John Little, 2018 Jun 17) +! Related to bracketed paste. I cannot reproduce it. +! +! When 'confirm' is set a "silent q" doesn't show the prompt. It should in this +! case. (Nate Peterson, 2019 Jan 31, #3892) +! For "silent! q" it should not prompt and just fail. +! +! Add <aevent>, which expands to the currently triggered autocommand event name. +! (Daniel Hahler, #4232) Or add it to v:event (easier to use but slightly more +! expensive). +! +! Some xterm responses are not properly handled: (Markus Gömmel, 2019 Apr 1) +! DCS 0 $ r Pt ST should be ignored. +! DCS 0 + r/Pt/ ST already ignored? +! +! Using CTRL-L to add a character to the search string that contains \v, +! punctuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621) +! +! ml_get error: (Israel Chauca Fuentes, 2018 Oct 17, #3550). +! +! Using single wide base character with double wide composing character gives +! drawing errors. Fill up the base character? (Dominique, #4328) +! +! Problem with two buffers with the same name a/b, if it didn't exist before and +! is created outside of Vim. (dskloetg, 2018 Jul 16, #3219) +! +! When 'sidescrolloff' is set, using "zl" to go to the end of the line, suddenly +! scrolls back. Should allow for this scrolling, like 'scrolloff' does when +! using CTRL-E. (Yee Cheng Chin, #3721) +! +! Invalid memory access with old regexp engine. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 Sep 3, +! #3405) Introduced by 8.0.1517, which was fixing another memory access error. +! (Sep 8) +! +! Add function to make use of internal diff, working on two lists and returning +! unified diff (list of lines). + +! When splitting a window with few text lines, the relative cursor position is +! kept, which means part of the text isn't displayed. Better show all the text +! when possible. (Dylan Lloyd, #3973) + +! Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand. +! (#3692) + +! Patch to add environ(), gets a dict with all environment vars, and getenv(), +! useful for environment vars that are not made of keyword chars. +! (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #2875) + +! Add buffer argument to undotree(). (#4001) + +! Patch to restore X11 connection. (#844) +! +! Patch to add optional arguments with default values. +! (Andy Massimino, #3952) Needs to be reviewed. +! +! Patch to add more info to OptionSet. Should mention what triggered the change +! ":set", ":setlocal", ":setglobal", "modeline"; and the old global value. +! #4118. Proposed implementation: 2019 Mar 27. +! Updated 2019 Apr 9: ASAN fails. +! +! Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set. +! Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018 +! Nov 17) Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look. +! +! Patch for larger icons in installer. (#978) Still not good. +! +! Patch to add commands to jump to quickfix entry above/below the cursor. +! (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4316) Also do :cbefore and :cafter. +! +! Patch to fix that using "5gj" starting inside a closed fold does not work on +! screen lines but on text lines. (Julius Hulsmann, #4095) Lacks a test. +! +! Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535) +! Easier to use a 'diffmaster' option, is the extra complexity needed? +! Not ready to include. +! +! Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork()) +! Using uninitialized value in test_crypt. +! Memory leak in test_terminal: +! ==23530== by 0x2640D7: alloc (misc2.c:874) +! ==23530== by 0x2646D6: vim_strsave (misc2.c:1315) +! ==23530== by 0x25841D: FullName_save (misc1.c:5443) +! ==23530== by 0x17CB4F: fix_fname (buffer.c:4794) +! ==23530== by 0x17CB9A: fname_expand (buffer.c:4838) +! ==23530== by 0x1759AB: buflist_new (buffer.c:1889) +! ==23530== by 0x35C923: term_start (terminal.c:421) +! ==23530== by 0x2AFF30: mch_call_shell_terminal (os_unix.c:4377) +! ==23530== by 0x2B16BE: mch_call_shell (os_unix.c:5383) +! Memory leak in test_alot with pyeval() (allocating partial) +! +! gethostbyname() is old, use getaddrinfo() if available. (#3227) +! +! matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches. Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul +! 19. +! +! Patch to specify color for cterm=underline and cterm=undercurl, like "guisp". +! Does #2405 do this? +! +! Patch to add an interrupt() function: sets got_int. Useful in an autocommand +! such as BufWritePre that checks the file name or contents. +! +! More patches to check: +! - #4098 improve Travis config +! +! Should make 'listchars' global-local. Local to window or to buffer? +! Probably window. +! Add something like 'fillchars' local to window, but allow for specifying a +! highlight name. Esp. for the statusline. +! +! Sourceforge Vim pages still have content, redirect from empty page. +! Check for PHP errors. (Wayne Davison, 2018 Oct 26) +! +! Patch to support ":tag <tagkind> <tagname>". (emmrk, 2018 May 7, #2871) +! Use something like ":tag {kind}/{tagname}". +! Not ready to include. +! +! :pedit resets the 'buflisted' option unexpectedly. (Wang Shidong, 2018 Oct 12, +! #3536) +! +! home_replace() uses $HOME instead of "homedir". (Cesar Martins, 2018 Aug 9) +! +! When the status line uses term_gettitle(), it does not get updated when the +! terminal title changes. (Josh Triplett, 2018 Sep 9, #3418) +! How would we know that the status line needs to be updated? +! +! Adjust windows installer explanation of behavior. (scootergrisen, #3310) +! +! Set g:actual_curbuf when evaluating 'statusline', not just with an expression. +! (Daniel Hahler, 2018 Aug 8, #3299) +! +! Update for xim-input-style help (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 Jan 10). +! Feedback from someone who uses this? +! +! ml_get error. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 Sep 14, #3434) +! +! Patch to use forward slash for completion even when 'shellslash' is set. +! Adds 'completepathslash'. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 15, #3612) +! +! Only output t_Cs when t_Ce is also set. do not use Cs and Ce termcap entries. (Daniel Hahler, 2018 Sep 25) +! Add t_cS and t_cR for cursor color select and reset. Use Cs and Cr terminfo +! values. +! +! Further xdiff changes: +! - More options, e.g. different kind of whitespace diff. +! - when editing text, update the surrounding diff blocks. +! - omit diff.exe from distribution +! - Can we make this show differences within a line? +! - add option to use external diff above a certain size. +! +! Difference between two regexp engines: #3373 +! +! Patch to properly break CJK lines: #3875 +! Requires more tests. dbcs_ functions are not implemented. +! +! Patch to add ch_listen() (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3639) +! What is the practical use for this? +! +! When the last line wraps, selecting with the mouse below that line only +! includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368) +! +! Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821) +! Ask to write a test first. +! +! Patch to add getregpoint() and setreg() with an option to set "". +! (Andy Massimino, 2018 Aug 24, #3370) +! Better name? +! +! MS-Windows: .lnk file not resolved properly when 'encoding' is set. +! (lkintact, 2018 Sep 22, #3473) +! +! Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492. +! +! Win32 key codes are messy. Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old +! mappings no longer work. Create a new terminal for the better solution? + + Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with + modified buffers +*************** +*** 124,149 **** + skip "badd fname" if "fname" is already in the buffer list + remove remark about unloading buffers from documentation + +- Patch to make :help work for tags with a ?. (Hirohito Higashi, 2018 May 28) +- + Compiler warnings (geeknik, 2017 Oct 26): + - signed integer overflow in do_sub() (#2249) + - signed integer overflow in get_address() (#2248) + - signed integer overflow in getdecchrs() (#2254) + - undefined left shift in get_string_tv() (#2250) + +! Patch for more quickfix refactoring. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #2950) + + Tests failing for "make testgui" with GTK: + - Test_setbufvar_options() + - Test_exit_callback_interval() + +! Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'? Users expect it to work: +! #2948. (related to #1512?) +! On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING. +! balloon_show() does not work properly in the terminal. (Ben Jackson, 2017 Dec +! 20, #2481) +! Also see #2352, want better control over balloon, perhaps set the position. + + Try out background make plugin: + https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background +--- 409,449 ---- + skip "badd fname" if "fname" is already in the buffer list + remove remark about unloading buffers from documentation + + Compiler warnings (geeknik, 2017 Oct 26): + - signed integer overflow in do_sub() (#2249) + - signed integer overflow in get_address() (#2248) + - signed integer overflow in getdecchrs() (#2254) + - undefined left shift in get_string_tv() (#2250) + +! Win32 console: <F11> and <F12> typed in Insert mode don't result in normal +! characters. (#3246) +! +! 'foldtext' is evaluated too often. (Daniel Hahler, #2773) +! +! Add Native language protocol server (LSP) support. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2018 +! Oct 28) +! +! ml_get error when using a Python script. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jun 1, #1737) +! Lemonboy can reproduce (2017 Jun 5) +! Also reproduced by Benjamin Doherty, 2018 Oct 4. +! Simpler way: Ken Takata, Oct 6. +! +! Add more testing of the GTK GUI. +! - gtk_test_widget_click() can be used to simulate a click in a widget. + + Tests failing for "make testgui" with GTK: + - Test_setbufvar_options() + - Test_exit_callback_interval() + +! Patch to be able to use hex numbers with :digraph. (Lcd, 2015 Sep 6) +! Update Sep 7. Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1. +! Patch to be able to disable default digraphs (incomplete) (Eric Pruitt, 2018 +! Nov 22). +! +! Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14) +! +! Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug +! 24) + + Try out background make plugin: + https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background +*************** +*** 151,157 **** + https://github.com/yegappan/asyncmake + + Add a ModeChanged autocommand that has an argument indicating the old and new +! mode. Also used for switching Terminal mode. + + Add an option with file patterns, to be used when unloading a buffer: If there + is a match, remove entries for the buffer from marks, jumplist, etc. To be +--- 451,457 ---- + https://github.com/yegappan/asyncmake + + Add a ModeChanged autocommand that has an argument indicating the old and new +! mode, as what's returned from mode(). Also used for switching Terminal mode. + + Add an option with file patterns, to be used when unloading a buffer: If there + is a match, remove entries for the buffer from marks, jumplist, etc. To be +*************** +*** 159,201 **** + + Cursor in wrong position when line wraps. (#2540) + +! Patch for Lua support. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2018 May 26) + + Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a + script or function. + + MS-Windows: write may fail if another program is reading the file. + If 'readonly' is not set but the file appears to be readonly later, try again + (wait a little while). + CreateFile() returns ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION (Linwei, 2018 May 5) + + Should add a test for every command line argument. Check coverage for what is + missing: --nofork, -A , -b, -h, etc. + +! Patch for variable tabstops. On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15) +! Update 2018 March 12, #2711 +! +! Improve the installer for MS-Windows. There are a few alternatives: +! - Add silent install option. (Shane Lee, #751) +! - Installer from Cream (Steve Hall). +! - Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen) +! https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2 +! - make it possible to do a silent install, see +! http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12 +! Version from Guopeng Wen does this. +! - MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/ +! - The one on Issue 279. +! Problem: they all work slightly different (e.g. don't install vimrun.exe). +! How to test that it works well for all Vim users? + + Alternative manpager.vim. (Enno, 2018 Jan 5, #2529) + +! Patch to use NGETTEXT() in many more places. (Sergey Alyoshin, 2018 May 25) +! Updated ptach May 27. + +! Does setting 'cursorline' cause syntax highlighting to slow down? Perhaps is +! mess up the cache? (Mike Lee Williams, 2018 Jan 27, #2539) +! Also: 'foldtext' is evaluated too often. (Daniel Hahler, #2773) + + When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent + with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994) +--- 459,508 ---- + + Cursor in wrong position when line wraps. (#2540) + +! Patch to parse ":line" in tags file and use it for search. (Daniel Hahler, +! #2546) Fixes #1057. Missing a test. +! +! Setting 'columns' in a BufEnter autocommand causes a second tab width to +! behave strangely, as if there is a gap and a vertical window separator. +! (Michael Soyka, 2018 Sep 23, #3477) +! +! Make {skip} argument of searchpair() consistent with other places where we +! pass an expression to evaluate. Allow passing zero for "never skip". + + Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a + script or function. + ++ Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position. ++ Koichi Iwamoto, #2126 ++ ++ When using a menu item while the "more" prompt is displayed doesn't work well. ++ E.g. after using help->version. Have a key that ends the "more" prompt and ++ does nothing otherwise? ++ + MS-Windows: write may fail if another program is reading the file. + If 'readonly' is not set but the file appears to be readonly later, try again + (wait a little while). + CreateFile() returns ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION (Linwei, 2018 May 5) + ++ Using --remote to open a file in which a # appears does not work on ++ MS-Windows. Perhaps in \# the \ is seen as a path separator. (Axel Bender, ++ 2017 Feb 9) Can we expand wildcards first and send the path literally to the ++ receiving Vim? Or make an exception for #, it's not useful remotely. ++ + Should add a test for every command line argument. Check coverage for what is + missing: --nofork, -A , -b, -h, etc. + +! ":au * * command" should not be allowed, only use * for event when listing or +! deleting autocmds, not when adding them. + + Alternative manpager.vim. (Enno, 2018 Jan 5, #2529) + +! Delete all the specific stuff for the Borland compiler? (#3374) +! Patch in #3377 (Thomas Dziedzic) + +! With 'foldmethod' "indent" and appending an empty line, what follows isn't +! included in the existing fold. Deleting the empty line and undo fixes it. +! (Oleg Koshovetc, 2018 Jul 15, #3214) + + When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent + with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994) +*************** +*** 222,237 **** + + Add the debug command line history to viminfo. + +- Avoid that "sign unplace id" does a redraw right away, esp. when there is a +- sequence of these commands. (Andy Stewart, 2018 Mar 16) +- +- ch_sendraw() with long string does not try to read inbetween, which may cause +- a deadlock if the reading side is waiting for the write to finish. (Nate +- Bosch, 2018 Jan 13, #2548) +- +- Patch to include a cfilter plugin to filter quickfix/location lists. +- (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2018 May 12) +- + Add Makefiles to the runtime/spell directory tree, since nobody uses Aap. + Will have to explain the manual steps (downloading the .aff and .dic files, + applying the diff, etc. +--- 529,534 ---- +*************** +*** 250,256 **** + Using 'wildignore' also applies to literally entered file name. Also with + :drop (remote commands). + +! Patch to support ":tag <tagkind> <tagname". (emmrk, 2018 May 7, #2871) + + Implement option_save() and option_restore(): + option_restore({list}) *option_restore()* +--- 547,554 ---- + Using 'wildignore' also applies to literally entered file name. Also with + :drop (remote commands). + +! Inserting a line in a CompleteDone autocommand may confuse undo. (micbou, +! 2018 Jun 18, #3027) + + Implement option_save() and option_restore(): + option_restore({list}) *option_restore()* +*************** +*** 275,322 **** + values are handled and the script ID is restored, so that + `:verbose set` will show where the option was originally set, + not where it was restored. + + "gvim --remote" from a directory with non-word characters changes the current + directory (Paulo Marcel Coelho Arabic, 2017 Oct 30, #2266) + Also see #1689. + +- ml_get error when using a Python script. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jun 1, #1737) +- Lemonboy can reproduce (2017 Jun 5) +- + crash when removing an element while inside map(). (Nikolai Pavlov, 2018 Feb + 17, #2652) + + When 'virtualedit' is "all" and 'cursorcolumn' is set, the wrong column may be + highlighted. (van-de-bugger, 2018 Jan 23, #2576) + +! Patch to parse ":line" in tags file and use it for search. (Daniel Hahler, +! #2546) Fixes #1057. Missing a test. +! +! Patch to add winlayout() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2018 Jan 4) + + No profile information for function that executes ":quit". (Daniel Hahler, + 2017 Dec 26, #2501) + +! Get a "No Name" buffer when 'hidden' is set and opening a new window from the +! quickfix list. (bfrg, 2018 Jan 22, #2574) + +! CTRL-X on zero gets stuck on 0xfffffffffffffffe. (Hengyang Zhao, #2746) + +! A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (ZyX, 2010 Dec 25) + + Invalid range error when using BufWinLeave for closing terminal. + (Gabriel Barta, 2017 Nov 15, #2339) + +- Using an external diff is inefficient. Not all systems have a good diff +- program available (esp. MS-Windows). Would be nice to have in internal diff +- implementation. Can then also use this for displaying changes within a line. +- Olaf Dabrunz is working on this. (10 Jan 2016) +- 9 Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code. One can be +- found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c +- It's complicated and badly documented. +- Alternative: use the xdiff library. Patch from Christian Brabandt, 2018 Mar +- 20, #2732) +- + ml_get errors with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30) + + Error in emsg with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30) +--- 573,608 ---- + values are handled and the script ID is restored, so that + `:verbose set` will show where the option was originally set, + not where it was restored. ++ Alternatively: save and restore ALL options. Implementation needs to use ++ copy-on-write. Return an ID from option_save(), when ++ option_restore(ID) is called give an error if another option_save() ++ was called in the meantime, they must be balanced. + + "gvim --remote" from a directory with non-word characters changes the current + directory (Paulo Marcel Coelho Arabic, 2017 Oct 30, #2266) + Also see #1689. + + crash when removing an element while inside map(). (Nikolai Pavlov, 2018 Feb + 17, #2652) + + When 'virtualedit' is "all" and 'cursorcolumn' is set, the wrong column may be + highlighted. (van-de-bugger, 2018 Jan 23, #2576) + +! ":file" does not show anything when 'shortmess' contains 'F'. (#3070) + + No profile information for function that executes ":quit". (Daniel Hahler, + 2017 Dec 26, #2501) + +! A function on a dictionary is not profiled. (ZyX, 2010 Dec 25) + +! Add script number to profile? (#3330 breaks tests). + +! A function defined locally and lambda's are not easily recognized. +! Mention where they were defined somewhere. + + Invalid range error when using BufWinLeave for closing terminal. + (Gabriel Barta, 2017 Nov 15, #2339) + + ml_get errors with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30) + + Error in emsg with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30) +*************** +*** 337,351 **** + In an optional package the "after" directory is not scanned? + (Renato Fabbri, 2018 Feb 22) + +- Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position. +- Koichi Iwamoto, #2126 +- + Patch for Neovim concerning restoring when closing help window. (glacambre + neovim #7431) + +- Default install on MS-Windows should source defaults.vim. +- Ask whether to use Windows or Vim key behavior? +- + Patch for improving detecting Ruby on Mac in configure. (Ilya Mikhaltsou, 2017 + Nov 21) + +--- 623,631 ---- +*************** +*** 363,378 **** + + matchit hasn't been maintained for a long time. #955. + +- Patch to add variable name after "scope add". (Eddie Lebow, 2018 Feb 7, #2620) +- Maybe not needed? +- + Problem with 'delcombine'. (agguser, 2017 Nov 10, #2313) + + MS-Windows: buffer completion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash) + for a path separator. (xtal8, #2201) + +! Patch to adjust to DPI setting for GTK. (Roel van de Kraats, 2017 Nov 20, +! #2357) + + Test runtime files. + Start with filetype detection: testdir/test_filetype.vim +--- 643,655 ---- + + matchit hasn't been maintained for a long time. #955. + + Problem with 'delcombine'. (agguser, 2017 Nov 10, #2313) + + MS-Windows: buffer completion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash) + for a path separator. (xtal8, #2201) + +! Would be nice for insert mode completion to highlight the text that was added +! (and may change when picking another completion). + + Test runtime files. + Start with filetype detection: testdir/test_filetype.vim +*************** +*** 386,394 **** + After using :noautocmd CursorMoved may still trigger. (Andy Stewart, 2017 Sep + 13, #2084). Set old position after the command. + +- Illegal memory access, requires ASAN to see. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jul 28) +- Still happens (2017 Jul 9) +- + When bracketed paste is used, pasting at the ":append" prompt does not get the + line breaks. (Ken Takata, 2017 Aug 22) + +--- 663,668 ---- +*************** +*** 397,406 **** + Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is + set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923) + +- Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork()) +- Using uninitialized value in test_crypt. +- Memory leaks in test_escaped_glob +- + Patch to make gM move to middle of line. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, Sep 8, #2070) + + Cannot copy modeless selection when cursor is inside it. (lkintact, #2300) +--- 671,676 ---- +*************** +*** 410,417 **** + Now on github: #1856. Updated Oct 2017 + Got permission to include this under the Vim license. + +- Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821) +- + Test_writefile_fails_conversion failure on Solaris because if different iconv + behavior. Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872) + +--- 680,685 ---- +*************** +*** 473,484 **** + Cindent: returning a structure has more indent for the second item. + (Sam Pagenkopf, 2017 Sep 14, #2090) + +- Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files. +- Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results. E.g., type "b_" in +- terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice. +- Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found. +- (Also #1890) +- + Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a + buffer. (2013 Dec 9) + Also fixes #2166? +--- 741,746 ---- +*************** +*** 491,499 **** + Profile of a dict function is lost when the dict is deleted. Would it be + possible to collect this? (Daniel Hahler, #2350) + +- Add `:filter` support for various commands (Marcin Szamotulski, 2017 Nov 12 +- #2322) Now in #2327? +- + When checking if a bufref is valid, also check the buffer number, to catch the + case of :bwipe followed by :new. + +--- 753,758 ---- +*************** +*** 527,535 **** + Problem with using :cd when remotely editing a file. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2017 May + 8, #1690) + +- Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window +- manager. Problem with Motif? +- + Bogus characters inserted when triggering indent while changing text. + (Vitor Antunes, 2016 Nov 22, #1269) + +--- 786,791 ---- +*************** +*** 545,553 **** + + Memory leak in test97? The string is actually freed. Weird. + +- Patch to add configure flags to skip rtl, farsi and arabic support. +- (Diego Carrión, #1867) +- + assert_fails() can only check for the first error. Make it possible to have + it catch multiple errors and check all of them. + +--- 801,806 ---- +*************** +*** 586,594 **** + buffer is not deleted when using the session file. (#1393) + Should add the buffer in hidden state. + +- When an item in the quickfix list has a file name that does not exist, behave +- like the item was not a match for :cnext. +- + Wrong diff highlighting with three files. (2016 Oct 20, #1186) + Also get E749 on exit. + Another example in #1309 +--- 839,844 ---- +*************** +*** 637,646 **** + call Foo(12, all = 0) + call Foo(12, 15, 0) + +- Change the Farsi code to work with UTF-8. Possibly combined with the Arabic +- support, or similar. +- Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2) +- + Add a command to take a range of lines, filter them and put the output + somewhere else. :{range}copy {dest} !cmd + +--- 887,892 ---- +*************** +*** 668,682 **** + Problem passing non-UTF-8 strings to Python 3. (Björn Linse, 2016 Sep 11, + #1053) With patch, does it work? + +- Using --remote to open a file in which a # appears does not work on +- MS-Windows. Perhaps in \# the \ is seen as a path separator. (Axel Bender, +- 2017 Feb 9) Can we expand wildcards first and send the path literally to the +- receiving Vim? Or make an exception for #, it's not useful remotely. +- + ":sbr" docs state it respects 'switchbuf', but "vsplit" does not cause a + vertical split. (Haldean Brown, 2017 Mar 1) + + Use ADDR_OTHER instead of ADDR_LINES for many more commands. + Add tests for using number larger than number of lines in buffer. + + Might be useful to have isreadonly(), like we have islocked(). +--- 914,924 ---- + Problem passing non-UTF-8 strings to Python 3. (Björn Linse, 2016 Sep 11, + #1053) With patch, does it work? + + ":sbr" docs state it respects 'switchbuf', but "vsplit" does not cause a + vertical split. (Haldean Brown, 2017 Mar 1) + + Use ADDR_OTHER instead of ADDR_LINES for many more commands. ++ E.g. all the location list commands use a count. + Add tests for using number larger than number of lines in buffer. + + Might be useful to have isreadonly(), like we have islocked(). +*************** +*** 696,716 **** + + Patch for 'cursorlinenr' option. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 30) + +- Patch to fix profiling condition lines. (Ozaki Kiichi,, 2017 Dec 26, #2499) +- +- Patch to be able to separately map CTRL-H and BS on Windows. +- (Linwei, 2017 Jul 11, #1833) +- + When 'completeopt' has "noselect" does not insert a newline. (Lifepillar, 2017 + Apr 23, #1653) + + Window resizing with 'winfixheight': With a vertical split the height changes + anyway. (Tommy allen, 2017 Feb 21, #1502) + +- When adding an item to a new quickfix list make ":cnext" jump to that item. +- Make a difference being at the first item and not having used :cnext at all. +- (Afanasiy Fet, 2017 Jan 3) +- + Invalid behavior with NULL list. (Nikolai Pavlov, #768) + E.g. deepcopy(test_null_list()) + +--- 938,949 ---- +*************** +*** 750,755 **** +--- 983,990 ---- + - When out_cb executes :sleep, the close_cb may be invoked. (Daniel Hahler, + 2016 Dec 11, #1320) + - Implement |job-term| ? ++ - Calling a function when receiving a "call" on a channel, using feedkeys() ++ does not work. It does work from a timer. (Qiming Zhao, #3852) + - Channel test fails with Motif. Sometimes kills the X11 server. + - When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while? + Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a +*************** +*** 766,771 **** +--- 1001,1012 ---- + Although user could use "xterm -e 'cmd arg'". + + Regexp problems: ++ - NFA engine can be slow for some patterns. Dominique found out that most ++ time is spent in addstate_here() copying the threads. Instead of copying, ++ let each thread point to the next one (by offset, the list is reallocated). ++ (Dominique Pelle, 2019 Feb 18) ++ - Old engine: using 'incsearch' /\Zabc does not highlight the "c" if it has a ++ composing character. New engine is OK. (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 May 5) + - When search pattern has the base character both with and without combining + character, search fails. E.g. "รรีบ" in "การรีบรักใคร". (agguser, #2312) + - [:space:] only matches ASCII spaces. Add [:white:] for all space-like +*************** +*** 827,835 **** + use the current behavior. + Include the test. + +- Patch to add tagfunc(). Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22. +- New update 2017 Apr 10, #1628 +- + When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell + command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175) + +--- 1068,1073 ---- +*************** +*** 898,906 **** + Second problem in #966: ins_compl_add_tv() uses get_dict_string() multiple + times, overwrites the one buffer. (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Aug 5) + +- This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a- +- (Linewi, 2015 Jul 12, #914) +- + Possibly wrong value for seq_cur. (Florent Fayolle, 2016 May 15, #806) + + Filetype plugin for awk. (Doug Kearns, 2016 Sep 5) +--- 1136,1141 ---- +*************** +*** 943,949 **** + Add a way to restart a timer. It's similar to timer_stop() and timer_start(), + but the reference remains valid. + +! Need to try out instructions in INSSTALLpc.txt about how to install all + interfaces and how to build Vim with them. + Appveyor build with self-installing executable, includes getting most + interfaces: https://github.com/k-takata/vim/tree/chrisbra-appveyor-build +--- 1178,1184 ---- + Add a way to restart a timer. It's similar to timer_stop() and timer_start(), + but the reference remains valid. + +! Need to try out instructions in INSTALLpc.txt about how to install all + interfaces and how to build Vim with them. + Appveyor build with self-installing executable, includes getting most + interfaces: https://github.com/k-takata/vim/tree/chrisbra-appveyor-build +*************** +*** 994,1002 **** + Feature request: add the "al" text object, to manipulate a screen line. + Especially useful when using 'linebreak' + +- Access to uninitialized memory in match_backref() regexp_nda.c:4882 +- (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Nov 6) +- + ":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the + directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29) + +--- 1229,1234 ---- +*************** +*** 1012,1020 **** + Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24) + Update 2016 Jun 10, #861 + +- Patch to be able to use hex numbers with :digraph. (Lcd, 2015 Sep 6) +- Update Sep 7. Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1. +- + Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22) + + When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot +--- 1244,1249 ---- +*************** +*** 1029,1037 **** + 6, 2nd message) + Alternative: ":keeppos" command modifier: ":keeppos windo {cmd}". + +- Patch to fix that executable() may fail on very long filename in MS-Windows. +- (Ken Takata, 2016 Feb 1) +- + Patch to fix display of listchars on the cursorline. (Nayuri Aohime, 2013) + Update suggested by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 25: + https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477 +--- 1258,1263 ---- +*************** +*** 1046,1052 **** + Patch to add Error autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 17) + Only remembers one error. + +! Gvim: when both Tab and CTRL-I are mapped, use CTRL-I not for Tab. + + Unexpected delay when using CTRL-O u. It's not timeoutlen. + (Gary Johnson, 2015 Aug 28) +--- 1272,1278 ---- + Patch to add Error autocommand. (Anton Lindqvist, 2016 Feb 17) + Only remembers one error. + +! GVim: when both Tab and CTRL-I are mapped, use CTRL-I not for Tab. + + Unexpected delay when using CTRL-O u. It's not timeoutlen. + (Gary Johnson, 2015 Aug 28) +*************** +*** 1093,1102 **** + Build with Python on Mac does not always use the right library. + (Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2015 Mar 28) + +- Patch to add arguments to argc() and argv(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2016 Jan +- 24) Also need a way to get the global arg list? Update later on Jan 24 +- Update Mar 5. Update Apr 7. Update Jun 5. +- + To support Thai (and other languages) word boundaries, include the ICU + library: http://userguide.icu-project.org/boundaryanalysis + +--- 1319,1324 ---- +*************** +*** 1201,1212 **** + + Adding "~" to 'cdpath' doesn't work for completion? (Davido, 2013 Aug 19) + +- Should be easy to highlight all matches with 'incsearch'. Idea by Itchyny, +- 2015 Feb 6. +- +- Wrong scrolling when using incsearch. Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 Dec 4. +- Is this a good solution? +- + Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting. + (Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2) + +--- 1423,1428 ---- +*************** +*** 1224,1231 **** + Updated patch by Roland Eggner, Dec 16 + Updated patch from Charles, 2016 Jul 2 + +- Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6) +- + Patch for building a 32bit Vim with 64bit MingW compiler. + (Michael Soyka, 2014 Oct 15) + +--- 1440,1445 ---- +*************** +*** 1371,1383 **** + + Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16) + +- Patch to right-align signs. (James Kolb (email james), 2013 Sep 23) +- + Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12) + +- Patch to add "ntab" item in 'listchars' to repeat first character. (Nathaniel +- Braun, pragm, 2013 Oct 13) A better solution 2014 Mar 5. +- + 7 Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow + pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to + "lucida_console:h8"). +--- 1585,1592 ---- +*************** +*** 1385,1393 **** + + :help gives example for z?, but it does not work. m? and t? do work. + +- Patch to add funcref to Lua. (Luis Carvalho, 2013 Sep 4) +- With tests: Sep 5. +- + Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10) + + Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6. +--- 1594,1599 ---- +*************** +*** 1443,1451 **** + Patch to support 'u' in interactive substitute. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Sep + 28) With tests: Oct 9. + +- Patch from Christian Brabandt to make the "buffer" argument for ":sign place" +- optional. (2013 Jul 12) +- + Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2) + + Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec) +--- 1649,1654 ---- +*************** +*** 1470,1479 **** + + Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9) + +- Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27) +- +- Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15) +- + Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17) + + b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan +--- 1673,1678 ---- +*************** +*** 1492,1500 **** + Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns. + (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 16, update Jan 17) + +- Patch to add new regexp classes :ident:, :keyword:, :fname:. +- (ichizok, 2016 Jan 12, #1373) +- + Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24) + But use Gnome instead of GTK? + +--- 1691,1696 ---- +*************** +*** 1521,1529 **** + Suggestion for another map. (Philip Mat, 2012 Jun 18) + But use "gi" instead of "a". Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O. + +- Patch to support user name completion on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012 +- Aug 16) +- + When there are no command line arguments ":next" and ":argu" give E163, which + is confusing. Should say "the argument list is empty". + +--- 1717,1722 ---- +*************** +*** 1543,1553 **** + for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3) + Do give the prompt? Quit with an error? + +- Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14) +- +- Patch to add digraph() function. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22, update Aug +- 24) +- + Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18) + + Update Vim app icon (for Gnome). (Jakub Steiner, 2013 Dec 6) +--- 1736,1741 ---- +*************** +*** 1654,1659 **** +--- 1842,1848 ---- + Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off. Does this have nasty side + effects? (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12) + Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest(). ++ https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/enable_spellchecking + + On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a + 64 bits value. Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the +*************** +*** 1802,1814 **** + + setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11) + +- 7 The 'directory' option supports changing path separators to "%" to make +- file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski) +- Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Oct 21. +- Is this an update: related to: #179 +- https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/backupdir +- Fixed patch 2017 Jul 1. +- + With "tw=55 fo+=a" typing space before ) doesn't work well. (Scott Mcdermott, + 2010 Oct 24) + +--- 1991,1996 ---- +*************** +*** 1836,1842 **** + Don't call check_restricted() for histadd(), setbufvar(), settabvar(), + setwinvar(). + +! Patch for GVimExt to show an icon. (Dominik Riebeling, 2010 Nov 7) + + When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines + instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10) +--- 2018,2024 ---- + Don't call check_restricted() for histadd(), setbufvar(), settabvar(), + setwinvar(). + +! Patch for gVimExt to show an icon. (Dominik Riebeling, 2010 Nov 7) + + When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines + instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10) +*************** +*** 1904,1912 **** + Patch to use 'foldnestmax' also for "marker" foldmethod. (Arnaud Lacombe, 2011 + Jan 7) + +- Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17) +- Only with "vim -u NONE". +- + Problem with editing file in binary mode. (Ingo Krabbe, 2009 Oct 8) + + With 'wildmode' set to "longest:full,full" and pressing Tab once the first +--- 2086,2091 ---- +*************** +*** 1952,1963 **** + Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6) + Probably needs a bit of work. + +- Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2) +- Added test, updates, June 23. +- Updated for 7.4: http://litcave.rudi.ir/farsi_vim.diff +- With modification for Tatweel character: https://dpaste.de/VmFw +- Remark from Ameretat Reith (2014 Oct 13) +- + List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiwara, 2009 Jul 18) + Are they all OK? Update Jul 22. + +--- 2131,2136 ---- +*************** +*** 1996,2003 **** + + Patch for GTK buttons X1Mouse and X2Mouse. (Christian J. Robinson, 2010 Aug 9) + +- Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields. +- + ":tab split fname" doesn't set the alternate file in the original window, + because win_valid() always returns FALSE. Below win_new_tabpage() in + ex_docmd.c. +--- 2169,2174 ---- +*************** +*** 2114,2129 **** + "gqip" in Insert mode has an off-by-one error, causing it to reflow text. + (Raul Coronado, 2009 Nov 2) + +- Update src/testdir/main.aap. +- + Something wrong with session that has "cd" commands and "badd", in such a way + that Vim doesn't find the edited file in the buffer list, causing the + ATTENTION message? (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1) + Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/ One has relative file name ".mozilla/...". + +- Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6) +- Maybe call it v:motiontype. +- + MS-Windows: editing the first, empty buffer, 'ffs' set to "unix,dos", ":enew" + doesn't set 'ff' to "unix". (Ben Fritz, 2008 Dec 5) Reusing the old buffer + probably causes this. +--- 2285,2295 ---- +*************** +*** 2313,2321 **** + Bug in using a transparent syntax region. (Hanlen in vim-dev maillist, 2007 + Jul 31) + +- C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error. +- (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1) +- + When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge + and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31) + +--- 2479,2484 ---- +*************** +*** 2366,2373 **** + but when compiling further tests -liconv is added without the -L argument, + that may fail (e.g., sizeof(int)). (Blaine, 2007 Aug 21) + +- When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking? +- + Problem with ".add" files when using two languages and restarting Vim. (Raul + Coronado, 2008 Oct 30) + +--- 2529,2534 ---- +*************** +*** 2419,2425 **** + moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25) + + Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry. +! Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry. + Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an + argument list or opening each file in a separate tab. + (Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26) +--- 2580,2586 ---- + moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25) + + Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry. +! GvimExt: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry. + Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an + argument list or opening each file in a separate tab. + (Erik Falor, 2008 May 21, 2008 Jun 26) +*************** +*** 2430,2436 **** + Dos uninstal may delete vim.bat from the wrong directory (e.g., when someone + makes his own wrapper). Add a magic string with the version number to the + .bat file and check for it in the uninstaller. E.g. +! # uninstall key: vim7.3* + + Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov, + 2007 Feb 8) +--- 2591,2597 ---- + Dos uninstal may delete vim.bat from the wrong directory (e.g., when someone + makes his own wrapper). Add a magic string with the version number to the + .bat file and check for it in the uninstaller. E.g. +! # uninstall key: vim8.1* + + Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov, + 2007 Feb 8) +*************** +*** 2495,2501 **** + When using --remote-silent and the file name matches 'wildignore' get an E479 + error. without --remote-silent it works fine. (Ben Fritz, 2008 Jun 20) + +! Gvim: dialog for closing Vim should check if Vim is busy writing a file. Then + use a different dialog: "busy saving, really quit? yes / no". + + Check other interfaces for changing curbuf in a wrong way. Patch like for +--- 2656,2662 ---- + When using --remote-silent and the file name matches 'wildignore' get an E479 + error. without --remote-silent it works fine. (Ben Fritz, 2008 Jun 20) + +! GVim: dialog for closing Vim should check if Vim is busy writing a file. Then + use a different dialog: "busy saving, really quit? yes / no". + + Check other interfaces for changing curbuf in a wrong way. Patch like for +*************** +*** 2711,2719 **** + Is it allowed that 'backupext' is empty? Problems when backup is in same dir + as original file? If it's OK don't compare with 'patchmode'. (Thierry Closen) + +- Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro, 2007 +- Jan 1) +- + Patch for adding ":lscscope". (Navdeep Parhar, 2007 Apr 26; update 2008 Apr + 23) + +--- 2872,2877 ---- +*************** +*** 2778,2785 **** + - Another patch for Javascript indenting. (Hari Kumar, 2010 Jul 11) + Needs a few tests. + - Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3) +- - Load intl.dll too, not only libintl.dll. (Mike Williams, 2006 May 9, docs +- patch May 10) + - Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric + Arnold, 2006 May 22) + - 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file. +--- 2936,2941 ---- +*************** +*** 2868,2875 **** + + 1", but that's ugly. + 7 Add patch from Benoit Cerrina to integrate Vim and Perl functions + better. Now also works for Ruby (2001 Nov 10) +- - Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the +- quickfix window (2004 dec 2) + 7 When 'rightleft' is set, the search pattern should be displayed right + to left as well? See patch of Dec 26. (Nadim Shaikli) + 8 Option to lock all used memory so that it doesn't get swapped to disk +--- 3024,3029 ---- +*************** +*** 2887,2892 **** +--- 3041,3079 ---- + and GTK by degreneir (nov 10 and nov 18). + - Patch for "paranoid mode" by Kevin Collins, March 7. Needs much more work. + ++ Better 'rightleft' or BIDI support: ++ - Minimal Vi with bidi support: https://github.com/aligrudi/neatvi ++ By Ali Gholami Rudi, also worked on arabic.c ++ ++ Quickfix/Location List: ++ - Window size is wrong when using quickfix window. (Lifepillar, 2018 Aug 24, ++ #2999) ++ - When using CTRL-W CR in the quickfix window, the jumplist in the opened ++ window is cleared, to avoid going back to the list of errors buffer (would ++ have two windows with it). Can we just remove the jump list entries for ++ the quickfix buffer? ++ - Quickfix window height is not kept with a vertical split. (Lifepillar, ++ 2018 Jun 10, #2998) ++ - When an item in the quickfix list has a file name that does not exist, ++ behave like the item was not a match for :cnext. ++ - When adding an item to a new quickfix list make ":cnext" jump to that ++ item. Make a difference being at the first item and not having used ++ :cnext at all. (Afanasiy Fet, 2017 Jan 3) ++ - This does not work: :set cscopequickfix=a- ++ (Linewi, 2015 Jul 12, #914) ++ - When opening quickfix window, disable spell checking? ++ - Patch for supporting count before CR in quickfix window. (AOYAMA Shotaro, ++ 2007 Jan 1) ++ - Patch from Herculano de Lima Einloft Neto for better formatting of the ++ quickfix window (2004 dec 2) ++ - Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25 ++ errors. How do we get the rest? ++ 8 The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'. Add an ++ option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it. Also for ++ ":grep" and ":helpgrep". ++ More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function). ++ 7 Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the ++ first quickfix location. ":cbefore"? + + Vi incompatibility: + - Try new POSIX tests, made after my comments. (Geoff Clare, 2005 April 7) +*************** +*** 2974,2981 **** + 8 The -P argument doesn't work very well with many MDI applications. + The last argument of CreateWindowEx() should be used, see MSDN docs. + Tutorial: http://win32assembly.online.fr/tut32.html +- 8 In eval.c, io.h is included when MSWIN32 is defined. Shouldn't this be +- WIN32? Or can including io.h be moved to vim.h? (Dan Sharp) + 6 Win32 GUI: With "-u NONE -U NONE" and doing "CTRL-W v" "CTRL-W o", the ":" + of ":only" is highlighted like the cursor. (Lipelis) + 8 When 'encoding' is "utf-8", should use 'guifont' for both normal and wide +--- 3161,3166 ---- +*************** +*** 3382,3389 **** + 'magic' in history. (Margo) + 9 optwin.vim: Restoring a mapping for <Space> or <CR> is not correct for + ":noremap". Add "mapcmd({string}, {mode})? Use code from ":mkexrc". +- 9 incsearch is incorrect for "/that/<Return>/this/;//" (last search pattern +- isn't updated). + 9 term_console is used before it is set (msdos, Amiga). + 9 Get out-of-memory for ":g/^/,$s//@/" on 1000 lines, this is not handled + correctly. Get many error messages while redrawing the screen, which +--- 3567,3572 ---- +*************** +*** 3404,3412 **** + 7 X11: Some people prefer to use CLIPBOARD instead of PRIMARY for the normal + selection. Add an "xclipboard" argument to the 'clipboard' option? (Mark + Waggoner) +- 8 For xterm need to open a connection to the X server to get the window +- title, which can be slow. Can also get the title with "<Esc>[21t", no +- need to use X11 calls. This returns "<Esc>]l{title}<Esc>\". + 6 When the xterm reports the number of colors, a redraw occurs. This is + annoying on a slow connection. Wait for the xterm to report the number of + colors before drawing the screen. With a timeout. +--- 3587,3592 ---- +*************** +*** 3536,3543 **** + - In zsh, "gvim&" changes the terminal settings. This is a zsh problem. + (Jennings) + - Problem with HPterm under X: old contents of window is lost (Cosentino). +- - Amiga: When using quickfix with the Manx compiler we only get the first 25 +- errors. How do we get the rest? + - Amiga: The ":cq" command does not always abort the Manx compiler. Why? + - Linux: A file with protection r--rw-rw- is seen readonly for others. The + access() function in GNU libc is probably wrong. +--- 3716,3721 ---- +*************** +*** 3608,3613 **** +--- 3786,3792 ---- + Alternative: Make a function for Ex commands: cmd_edit(). + - Add COLUMN NUMBERS to ":" commands ":line1,line2[col1,col2]cmd". Block + can be selected with CTRL-V. Allow '$' (end of line) for col2. ++ (issue #3292) + - ECLIPSE plugin. Problem is: the interface is very complicated. Need to + implement part in Java and then connect to Vim. Some hints from Alexandru + Roman, 2004 Dec 15. Should then also work with Oracle Jdeveloper, see JSR +*************** +*** 3711,3718 **** + 8 Add local options for each tab page? E.g., 'diffopt' could differ between + tab pages. + 7 Add local highlighting for each tab page? +- 7 Add local directory for tab pages? How would this interfere with +- window-local directories? + + + Spell checking: +--- 3890,3895 ---- +*************** +*** 3816,3822 **** + secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=) + 8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves + through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling. +! 8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only. + 8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the + behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the + user aware of this? +--- 3993,4000 ---- + secondary: zB zS zT zZ, z=) + 8 Vertical folds: looks like vertically split windows, but the cursor moves + through the vertical separator, separator moves when scrolling. +! 8 Add "z/" and "z?" for searching in not folded text only. Or use a regexp +! item, so that it can be used in any pattern. + 8 When a closed fold is displayed open because of 'foldminlines', the + behavior of commands is still like the fold is closed. How to make the + user aware of this? +*************** +*** 3869,3878 **** + 8 Add an item in 'fileencodings' to check the first line of an XML file for + the encoding. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> Or "charset=UTF-8"? + For HTML look for "charset=utf-8". +- 8 The quickfix file is read without conversion, thus in 'encoding'. Add an +- option to specify the encoding of the errorfile and convert it. Also for +- ":grep" and ":helpgrep". +- More generic solution: support a filter (e.g., by calling a function). + 8 When a file was converted from 'fileencoding' to 'encoding', a tag search + should also do this on the search pattern. (Andrzej M. Ostruszka) + 8 When filtering changes the encoding 'fileencoding' may not work. E.g., +--- 4047,4052 ---- +*************** +*** 4178,4185 **** + virtualmode() add argument to obtain whether "$" was used in + Visual block mode. + getacp() Win32: get codepage (Glenn Maynard) +- deletebufline() delete line in any buffer +- appendbufline() append line in any buffer + libcall() Allow more than one argument. + libcallext() Like libcall(), but using a callback function + to allow the library to execute a command or +--- 4352,4357 ---- +*************** +*** 4652,4661 **** + command used dos fileformat. Same for 'fileencoding'. + - Add events to autocommands: + Error - When an error happens +! NormalEnter - Entering Normal mode +! ReplaceEnter - Entering Replace mode +! VisualEnter - Entering Visual mode +! *Leave - Leaving a mode (in pair with the above *Enter) + VimLeaveCheck - Before Vim decides to exit, so that it can be cancelled + when exiting isn't a good idea. + CursorHoldC - CursorHold while command-line editing +--- 4824,4830 ---- + command used dos fileformat. Same for 'fileencoding'. + - Add events to autocommands: + Error - When an error happens +! ModeChange - after changing mode (before waiting for a char) + VimLeaveCheck - Before Vim decides to exit, so that it can be cancelled + when exiting isn't a good idea. + CursorHoldC - CursorHold while command-line editing +*************** +*** 5167,5182 **** + + + Incsearch: +! - Add a limit to the number of lines that are searched for 'incsearch'? + - When no match is found and the user types more, the screen is redrawn + anyway. Could skip that. Esp. if the line wraps and the text is scrolled + up every time. +- - Temporarily open folds to show where the search ends up. Restore the +- folds when going to another line. + - When incsearch used and hitting return, no need to search again in many + cases, saves a lot of time in big files. (Slootman wants to work on this?) + When not using special characters, can continue search from the last match + (or not at all, when there was no match). See oldmail/webb/in.872. + + + Searching: +--- 5336,5357 ---- + + + Incsearch: +! - Wrong scrolling when using incsearch. Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 +! Dec 4. Is this a good solution? +! - Temporarily open folds to show where the search ends up. Restore the +! folds when going to another line. +! Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6) +! - Bug with 'incsearch' going to wrong line. (Wolfram Kresse, 2009 Aug 17) +! Only with "vim -u NONE". + - When no match is found and the user types more, the screen is redrawn + anyway. Could skip that. Esp. if the line wraps and the text is scrolled + up every time. + - When incsearch used and hitting return, no need to search again in many + cases, saves a lot of time in big files. (Slootman wants to work on this?) + When not using special characters, can continue search from the last match + (or not at all, when there was no match). See oldmail/webb/in.872. ++ 9 incsearch is incorrect for "/that/<Return>/this/;//" (last search pattern ++ isn't updated). + + + Searching: +*************** +*** 5479,5487 **** + that marks if the option was set. Useful to keep the effect of setting + 'compatible' after ":syntax on" has been used. + 7 There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas) +- 7 Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the +- quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway) +- Also do 'sidescrolloff'. + + + External commands: +--- 5654,5659 ---- +*************** +*** 5662,5668 **** + 7 Store the history from debug mode in viminfo. + 7 Make the debug mode history available with histget() et al. + +- + Various improvements: + 7 Add plugins for formatting? Should be able to make a choice depending on + the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.). +--- 5834,5839 ---- +*************** +*** 5683,5690 **** + from the 'makeprg'? + - Add %b to 'errorformat': buffer number. (Yegappan Lakshmanan / Suresh + Govindachar) +- 7 Add a command that goes back to the position from before jumping to the +- first quickfix location. ":cbefore"? + 7 Allow a window not to have a statusline. Makes it possible to use a + window as a buffer-tab selection. + 8 Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner) +--- 5854,5859 ---- +*************** +*** 5816,5822 **** + used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range]. + A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If + [range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all +! lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set. {not in Vi} + - Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat(). + - When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta + characters from 'isprint'. +--- 5985,5991 ---- + used, remove the <CR> at the end of lines in [range]. + A CTRL-Z at the end of the file is removed. If + [range] is omitted, or it is the whole file, and all +! lines end in <CR> 'textmode' is set. + - Should integrate addstar() and file_pat_to_reg_pat(). + - When working over a serial line with 7 bit characters, remove meta + characters from 'isprint'. +*************** +*** 6090,6094 **** + are reflected in each Vim immediately. Could work with local files but + also over the internet. See http://www.codingmonkeys.de/subethaedit/. + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl: + vim: set fo+=n : +--- 6259,6263 ---- + are reflected in each Vim immediately. Could work with local files but + also over the internet. See http://www.codingmonkeys.de/subethaedit/. + +! vim:tw=78:sw=4:sts=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: + vim: set fo+=n : +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/uganda.txt 2018-05-17 16:20:48.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/uganda.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 285,288 **** + + This address is expected to be valid for a long time. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 285,288 ---- + + This address is expected to be valid for a long time. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/undo.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/undo.txt 2019-05-05 17:54:24.650384207 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *undo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2014 May 24 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *undo.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 25,31 **** + :u[ndo] Undo one change. {Vi: only one level} + *E830* + :u[ndo] {N} Jump to after change number {N}. See |undo-branches| +! for the meaning of {N}. {not in Vi} + + *CTRL-R* + CTRL-R Redo [count] changes which were undone. {Vi: redraw +--- 25,31 ---- + :u[ndo] Undo one change. {Vi: only one level} + *E830* + :u[ndo] {N} Jump to after change number {N}. See |undo-branches| +! for the meaning of {N}. + + *CTRL-R* + CTRL-R Redo [count] changes which were undone. {Vi: redraw +*************** +*** 95,101 **** + Warning: Use with care, it may prevent the user from + properly undoing changes. Don't use this after undo + or redo. +- {not in Vi} + + This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway through a change. + For example in a function that calls |getchar()|. Do make sure that there was +--- 95,100 ---- +*************** +*** 151,157 **** + + *g-* + g- Go to older text state. With a count repeat that many +! times. {not in Vi} + *:ea* *:earlier* + :earlier {count} Go to older text state {count} times. + :earlier {N}s Go to older text state about {N} seconds before. +--- 150,156 ---- + + *g-* + g- Go to older text state. With a count repeat that many +! times. + *:ea* *:earlier* + :earlier {count} Go to older text state {count} times. + :earlier {N}s Go to older text state about {N} seconds before. +*************** +*** 170,176 **** + + *g+* + g+ Go to newer text state. With a count repeat that many +! times. {not in Vi} + *:lat* *:later* + :later {count} Go to newer text state {count} times. + :later {N}s Go to newer text state about {N} seconds later. +--- 169,175 ---- + + *g+* + g+ Go to newer text state. With a count repeat that many +! times. + *:lat* *:later* + :later {count} Go to newer text state {count} times. + :later {N}s Go to newer text state about {N} seconds later. +*************** +*** 259,264 **** +--- 258,269 ---- + When the file is encrypted, the text in the undo file is also crypted. The + same key and method is used. |encryption| + ++ Note that text properties are not stored in the undo file. You can restore ++ text properties so long as a buffer is loaded, but you cannot restore them ++ from an undo file. Rationale: It would require the associated text property ++ types to be defined in exactly the same was as before, which cannot be ++ guaranteed. ++ + You can also save and restore undo histories by using ":wundo" and ":rundo" + respectively: + *:wundo* *:rundo* +*************** +*** 274,283 **** + the existing file and then creating a new file with the same + name. So it is not possible to overwrite an existing undofile + in a write-protected directory. +- {not in Vi} + + :rundo {file} Read undo history from {file}. +- {not in Vi} + + You can use these in autocommands to explicitly specify the name of the + history file. E.g.: > +--- 279,286 ---- +*************** +*** 368,377 **** + :unlet old_undolevels + + Marks for the buffer ('a to 'z) are also saved and restored, together with the +! text. {Vi does this a little bit different} + + When all changes have been undone, the buffer is not considered to be changed. +! It is then possible to exit Vim with ":q" instead of ":q!" {not in Vi}. Note + that this is relative to the last write of the file. Typing "u" after ":w" + actually changes the buffer, compared to what was written, so the buffer is + considered changed then. +--- 371,380 ---- + :unlet old_undolevels + + Marks for the buffer ('a to 'z) are also saved and restored, together with the +! text. + + When all changes have been undone, the buffer is not considered to be changed. +! It is then possible to exit Vim with ":q" instead of ":q!". Note + that this is relative to the last write of the file. Typing "u" after ":w" + actually changes the buffer, compared to what was written, so the buffer is + considered changed then. +*************** +*** 403,406 **** + first put, and repeat the put command for the second register. Repeat the + 'u.' until you got what you want. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 406,409 ---- + first put, and repeat the put command for the second register. Repeat the + 'u.' until you got what you want. + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_01.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_01.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 189,192 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_02.txt| The first steps in Vim + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 189,192 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_02.txt| The first steps in Vim + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_02.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_02.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 698,701 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_03.txt| Moving around + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 698,701 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_03.txt| Moving around + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_03.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_03.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 654,657 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_04.txt| Making small changes + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 654,657 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_04.txt| Making small changes + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_04.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_04.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 511,514 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_05.txt| Set your settings + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 511,514 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_05.txt| Set your settings + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_05.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_05.txt 2019-02-27 14:54:28.115209213 +0100 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *usr_05.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Feb 20 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +--- 1,4 ---- +! *usr_05.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Feb 27 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +*************** +*** 11,22 **** + + |05.1| The vimrc file + |05.2| The example vimrc file explained +! |05.3| Simple mappings +! |05.4| Adding a package +! |05.5| Adding a plugin +! |05.6| Adding a help file +! |05.7| The option window +! |05.8| Often used options + + Next chapter: |usr_06.txt| Using syntax highlighting + Previous chapter: |usr_04.txt| Making small changes +--- 11,23 ---- + + |05.1| The vimrc file + |05.2| The example vimrc file explained +! |05.3| The defaults.vim file explained +! |05.4| Simple mappings +! |05.5| Adding a package +! |05.6| Adding a plugin +! |05.7| Adding a help file +! |05.8| The option window +! |05.9| Often used options + + Next chapter: |usr_06.txt| Using syntax highlighting + Previous chapter: |usr_04.txt| Making small changes +*************** +*** 82,131 **** + will be explained though. Use the ":help" command to find out more. + + > +! set nocompatible +! +! As mentioned in the first chapter, these manuals explain Vim working in an +! improved way, thus not completely Vi compatible. Setting the 'compatible' +! option off, thus 'nocompatible' takes care of this. +! +! > +! set backspace=indent,eol,start +! +! This specifies where in Insert mode the <BS> is allowed to delete the +! character in front of the cursor. The three items, separated by commas, tell +! Vim to delete the white space at the start of the line, a line break and the +! character before where Insert mode started. +! > + +! set autoindent + +- This makes Vim use the indent of the previous line for a newly created line. +- Thus there is the same amount of white space before the new line. For example +- when pressing <Enter> in Insert mode, and when using the "o" command to open a +- new line. + > +- + if has("vms") + set nobackup + else + set backup + endif + + This tells Vim to keep a backup copy of a file when overwriting it. But not + on the VMS system, since it keeps old versions of files already. The backup + file will have the same name as the original file with "~" added. See |07.4| + > + +! set history=50 + +- Keep 50 commands and 50 search patterns in the history. Use another number if +- you want to remember fewer or more lines. + > + + set ruler + + Always display the current cursor position in the lower right corner of the +! Vim window. + + > + set showcmd +--- 83,202 ---- + will be explained though. Use the ":help" command to find out more. + + > +! " Get the defaults that most users want. +! source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim + +! This loads the "defaults.vim" file in the $VIMRUNTIME directory. This sets up +! Vim for how most users like it. If you are one of the few that don't, then +! comment out this line. The commands are explained below: +! |defaults.vim-explained| + + > + if has("vms") + set nobackup + else + set backup ++ if has('persistent_undo') ++ set undofile ++ endif + endif + + This tells Vim to keep a backup copy of a file when overwriting it. But not + on the VMS system, since it keeps old versions of files already. The backup + file will have the same name as the original file with "~" added. See |07.4| ++ ++ This also sets the 'undofile' option, if available. This will store the ++ multi-level undo information in a file. The result is that when you change a ++ file, exit Vim, and then edit the file again, you can undo the changes made ++ previously. It's a very powerful and useful feature, at the cost of storing a ++ file. For more information see |undo-persistence|. ++ ++ The "if" command is very useful to set options ++ only when some condition is met. More about that in |usr_41.txt|. ++ ++ > ++ if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running") ++ set hlsearch ++ endif ++ ++ This switches on the 'hlsearch' option, telling Vim to highlight matches with ++ the last used search pattern. ++ ++ > ++ augroup vimrcEx ++ au! ++ autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78 ++ augroup END ++ ++ This makes Vim break text to avoid lines getting longer than 78 characters. ++ But only for files that have been detected to be plain text. There are ++ actually two parts here. "autocmd FileType text" is an autocommand. This ++ defines that when the file type is set to "text" the following command is ++ automatically executed. "setlocal textwidth=78" sets the 'textwidth' option ++ to 78, but only locally in one file. ++ ++ The wrapper with "augroup vimrcEx" and "augroup END" makes it possible to ++ delete the autocommand with the "au!" command. See |:augroup|. ++ ++ > ++ if has('syntax') && has('eval') ++ packadd! matchit ++ endif ++ ++ This loads the "matchit" plugin if the required features are available. ++ It makes the |%| command more powerful. This is explained at ++ |matchit-install|. ++ ++ ++ ============================================================================== ++ *05.3* The defaults.vim file explained *defaults.vim-explained* ++ ++ The |defaults.vim| file is loaded when the user has no vimrc file. When you ++ create a new vimrc file, add this line near the top to keep using it: > ++ ++ source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim ++ ++ Or use the vimrc_example.vim file, as explained above. ++ ++ The following explains what defaults.vim is doing. ++ ++ > ++ if exists('skip_defaults_vim') ++ finish ++ endif ++ ++ Loading defaults.vim can be disabled with this command: > ++ let skip_defaults_vim = 1 ++ This has to be done in the system vimrc file. See |system-vimrc|. If you ++ have a user vimrc this is not needed, since defaults.vim will not be loaded ++ automatically. ++ + > ++ set nocompatible + +! As mentioned in the first chapter, these manuals explain Vim working in an +! improved way, thus not completely Vi compatible. Setting the 'compatible' +! option off, thus 'nocompatible' takes care of this. + + > ++ set backspace=indent,eol,start + ++ This specifies where in Insert mode the <BS> is allowed to delete the ++ character in front of the cursor. The three items, separated by commas, tell ++ Vim to delete the white space at the start of the line, a line break and the ++ character before where Insert mode started. See 'backspace'. ++ ++ > ++ set history=200 ++ ++ Keep 200 commands and 200 search patterns in the history. Use another number ++ if you want to remember fewer or more lines. See 'history'. ++ ++ > + set ruler + + Always display the current cursor position in the lower right corner of the +! Vim window. See 'ruler'. + + > + set showcmd +*************** +*** 144,153 **** + ^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^ + 'showmode' 'showcmd' 'ruler' + + > + set incsearch + +! Display the match for a search pattern when halfway typing it. + + > + map Q gq +--- 215,251 ---- + ^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^ + 'showmode' 'showcmd' 'ruler' + ++ ++ > ++ set wildmenu ++ ++ Display completion matches in a status line. That is when you type <Tab> and ++ there is more than one match. See 'wildmenu'. ++ ++ > ++ set ttimeout ++ set ttimeoutlen=100 ++ ++ This makes typing Esc take effect more quickly. Normally Vim waits a second ++ to see if the Esc is the start of an escape sequence. If you have a very slow ++ remote connection, increase the number. See 'ttimeout'. ++ ++ > ++ set display=truncate ++ ++ Show @@@ in the last line if it is truncated, instead of hiding the whole ++ like. See 'display'. ++ + > + set incsearch + +! Display the match for a search pattern when halfway typing it. See +! 'incsearch'. +! +! > +! set nrformats-=octal +! +! Do not recognize numbers starting with a zero as octal. See 'nrformats'. + + > + map Q gq +*************** +*** 158,180 **** + will not need it. + + > + vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" . escape(@", '\\/') . "/ *.c *.h"<CR> + + This mapping yanks the visually selected text and searches for it in C files. +! This is a complicated mapping. You can see that mappings can be used to do +! quite complicated things. Still, it is just a sequence of commands that are +! executed like you typed them. + + > +! if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running") +! syntax on +! set hlsearch +! endif + +! This switches on syntax highlighting, but only if colors are available. And +! the 'hlsearch' option tells Vim to highlight matches with the last used search +! pattern. The "if" command is very useful to set options only when some +! condition is met. More about that in |usr_41.txt|. + + *vimrc-filetype* > + filetype plugin indent on +--- 256,285 ---- + will not need it. + + > ++ inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U> ++ ++ CTRL-U in insert mode deletes all entered text in the current line. Use ++ CTRL-G u to first break undo, so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a ++ line break. Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>". ++ ++ > ++ if has('mouse') ++ set mouse=a ++ endif ++ ++ Enable using the mouse if available. See 'mouse'. ++ ++ > + vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" . escape(@", '\\/') . "/ *.c *.h"<CR> + + This mapping yanks the visually selected text and searches for it in C files. +! You can see that a mapping can be used to do quite complicated things. Still, +! it is just a sequence of commands that are executed like you typed them. + + > +! syntax on + +! Enable highlighting files in color. See |syntax|. + + *vimrc-filetype* > + filetype plugin indent on +*************** +*** 201,221 **** + automatically. Vim comes with these indent rules for a number of + filetypes. See |:filetype-indent-on| and 'indentexpr'. + +- > +- autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78 + +! This makes Vim break text to avoid lines getting longer than 78 characters. +! But only for files that have been detected to be plain text. There are +! actually two parts here. "autocmd FileType text" is an autocommand. This +! defines that when the file type is set to "text" the following command is +! automatically executed. "setlocal textwidth=78" sets the 'textwidth' option +! to 78, but only locally in one file. +! +! *restore-cursor* > +! autocmd BufReadPost * +! \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") | +! \ exe "normal! g`\"" | +! \ endif + + Another autocommand. This time it is used after reading any file. The + complicated stuff after it checks if the '" mark is defined, and jumps to it +--- 306,317 ---- + automatically. Vim comes with these indent rules for a number of + filetypes. See |:filetype-indent-on| and 'indentexpr'. + + +! *restore-cursor* *last-position-jump* > +! autocmd BufReadPost * +! \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit' +! \ | exe "normal! g`\"" +! \ | endif + + Another autocommand. This time it is used after reading any file. The + complicated stuff after it checks if the '" mark is defined, and jumps to it +*************** +*** 224,231 **** + See |line-continuation|. This only works in a Vim script file, not when + typing commands at the command-line. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.3* Simple mappings + + A mapping enables you to bind a set of Vim commands to a single key. Suppose, + for example, that you need to surround certain words with curly braces. In +--- 320,341 ---- + See |line-continuation|. This only works in a Vim script file, not when + typing commands at the command-line. + ++ > ++ command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ | diffthis ++ \ | wincmd p | diffthis ++ ++ This adds the ":DiffOrig" command. Use this in a modified buffer to see the ++ differences with the file it was loaded from. See |diff| and |:DiffOrig|. ++ ++ > ++ set nolangremap ++ ++ Prevent that the langmap option applies to characters that result from a ++ mapping. If set (default), this may break plugins (but it's backward ++ compatible). See 'langremap'. ++ + ============================================================================== +! *05.4* Simple mappings + + A mapping enables you to bind a set of Vim commands to a single key. Suppose, + for example, that you need to surround certain words with curly braces. In +*************** +*** 272,278 **** + least the ones for Normal mode. More about mappings in section |40.1|. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.4* Adding a package *add-package* *matchit-install* + + A package is a set of files that you can add to Vim. There are two kinds of + packages: optional and automatically loaded on startup. +--- 382,388 ---- + least the ones for Normal mode. More about mappings in section |40.1|. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.5* Adding a package *add-package* *matchit-install* + + A package is a set of files that you can add to Vim. There are two kinds of + packages: optional and automatically loaded on startup. +*************** +*** 310,316 **** + More information about packages can be found here: |packages|. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.5* Adding a plugin *add-plugin* *plugin* + + Vim's functionality can be extended by adding plugins. A plugin is nothing + more than a Vim script file that is loaded automatically when Vim starts. You +--- 420,426 ---- + More information about packages can be found here: |packages|. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.6* Adding a plugin *add-plugin* *plugin* + + Vim's functionality can be extended by adding plugins. A plugin is nothing + more than a Vim script file that is loaded automatically when Vim starts. You +*************** +*** 344,351 **** + GETTING A GLOBAL PLUGIN + + Where can you find plugins? + - Some come with Vim. You can find them in the directory $VIMRUNTIME/macros +! and its sub-directories. + - Download from the net. There is a large collection on http://www.vim.org. + - They are sometimes posted in a Vim |maillist|. + - You could write one yourself, see |write-plugin|. +--- 454,462 ---- + GETTING A GLOBAL PLUGIN + + Where can you find plugins? ++ - Some are always loaded, you can see them in the directory $VIMRUNTIME/plugin. + - Some come with Vim. You can find them in the directory $VIMRUNTIME/macros +! and its sub-directories and under $VIM/vimfiles/pack/dist/opt/. + - Download from the net. There is a large collection on http://www.vim.org. + - They are sometimes posted in a Vim |maillist|. + - You could write one yourself, see |write-plugin|. +*************** +*** 461,467 **** + |new-filetype| How to detect a new file type. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.6* Adding a help file *add-local-help* + + If you are lucky, the plugin you installed also comes with a help file. We + will explain how to install the help file, so that you can easily find help +--- 572,578 ---- + |new-filetype| How to detect a new file type. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.7* Adding a help file *add-local-help* + + If you are lucky, the plugin you installed also comes with a help file. We + will explain how to install the help file, so that you can easily find help +*************** +*** 506,512 **** + For writing a local help file, see |write-local-help|. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.7* The option window + + If you are looking for an option that does what you want, you can search in + the help files here: |options|. Another way is by using this command: > +--- 617,623 ---- + For writing a local help file, see |write-local-help|. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.8* The option window + + If you are looking for an option that does what you want, you can search in + the help files here: |options|. Another way is by using this command: > +*************** +*** 545,551 **** + from the window border where scrolling starts. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.8* Often used options + + There are an awful lot of options. Most of them you will hardly ever use. + Some of the more useful ones will be mentioned here. Don't forget you can +--- 656,662 ---- + from the window border where scrolling starts. + + ============================================================================== +! *05.9* Often used options + + There are an awful lot of options. Most of them you will hardly ever use. + Some of the more useful ones will be mentioned here. Don't forget you can +*************** +*** 663,666 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_06.txt| Using syntax highlighting + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 774,777 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_06.txt| Using syntax highlighting + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_06.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_06.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 277,280 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_07.txt| Editing more than one file + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 277,280 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_07.txt| Editing more than one file + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_07.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_07.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 476,479 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_08.txt| Splitting windows + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 476,479 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_08.txt| Splitting windows + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_08.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_08.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 598,601 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_09.txt| Using the GUI + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 598,601 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_09.txt| Using the GUI + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_09.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_09.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 5,13 **** + Using the GUI + + +! Vim works in an ordinary terminal. GVim can do the same things and a few +! more. The GUI offers menus, a toolbar, scrollbars and other items. This +! chapter is about these extra things that the GUI offers. + + |09.1| Parts of the GUI + |09.2| Using the mouse +--- 5,14 ---- + Using the GUI + + +! Vim works in an ordinary terminal, while gVim has a Graphical User Interface +! (GUI). It can do the same things and a few more. The GUI offers menus, a +! toolbar, scrollbars and other items. This chapter is about these extra things +! that the GUI offers. + + |09.1| Parts of the GUI + |09.2| Using the mouse +*************** +*** 286,289 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_10.txt| Making big changes + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 287,290 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_10.txt| Making big changes + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_10.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_10.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 821,824 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_11.txt| Recovering from a crash + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 821,824 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_11.txt| Recovering from a crash + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_11.txt 2019-04-28 22:25:03.244480028 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_11.txt 2019-04-28 21:58:09.667057415 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *usr_11.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 13 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +--- 1,4 ---- +! *usr_11.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 28 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +*************** +*** 312,315 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_12.txt| Clever tricks + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 312,315 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_12.txt| Clever tricks + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_12.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_12.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 355,358 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_20.txt| Typing command-line commands quickly + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 355,358 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_20.txt| Typing command-line commands quickly + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_20.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_20.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 381,384 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_21.txt| Go away and come back + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 381,384 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_21.txt| Go away and come back + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_21.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_21.txt 2019-04-25 21:55:24.090196331 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *usr_21.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2012 Nov 02 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +--- 1,4 ---- +! *usr_21.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 25 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +*************** +*** 263,269 **** + The windows that were open are restored, with the same position and size as + before. Mappings and option values are like before. + What exactly is restored depends on the 'sessionoptions' option. The +! default value is "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,options,winsize". + + blank keep empty windows + buffers all buffers, not only the ones in a window +--- 263,270 ---- + The windows that were open are restored, with the same position and size as + before. Mappings and option values are like before. + What exactly is restored depends on the 'sessionoptions' option. The +! default value is: +! "blank,buffers,curdir,folds,help,options,tabpages,winsize,terminal". + + blank keep empty windows + buffers all buffers, not only the ones in a window +*************** +*** 271,277 **** +--- 272,280 ---- + folds folds, also manually created ones + help the help window + options all options and mappings ++ tabpages all tab pages + winsize window sizes ++ terminal include terminal windows + + Change this to your liking. To also restore the size of the Vim window, for + example, use: > +*************** +*** 496,499 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_22.txt| Finding the file to edit + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 499,502 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_22.txt| Finding the file to edit + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_22.txt 2019-04-27 20:36:52.526303597 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_22.txt 2019-04-27 20:17:02.375349029 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *usr_22.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2016 Dec 13 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +--- 1,4 ---- +! *usr_22.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Apr 27 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +*************** +*** 411,414 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_23.txt| Editing other files + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 411,414 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_23.txt| Editing other files + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_23.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_23.txt 2018-10-24 21:30:14.629848115 +0200 +*************** +*** 208,222 **** + + LIMITS ON ENCRYPTION + +! The encryption algorithm used by Vim is weak. It is good enough to keep out +! the casual prowler, but not good enough to keep out a cryptology expert with +! lots of time on his hands. Also you should be aware that the swap file is not +! encrypted; so while you are editing, people with superuser privileges can read +! the unencrypted text from this file. +! One way to avoid letting people read your swap file is to avoid using one. +! If the -n argument is supplied on the command line, no swap file is used +! (instead, Vim puts everything in memory). For example, to edit the encrypted +! file "file.txt" without a swap file use the following command: > + + vim -x -n file.txt + +--- 208,224 ---- + + LIMITS ON ENCRYPTION + +! The encryption algorithm used by Vim is not very strong. It is good enough to +! keep out the casual prowler, but not good enough to keep out a cryptology +! expert with lots of time on his hands. The text in the swap file and the undo +! file is also encrypted. However, this is done block-by-block and may reduce +! the time needed to crack a password. You can disable the swap file, but then +! a crash will cause you to lose your work, since Vim keeps all the text in +! memory only. The undo file can be disabled with the only disadvantage that +! you can't undo after unloading the buffer. +! To avoid using a swap file, supply the -n argument on the command line. +! For example, to edit the encrypted file "file.txt" without a swap file use the +! following command: > + + vim -x -n file.txt + +*************** +*** 340,343 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_24.txt| Inserting quickly + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 342,345 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_24.txt| Inserting quickly + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_24.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_24.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 603,606 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_25.txt| Editing formatted text + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 603,606 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_25.txt| Editing formatted text + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_25.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_25.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 579,582 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_26.txt| Repeating + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 579,582 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_26.txt| Repeating + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_26.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_26.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 218,221 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_27.txt| Search commands and patterns + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 218,221 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_27.txt| Search commands and patterns + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_27.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_27.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 560,563 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_28.txt| Folding + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 560,563 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_28.txt| Folding + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_28.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_28.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 423,426 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_29.txt| Moving through programs + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 423,426 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_29.txt| Moving through programs + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_29.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_29.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.240325166 +0200 +*************** +*** 608,611 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_30.txt| Editing programs + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 608,611 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_30.txt| Editing programs + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_30.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_30.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 640,643 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_31.txt| Exploiting the GUI + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 640,643 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_31.txt| Exploiting the GUI + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_31.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_31.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 269,272 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_32.txt| The undo tree + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 269,272 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_32.txt| The undo tree + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_32.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_32.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 177,180 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_40.txt| Make new commands + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 177,180 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_40.txt| Make new commands + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_40.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_40.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 654,657 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_41.txt| Write a Vim script + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 654,657 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_41.txt| Write a Vim script + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_41.txt 2019-05-04 15:47:25.633423491 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_41.txt 2019-05-04 15:23:11.301395183 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *usr_41.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 11 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +--- 1,4 ---- +! *usr_41.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 04 + + VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar + +*************** +*** 614,619 **** +--- 614,620 ---- + repeat() repeat a string multiple times + eval() evaluate a string expression + execute() execute an Ex command and get the output ++ trim() trim characters from a string + + List manipulation: *list-functions* + get() get an item without error for wrong index +*************** +*** 774,780 **** + systemlist() get the result of a shell command as a list + hostname() name of the system + readfile() read a file into a List of lines +! writefile() write a List of lines into a file + + Date and Time: *date-functions* *time-functions* + getftime() get last modification time of a file +--- 775,782 ---- + systemlist() get the result of a shell command as a list + hostname() name of the system + readfile() read a file into a List of lines +! readdir() get a List of file names in a directory +! writefile() write a List of lines or Blob into a file + + Date and Time: *date-functions* *time-functions* + getftime() get last modification time of a file +*************** +*** 803,808 **** +--- 805,813 ---- + bufwinnr() get the window number of a specific buffer + winbufnr() get the buffer number of a specific window + getbufline() get a list of lines from the specified buffer ++ setbufline() replace a line in the specified buffer ++ appendbufline() append a list of lines in the specified buffer ++ deletebufline() delete lines from a specified buffer + win_findbuf() find windows containing a buffer + win_getid() get window ID of a window + win_gotoid() go to window with ID +*************** +*** 814,819 **** +--- 819,825 ---- + getchangelist() get a list of change list entries + getjumplist() get a list of jump list entries + swapinfo() information about a swap file ++ swapname() get the swap file path of a buffer + + Command line: *command-line-functions* + getcmdline() get the current command line +*************** +*** 912,917 **** +--- 918,924 ---- + winheight() get height of a specific window + winwidth() get width of a specific window + win_screenpos() get screen position of a window ++ winlayout() get layout of windows in a tab page + winrestcmd() return command to restore window sizes + winsaveview() get view of current window + winrestview() restore saved view of current window +*************** +*** 924,929 **** +--- 931,937 ---- + + Testing: *test-functions* + assert_equal() assert that two expressions values are equal ++ assert_equalfile() assert that two file contents are equal + assert_notequal() assert that two expressions values are not equal + assert_inrange() assert that an expression is inside a range + assert_match() assert that a pattern matches the value +*************** +*** 939,944 **** +--- 947,953 ---- + test_override() test with Vim internal overrides + test_garbagecollect_now() free memory right now + test_ignore_error() ignore a specific error message ++ test_null_blob() return a null Blob + test_null_channel() return a null Channel + test_null_dict() return a null Dict + test_null_job() return a null Job +*************** +*** 957,962 **** +--- 966,972 ---- + ch_close() close a channel + ch_close_in() close the in part of a channel + ch_read() read a message from a channel ++ ch_readblob() read a Blob from a channel + ch_readraw() read a raw message from a channel + ch_sendexpr() send a JSON message over a channel + ch_sendraw() send a raw message over a channel +*************** +*** 1009,1014 **** +--- 1019,1030 ---- + term_gettty() get the tty name of a terminal + term_setansicolors() set 16 ANSI colors, used for GUI + term_getansicolors() get 16 ANSI colors, used for GUI ++ term_dumpdiff() display difference between two screen dumps ++ term_dumpload() load a terminal screen dump in a window ++ term_dumpwrite() dump contents of a terminal screen to a file ++ term_setkill() set signal to stop job in a terminal ++ term_setrestore() set command to restore a terminal ++ term_setsize() set the size of a terminal + + Timers: *timer-functions* + timer_start() create a timer +*************** +*** 1017,1022 **** +--- 1033,1049 ---- + timer_stopall() stop all timers + timer_info() get information about timers + ++ Tags: *tag-functions* ++ taglist() get list of matching tags ++ tagfiles() get a list of tags files ++ gettagstack() get the tag stack of a window ++ settagstack() modify the tag stack of a window ++ ++ Prompt Buffer: *promptbuffer-functions* ++ prompt_setcallback() set prompt callback for a buffer ++ prompt_setinterrupt() set interrupt callback for a buffer ++ prompt_setprompt() set the prompt text for a buffer ++ + Various: *various-functions* + mode() get current editing mode + visualmode() last visual mode used +*************** +*** 1044,1060 **** + + wordcount() get byte/word/char count of buffer + +- taglist() get list of matching tags +- tagfiles() get a list of tags files +- gettagstack() get the tag stack +- settagstack() modify the tag stack +- + luaeval() evaluate Lua expression + mzeval() evaluate |MzScheme| expression + perleval() evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|) + py3eval() evaluate Python expression (|+python3|) + pyeval() evaluate Python expression (|+python|) + pyxeval() evaluate |python_x| expression + + ============================================================================== + *41.7* Defining a function +--- 1071,1083 ---- + + wordcount() get byte/word/char count of buffer + + luaeval() evaluate Lua expression + mzeval() evaluate |MzScheme| expression + perleval() evaluate Perl expression (|+perl|) + py3eval() evaluate Python expression (|+python3|) + pyeval() evaluate Python expression (|+python|) + pyxeval() evaluate |python_x| expression ++ debugbreak() interrupt a program being debugged + + ============================================================================== + *41.7* Defining a function +*************** +*** 2613,2616 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_42.txt| Add new menus + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 2636,2639 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_42.txt| Add new menus + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_43.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_43.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 176,179 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_44.txt| Your own syntax highlighted + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 176,179 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_44.txt| Your own syntax highlighted + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_44.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_44.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 716,719 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_45.txt| Select your language + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 716,719 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_45.txt| Select your language + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_45.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_45.txt 2019-02-17 17:50:03.378330597 +0100 +*************** +*** 153,164 **** + language, the default should work fine and you don't need to do anything. The + following is only relevant when you want to edit different languages. + +- Note: +- Using different encodings only works when Vim was compiled to handle +- it. To find out if it works, use the ":version" command and check the +- output for "+multi_byte". If it's there, you are OK. If you see +- "-multi_byte" you will have to find another Vim. +- + + USING UNICODE IN THE GUI + +--- 153,158 ---- +*************** +*** 416,419 **** + + Next chapter: |usr_90.txt| Installing Vim + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 410,413 ---- + + Next chapter: |usr_90.txt| Installing Vim + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_90.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:03.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_90.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 495,498 **** + + Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt| + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 495,498 ---- + + Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt| + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:04.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 352,355 **** + + ============================================================================== + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 352,355 ---- + + ============================================================================== + +! Copyright: see |manual-copyright| vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/various.txt 2019-04-27 22:40:03.927661368 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/various.txt 2019-05-05 17:30:05.650423230 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *various.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 29 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *various.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 73,80 **** + <ö> 246, Hex 00f6, Oct 366, Digr o: ~ + This shows you can type CTRL-K o : to insert ö. + +- {not in Vi} +- + *g8* + g8 Print the hex values of the bytes used in the + character under the cursor, assuming it is in |UTF-8| +--- 73,78 ---- +*************** +*** 82,89 **** + value of 'maxcombine' doesn't matter. + Example of a character with two composing characters: + e0 b8 81 + e0 b8 b9 + e0 b9 89 ~ +- {not in Vi} {only when compiled with the |+multi_byte| +- feature} + + *8g8* + 8g8 Find an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence at or after the +--- 80,85 ---- +*************** +*** 98,105 **** + Note that when the cursor is on an illegal byte or the + cursor is halfway a multi-byte character the command + won't move the cursor. +- {not in Vi} {only when compiled with the |+multi_byte| +- feature} + + *:p* *:pr* *:print* *E749* + :[range]p[rint] [flags] +--- 94,99 ---- +*************** +*** 176,182 **** + + :{range}z#[+-^.=]{count} *:z#* + Like ":z", but number the lines. +- {not in all versions of Vi, not with these arguments} + + *:=* + := [flags] Print the last line number. +--- 170,175 ---- +*************** +*** 226,232 **** + + Example: > + :exe "normal \<c-w>\<c-w>" +- < {not in Vi, of course} + + :{range}norm[al][!] {commands} *:normal-range* + Execute Normal mode commands {commands} for each line +--- 219,224 ---- +*************** +*** 234,240 **** + cursor is positioned in the first column of the range, + for each line. Otherwise it's the same as the + ":normal" command without a range. +- {not in Vi} + + *:sh* *:shell* *E371* + :sh[ell] This command starts a shell. When the shell exits +--- 226,231 ---- +*************** +*** 440,451 **** + N *+startuptime* |--startuptime| argument + N *+statusline* Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special + formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring' +! m *+sun_workshop* |workshop| + N *+syntax* Syntax highlighting |syntax| + *+system()* Unix only: opposite of |+fork| + T *+tag_binary* binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search| + N *+tag_old_static* old method for static tags |tag-old-static| +! m *+tag_any_white* any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white| + m *+tcl* Tcl interface |tcl| + m *+tcl/dyn* Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn| + m *+terminal* Support for terminal window |terminal| +--- 431,442 ---- + N *+startuptime* |--startuptime| argument + N *+statusline* Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special + formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring' +! m *+sun_workshop* |workshop|; no longer supported + N *+syntax* Syntax highlighting |syntax| + *+system()* Unix only: opposite of |+fork| + T *+tag_binary* binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search| + N *+tag_old_static* old method for static tags |tag-old-static| +! m *+tag_any_white* Removed; was to allow any white space in tags files + m *+tcl* Tcl interface |tcl| + m *+tcl/dyn* Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn| + m *+terminal* Support for terminal window |terminal| +*************** +*** 492,498 **** + :ve[rsion] {nr} Is now ignored. This was previously used to check the + version number of a .vimrc file. It was removed, + because you can now use the ":if" command for +! version-dependent behavior. {not in Vi} + + *:redi* *:redir* + :redi[r][!] > {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. The messages which +--- 483,489 ---- + :ve[rsion] {nr} Is now ignored. This was previously used to check the + version number of a .vimrc file. It was removed, + because you can now use the ":if" command for +! version-dependent behavior. + + *:redi* *:redir* + :redi[r][!] > {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. The messages which +*************** +*** 512,542 **** + with ":silent call Function()". + An alternative is to use the 'verbosefile' option, + this can be used in combination with ":redir". +- {not in Vi} + + :redi[r] >> {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. Append if {file} +! already exists. {not in Vi} + + :redi[r] @{a-zA-Z} + :redi[r] @{a-zA-Z}> Redirect messages to register {a-z}. Append to the + contents of the register if its name is given + uppercase {A-Z}. The ">" after the register name is +! optional. {not in Vi} +! :redi[r] @{a-z}>> Append messages to register {a-z}. {not in Vi} + + :redi[r] @*> + :redi[r] @+> Redirect messages to the selection or clipboard. For + backward compatibility, the ">" after the register + name can be omitted. See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|. +- {not in Vi} + :redi[r] @*>> + :redi[r] @+>> Append messages to the selection or clipboard. +- {not in Vi} + + :redi[r] @"> Redirect messages to the unnamed register. For + backward compatibility, the ">" after the register +! name can be omitted. {not in Vi} +! :redi[r] @">> Append messages to the unnamed register. {not in Vi} + + :redi[r] => {var} Redirect messages to a variable. If the variable + doesn't exist, then it is created. If the variable +--- 503,530 ---- + with ":silent call Function()". + An alternative is to use the 'verbosefile' option, + this can be used in combination with ":redir". + + :redi[r] >> {file} Redirect messages to file {file}. Append if {file} +! already exists. + + :redi[r] @{a-zA-Z} + :redi[r] @{a-zA-Z}> Redirect messages to register {a-z}. Append to the + contents of the register if its name is given + uppercase {A-Z}. The ">" after the register name is +! optional. +! :redi[r] @{a-z}>> Append messages to register {a-z}. + + :redi[r] @*> + :redi[r] @+> Redirect messages to the selection or clipboard. For + backward compatibility, the ">" after the register + name can be omitted. See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|. + :redi[r] @*>> + :redi[r] @+>> Append messages to the selection or clipboard. + + :redi[r] @"> Redirect messages to the unnamed register. For + backward compatibility, the ">" after the register +! name can be omitted. +! :redi[r] @">> Append messages to the unnamed register. + + :redi[r] => {var} Redirect messages to a variable. If the variable + doesn't exist, then it is created. If the variable +*************** +*** 545,558 **** + Only string variables can be used. After the + redirection starts, if the variable is removed or + locked or the variable type is changed, then further +! command output messages will cause errors. {not in Vi} + To get the output of one command the |execute()| + function can be used. + + :redi[r] =>> {var} Append messages to an existing variable. Only string +! variables can be used. {not in Vi} + +! :redi[r] END End redirecting messages. {not in Vi} + + *:filt* *:filter* + :filt[er][!] {pat} {command} +--- 533,546 ---- + Only string variables can be used. After the + redirection starts, if the variable is removed or + locked or the variable type is changed, then further +! command output messages will cause errors. + To get the output of one command the |execute()| + function can be used. + + :redi[r] =>> {var} Append messages to an existing variable. Only string +! variables can be used. + +! :redi[r] END End redirecting messages. + + *:filt* *:filter* + :filt[er][!] {pat} {command} +*************** +*** 694,705 **** + < - When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man -s", a count + before "K" is inserted after the "-s". If there is + no count, the "-s" is removed. +- {not in Vi} + + *v_K* + {Visual}K Like "K", but use the visually highlighted text for + the keyword. Only works when the highlighted text is +! not more than one line. {not in Vi} + + [N]gs *gs* *:sl* *:sleep* + :[N]sl[eep] [N] [m] Do nothing for [N] seconds. When [m] is included, +--- 682,692 ---- + < - When 'keywordprg' is equal to "man -s", a count + before "K" is inserted after the "-s". If there is + no count, the "-s" is removed. + + *v_K* + {Visual}K Like "K", but use the visually highlighted text for + the keyword. Only works when the highlighted text is +! not more than one line. + + [N]gs *gs* *:sl* *:sleep* + :[N]sl[eep] [N] [m] Do nothing for [N] seconds. When [m] is included, +*************** +*** 712,718 **** + < Can be interrupted with CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on MS-DOS). + "gs" stands for "goto sleep". + While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text, +! if at a visible position. {not in Vi} + Also process the received netbeans messages. {only + available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg| + feature} +--- 699,705 ---- + < Can be interrupted with CTRL-C (CTRL-Break on MS-DOS). + "gs" stands for "goto sleep". + While sleeping the cursor is positioned in the text, +! if at a visible position. + Also process the received netbeans messages. {only + available when compiled with the |+netbeans_intg| + feature} +*************** +*** 749,752 **** + endfunc + < + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 736,739 ---- + endfunc + < + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/version4.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:04.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/version4.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.244325127 +0200 +*************** +*** 352,355 **** + it. Since hardly anybody uses this feature, it is disabled by default. If + you want to use it, define RIGHTLEFT in feature.h before compiling. |'revins'| + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 352,355 ---- + it. Since hardly anybody uses this feature, it is disabled by default. If + you want to use it, define RIGHTLEFT in feature.h before compiling. |'revins'| + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/version5.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:04.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/version5.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.248325089 +0200 +*************** +*** 221,228 **** + file twice, the autocommands in it will be defined twice. To avoid this, do + one of these: + +! - Remove any autocommands that might potentially defined twice before +! defining them. Example: > + :au! * *.ext + :au BufEnter *.ext ... + +--- 221,228 ---- + file twice, the autocommands in it will be defined twice. To avoid this, do + one of these: + +! - Remove any autocommands that might already be defined before defining +! them. Example: > + :au! * *.ext + :au BufEnter *.ext ... + +*************** +*** 2347,2353 **** + Support for mapping numeric keypad +,-,*,/ keys. (Negri) + When not mapped, they produce the normal character. + +! Win32 GUI: When directory dropped on Gvim, cd there and edit new buffer. + (Negri) + + Win32 GUI: Made CTRL-Break work as interrupt, so that CTRL-C can be +--- 2347,2353 ---- + Support for mapping numeric keypad +,-,*,/ keys. (Negri) + When not mapped, they produce the normal character. + +! Win32 GUI: When directory dropped on gVim, cd there and edit new buffer. + (Negri) + + Win32 GUI: Made CTRL-Break work as interrupt, so that CTRL-C can be +*************** +*** 7615,7621 **** + + Added a few corrections for the Macintosh. (Axel Kielhorn) + +! Win32: Gvimext could not edit more than a few files at once, the length of the + argument was fixed. + + +--- 7615,7621 ---- + + Added a few corrections for the Macintosh. (Axel Kielhorn) + +! Win32: GvimExt could not edit more than a few files at once, the length of the + argument was fixed. + + +*************** +*** 7810,7813 **** + Files: src/ex_docmd.c + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 7810,7813 ---- + Files: src/ex_docmd.c + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/version6.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:04.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/version6.txt 2019-01-17 15:56:37.176127129 +0100 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *version6.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Mar 18 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *version6.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 Jan 17 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 943,949 **** + with two ASCII characters or an icon. The line after it can be highlighted. + Useful to display breakpoints and the current PC position. + +! Added the |:wsverb| command to execute debugger commands. + + Added balloon stuff: 'balloondelay' and 'ballooneval' options. + +--- 943,949 ---- + with two ASCII characters or an icon. The line after it can be highlighted. + Useful to display breakpoints and the current PC position. + +! Added the :wsverb command to execute debugger commands. + + Added balloon stuff: 'balloondelay' and 'ballooneval' options. + +*************** +*** 2967,2973 **** + Unix to avoid problems with Windows dir functions. Merged the DOS and Win32 + functions. + +! Win32: Gvimext could not edit more than a few files at once, the length of the + argument was fixed. + + "ls -1 * | xargs vim" worked, but the input was in cooked mode. Now switch to +--- 2967,2973 ---- + Unix to avoid problems with Windows dir functions. Merged the DOS and Win32 + functions. + +! Win32: GvimExt could not edit more than a few files at once, the length of the + argument was fixed. + + "ls -1 * | xargs vim" worked, but the input was in cooked mode. Now switch to +*************** +*** 14527,14530 **** + Files: src/search.c + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 14527,14530 ---- + Files: src/search.c + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/version7.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:04.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/version7.txt 2018-08-08 23:07:19.252325051 +0200 +*************** +*** 1980,1986 **** + flag to 'cpoptions' for this. + + Using "I" in a line with only blanks appended to the line. This is not Vi +! compatible. Added the 'H' flag in 'coptions' for this. + + When joining multiple lines the cursor would be at the last joint, but Vi + leaves it at the position where "J" would put it. Added the 'q' flag in +--- 1980,1986 ---- + flag to 'cpoptions' for this. + + Using "I" in a line with only blanks appended to the line. This is not Vi +! compatible. Added the 'H' flag in 'cpoptions' for this. + + When joining multiple lines the cursor would be at the last joint, but Vi + leaves it at the position where "J" would put it. Added the 'q' flag in +*************** +*** 18309,18312 **** + + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 18309,18312 ---- + + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/version8.txt 2018-05-17 15:25:49.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/version8.txt 2019-03-10 08:12:24.530682799 +0100 +*************** +*** 2378,2384 **** + Files: src/config.mk.in, src/po/Makefile + + Patch 7.4.323 +! Problem: Substitute() with zero width pattern breaks multi-byte character. + Solution: Take multi-byte character size into account. (Yukihiro Nakadaira) + Files: src/eval.c src/testdir/test69.in, src/testdir/test69.ok + +--- 2378,2384 ---- + Files: src/config.mk.in, src/po/Makefile + + Patch 7.4.323 +! Problem: substitute() with zero width pattern breaks multi-byte character. + Solution: Take multi-byte character size into account. (Yukihiro Nakadaira) + Files: src/eval.c src/testdir/test69.in, src/testdir/test69.ok + +*************** +*** 14549,14560 **** +--- 14549,14585 ---- + Internal: A few C99 features are now allowed such as // comments and a + comma after the last enum entry. See |style-compiler|. + ++ Since patch 8.0.0029 removed support for older MS-Windows systems, only ++ MS-Windows XP and later are supported. ++ + + Added *added-8.1* + ----- + + Various syntax, indent and other plugins were added. + ++ Quickfix improvements (by Yegappan Lakshmanan): ++ Added support for modifying any quickfix/location list in the quickfix ++ stack. ++ Added a unique identifier for every quickfix/location list. ++ Added support for associating any Vim type as a context information to ++ a quickfix/location list. ++ Enhanced the getqflist(), getloclist(), setqflist() and setloclist() ++ functions to get and set the various quickfix/location list attributes. ++ Added the QuickFixLine highlight group to highlight the current line ++ in the quickfix window. ++ The quickfix buffer b:changedtick variable is incremented for every ++ change to the contained quickfix list. ++ Added a changedtick variable to a quickfix/location list which is ++ incremented when the list is modified. ++ Added support for parsing text using 'errorformat' without creating a ++ new quickfix list. ++ Added support for the "module" item to a quickfix entry which can be ++ used for display purposes instead of a long file name. ++ Added support for freeing all the lists in the quickfix/location stack. ++ When opening a quickfix window using the :copen/:cwindow commands, the ++ supplied split modifiers are used. ++ + Functions: + All the term_ functions. + +*************** +*** 16088,16094 **** + + Patch 8.0.0248 + Problem: vim_strcat() cannot handle overlapping arguments. +! Solution: Use mch_memmove() instead of strcpy(). (Justin M Keyes, + closes #1415) + Files: src/misc2.c + +--- 16113,16119 ---- + + Patch 8.0.0248 + Problem: vim_strcat() cannot handle overlapping arguments. +! Solution: Use mch_memmove() instead of strcpy(). (Justin M. Keyes, + closes #1415) + Files: src/misc2.c + +*************** +*** 16338,16344 **** + Patch 8.0.0287 + Problem: Cannot access the arguments of the current function in debug mode. + (Luc Hermitte) +! Solution: use get_funccal(). (Lemonboy, closes #1432, closes #1352) + Files: src/userfunc.c + + Patch 8.0.0288 (after 8.0.0284) +--- 16363,16369 ---- + Patch 8.0.0287 + Problem: Cannot access the arguments of the current function in debug mode. + (Luc Hermitte) +! Solution: use get_funccal(). (LemonBoy, closes #1432, closes #1352) + Files: src/userfunc.c + + Patch 8.0.0288 (after 8.0.0284) +*************** +*** 16703,16709 **** + + Patch 8.0.0350 + Problem: Not enough test coverage for Perl. +! Solution: Add more Perl tests. (Dominique Perl, closes #1500) + Files: src/testdir/test_perl.vim + + Patch 8.0.0351 +--- 16728,16734 ---- + + Patch 8.0.0350 + Problem: Not enough test coverage for Perl. +! Solution: Add more Perl tests. (Dominique Pelle, closes #1500) + Files: src/testdir/test_perl.vim + + Patch 8.0.0351 +*************** +*** 18204,18210 **** + + Patch 8.0.0597 + Problem: Off-by-one error in buffer size computation. +! Solution: Use ">=" instead of ">". (Lemonboy, closes #1694) + Files: src/quickfix.c + + Patch 8.0.0598 +--- 18229,18235 ---- + + Patch 8.0.0597 + Problem: Off-by-one error in buffer size computation. +! Solution: Use ">=" instead of ">". (LemonBoy, closes #1694) + Files: src/quickfix.c + + Patch 8.0.0598 +*************** +*** 18321,18327 **** + Problem: When setting the cterm background with ":hi Normal" the value of + 'background' may be set wrongly. + Solution: Check that the color is less than 16. Don't set 'background' when +! it was set explicitly. (Lemonboy, closes #1710) + Files: src/syntax.c, src/testdir/test_syntax.vim + + Patch 8.0.0617 (after 8.0.0615) +--- 18346,18352 ---- + Problem: When setting the cterm background with ":hi Normal" the value of + 'background' may be set wrongly. + Solution: Check that the color is less than 16. Don't set 'background' when +! it was set explicitly. (LemonBoy, closes #1710) + Files: src/syntax.c, src/testdir/test_syntax.vim + + Patch 8.0.0617 (after 8.0.0615) +*************** +*** 18452,18459 **** + + Patch 8.0.0638 + Problem: Cannot build with new MSVC version VS2017. +! Solution: Change the compiler arguments. (Leonardo Manera, closes #1731, +! closes #1747) + Files: src/GvimExt/Makefile, src/Make_mvc.mak + + Patch 8.0.0639 +--- 18477,18484 ---- + + Patch 8.0.0638 + Problem: Cannot build with new MSVC version VS2017. +! Solution: Change the compiler arguments. (Leonardo Valeri Manera, +! closes #1731, closes #1747) + Files: src/GvimExt/Makefile, src/Make_mvc.mak + + Patch 8.0.0639 +*************** +*** 19045,19051 **** + + Patch 8.0.0724 + Problem: The message for yanking doesn't indicate the register. +! Solution: Show the register name in the "N lines yanked" message. (Lemonboy, + closes #1803, closes #1809) + Files: src/ops.c, src/Makefile, src/testdir/test_registers.vim, + src/testdir/Make_all.mak +--- 19070,19076 ---- + + Patch 8.0.0724 + Problem: The message for yanking doesn't indicate the register. +! Solution: Show the register name in the "N lines yanked" message. (LemonBoy, + closes #1803, closes #1809) + Files: src/ops.c, src/Makefile, src/testdir/test_registers.vim, + src/testdir/Make_all.mak +*************** +*** 20286,20292 **** + Files: src/buffer.c + + Patch 8.0.0936 +! Problem: Mode() returns wrong value for a terminal window. + Solution: Return 't' when typed keys go to a job. + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_terminal.vim + +--- 20311,20317 ---- + Files: src/buffer.c + + Patch 8.0.0936 +! Problem: mode() returns wrong value for a terminal window. + Solution: Return 't' when typed keys go to a job. + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_terminal.vim + +*************** +*** 20672,20678 **** + Files: src/channel.c + + Patch 8.0.1004 +! Problem: Matchstrpos() without a match returns too many items. + Solution: Also remove the second item when the position is beyond the end of + the string. (Hirohito Higashi) Use an enum for the type. + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_match.vim +--- 20697,20703 ---- + Files: src/channel.c + + Patch 8.0.1004 +! Problem: matchstrpos() without a match returns too many items. + Solution: Also remove the second item when the position is beyond the end of + the string. (Hirohito Higashi) Use an enum for the type. + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_match.vim +*************** +*** 21586,21597 **** + + Patch 8.0.1157 + Problem: Compiler warning on MS-Windows. +! Solution: Add type cast. (Yasuhiro Matsomoto) + Files: src/main.c + + Patch 8.0.1158 + Problem: Still old style tests. +! Solution: Convert serveral tests to new style. (Yegappan Lakshmanan) + Files: src/Makefile, src/testdir/Make_all.mak, src/testdir/Make_vms.mms, + src/testdir/main.aap, src/testdir/test33.in, + src/testdir/test33.ok, src/testdir/test41.in, +--- 21611,21622 ---- + + Patch 8.0.1157 + Problem: Compiler warning on MS-Windows. +! Solution: Add type cast. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) + Files: src/main.c + + Patch 8.0.1158 + Problem: Still old style tests. +! Solution: Convert several tests to new style. (Yegappan Lakshmanan) + Files: src/Makefile, src/testdir/Make_all.mak, src/testdir/Make_vms.mms, + src/testdir/main.aap, src/testdir/test33.in, + src/testdir/test33.ok, src/testdir/test41.in, +*************** +*** 21886,21892 **** + + Patch 8.0.1207 + Problem: Profiling skips the first and last script line. +! Solution: Check for BOM after setting script ID. (Lemonboy, closes #2103, + closes #2112) Add a test. List the trailing script lines. + Files: src/testdir/test_profile.vim, src/ex_cmds2.c + +--- 21911,21917 ---- + + Patch 8.0.1207 + Problem: Profiling skips the first and last script line. +! Solution: Check for BOM after setting script ID. (LemonBoy, closes #2103, + closes #2112) Add a test. List the trailing script lines. + Files: src/testdir/test_profile.vim, src/ex_cmds2.c + +*************** +*** 22083,22089 **** + Solution: Make feature names more consistent, add "osxdarwin". Rename + feature flags, cleanup Mac code. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, closes #2178) + Also includes a fix for when Ruby throws an exception inside +! :rubyfile.(ujihisa) + Files: runtime/doc/eval.txt, runtime/doc/os_mac.txt, src/auto/configure, + src/config.h.in, src/configure.ac, src/digraph.c, src/edit.c, + src/evalfunc.c, src/feature.h, src/fileio.c, src/getchar.c, +--- 22108,22114 ---- + Solution: Make feature names more consistent, add "osxdarwin". Rename + feature flags, cleanup Mac code. (Kazunobu Kuriyama, closes #2178) + Also includes a fix for when Ruby throws an exception inside +! :rubyfile. (ujihisa) + Files: runtime/doc/eval.txt, runtime/doc/os_mac.txt, src/auto/configure, + src/config.h.in, src/configure.ac, src/digraph.c, src/edit.c, + src/evalfunc.c, src/feature.h, src/fileio.c, src/getchar.c, +*************** +*** 22104,22110 **** + Patch 8.0.1238 + Problem: Incremental search only shows one match. + Solution: When 'incsearch' and 'hlsearch' are both set highlight all +! matches. (haya14busa, itchyny closes #2198) + Files: runtime/doc/options.txt, src/ex_getln.c, src/proto/search.pro, + src/search.c, src/testdir/test_search.vim + +--- 22129,22135 ---- + Patch 8.0.1238 + Problem: Incremental search only shows one match. + Solution: When 'incsearch' and 'hlsearch' are both set highlight all +! matches. (haya14busa, itchyny, closes #2198) + Files: runtime/doc/options.txt, src/ex_getln.c, src/proto/search.pro, + src/search.c, src/testdir/test_search.vim + +*************** +*** 22519,22525 **** + src/testdir/test_search.vim + + Patch 8.0.1305 +! Problem: Writefile() never calls fsync(). + Solution: Follow the 'fsync' option with override to enable or disable. + Files: src/fileio.c, src/evalfunc.c, runtime/doc/eval.txt, src/globals.h, + src/testdir/test_writefile.vim +--- 22544,22550 ---- + src/testdir/test_search.vim + + Patch 8.0.1305 +! Problem: writefile() never calls fsync(). + Solution: Follow the 'fsync' option with override to enable or disable. + Files: src/fileio.c, src/evalfunc.c, runtime/doc/eval.txt, src/globals.h, + src/testdir/test_writefile.vim +*************** +*** 22595,22601 **** + Files: src/os_macosx.m + + Patch 8.0.1316 (after 8.0.1312) +! Problem: Build still fails on Mac. (chdiza) + Solution: Remove another bogus typedef. + Files: src/os_mac_conv.c + +--- 22620,22626 ---- + Files: src/os_macosx.m + + Patch 8.0.1316 (after 8.0.1312) +! Problem: Build still still fails on Mac. (chdiza) + Solution: Remove another bogus typedef. + Files: src/os_mac_conv.c + +*************** +*** 22707,22713 **** + Files: src/vim.h, src/window.c + + Patch 8.0.1335 +! Problem: Writefile() using fsync() may give an error for a device. + (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) + Solution: Ignore fsync() failing. (closes #2373) + Files: src/evalfunc.c +--- 22732,22738 ---- + Files: src/vim.h, src/window.c + + Patch 8.0.1335 +! Problem: writefile() using fsync() may give an error for a device. + (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) + Solution: Ignore fsync() failing. (closes #2373) + Files: src/evalfunc.c +*************** +*** 23231,23237 **** + + Patch 8.0.1423 + Problem: Error in return not caught by try/catch. +! Solution: Call update_force_abort(). (Yasuhiro Matsomoto, closes #2483) + Files: src/testdir/test_eval.in, src/testdir/test_eval_stuff.vim, + src/Makefile, src/testdir/Make_all.mak, src/userfunc.c + +--- 23256,23262 ---- + + Patch 8.0.1423 + Problem: Error in return not caught by try/catch. +! Solution: Call update_force_abort(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, closes #2483) + Files: src/testdir/test_eval.in, src/testdir/test_eval_stuff.vim, + src/Makefile, src/testdir/Make_all.mak, src/userfunc.c + +*************** +*** 23262,23268 **** + + Patch 8.0.1429 + Problem: Crash when calling term_start() with empty argument. +! Solution: Check for invalid argument. (Yasuhiro Matsomoto, closes #2503) + Fix memory leak. + Files: src/terminal.c, src/testdir/test_terminal.vim + +--- 23287,23293 ---- + + Patch 8.0.1429 + Problem: Crash when calling term_start() with empty argument. +! Solution: Check for invalid argument. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, closes #2503) + Fix memory leak. + Files: src/terminal.c, src/testdir/test_terminal.vim + +*************** +*** 23593,23599 **** + src/testdir/test_popup.vim, src/testdir/test_edit.vim + + Patch 8.0.1483 +! Problem: Searchpair() might return an invalid value on timeout. + Solution: When the second search times out, do not accept a match from the + first search. (Daniel Hahler, closes #2552) + Files: src/search.c +--- 23618,23624 ---- + src/testdir/test_popup.vim, src/testdir/test_edit.vim + + Patch 8.0.1483 +! Problem: searchpair() might return an invalid value on timeout. + Solution: When the second search times out, do not accept a match from the + first search. (Daniel Hahler, closes #2552) + Files: src/search.c +*************** +*** 23652,23658 **** + Patch 8.0.1493 + Problem: Completion items cannot be annotated. + Solution: Add a "user_data" entry to the completion item. (Ben Jackson, +! coses #2608, closes #2508) + Files: runtime/doc/insert.txt, src/edit.c, src/structs.h, + src/testdir/test_ins_complete.vim + +--- 23677,23683 ---- + Patch 8.0.1493 + Problem: Completion items cannot be annotated. + Solution: Add a "user_data" entry to the completion item. (Ben Jackson, +! closes #2608, closes #2508) + Files: runtime/doc/insert.txt, src/edit.c, src/structs.h, + src/testdir/test_ins_complete.vim + +*************** +*** 23697,23703 **** + src/testdir/Make_all.mak, src/testdir/test_jumplist.vim + + Patch 8.0.1498 (after 8.0.1497) +! Problem: Getjumplist() returns duplicate entries. (lacygoill) + Solution: Call cleanup_jumplist(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan) + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/mark.c, src/proto/mark.pro, + src/testdir/test_jumplist.vim +--- 23722,23728 ---- + src/testdir/Make_all.mak, src/testdir/test_jumplist.vim + + Patch 8.0.1498 (after 8.0.1497) +! Problem: getjumplist() returns duplicate entries. (lacygoill) + Solution: Call cleanup_jumplist(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan) + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/mark.c, src/proto/mark.pro, + src/testdir/test_jumplist.vim +*************** +*** 23817,23823 **** + Files: src/ex_docmd.c, src/testdir/test_eval_stuff.vim + + Patch 8.0.1519 +! Problem: Getchangelist() does not use argument as bufname(). + Solution: Use get_buf_tv(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan, closes #2641) + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_changelist.vim + +--- 23842,23848 ---- + Files: src/ex_docmd.c, src/testdir/test_eval_stuff.vim + + Patch 8.0.1519 +! Problem: getchangelist() does not use argument as bufname(). + Solution: Use get_buf_tv(). (Yegappan Lakshmanan, closes #2641) + Files: src/evalfunc.c, src/testdir/test_changelist.vim + +*************** +*** 24162,24169 **** + + Patch 8.0.1573 + Problem: getwinpos(1) may cause response to be handled as command. +! Solution: Handle any cursor position report once one was request. (partly by +! Hirohito Higashi) + Files: src/term.c + + Patch 8.0.1574 +--- 24187,24194 ---- + + Patch 8.0.1573 + Problem: getwinpos(1) may cause response to be handled as command. +! Solution: Handle any cursor position report once one was requested. (partly +! by Hirohito Higashi) + Files: src/term.c + + Patch 8.0.1574 +*************** +*** 24644,24650 **** + + Patch 8.0.1656 + Problem: No option to have xxd produce upper case variable names. +! Solution: Add the -C argument. (Matt Panaro closes #2772) + Files: src/xxd/xxd.c + + Patch 8.0.1657 +--- 24669,24675 ---- + + Patch 8.0.1656 + Problem: No option to have xxd produce upper case variable names. +! Solution: Add the -C argument. (Matt Panaro, closes #2772) + Files: src/xxd/xxd.c + + Patch 8.0.1657 +*************** +*** 25377,25383 **** + Patch 8.0.1782 + Problem: No simple way to label quickfix entries. + Solution: Add the "module" item, to be used instead of the file name for +! display purposes. (Martin Szamotulski, closes #1757) + Files: runtime/doc/eval.txt, runtime/doc/quickfix.txt, src/alloc.h, + src/quickfix.c, src/testdir/test_quickfix.vim + +--- 25402,25408 ---- + Patch 8.0.1782 + Problem: No simple way to label quickfix entries. + Solution: Add the "module" item, to be used instead of the file name for +! display purposes. (Marcin Szamotulski, closes #1757) + Files: runtime/doc/eval.txt, runtime/doc/quickfix.txt, src/alloc.h, + src/quickfix.c, src/testdir/test_quickfix.vim + +*************** +*** 25767,25770 **** + Files: src/terminal.c + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 25792,25795 ---- + Files: src/terminal.c + + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/visual.txt 2018-05-17 13:42:04.000000000 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/visual.txt 2019-05-05 17:54:38.042310805 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *visual.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2017 Sep 02 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *visual.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 20,27 **** + 7. Examples |visual-examples| + 8. Select mode |Select-mode| + +- {Vi has no Visual mode, the name "visual" is used for Normal mode, to +- distinguish it from Ex mode} + {Since Vim 7.4.200 the |+visual| feature is always included} + + ============================================================================== +--- 20,25 ---- +*************** +*** 118,123 **** +--- 116,123 ---- + E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match. + If Visual mode is active, extends the selection + until the end of the next match. ++ Note: Unlike `n` the search direction does not depend ++ on the previous search command. + + *gN* *v_gN* + gN Like |gn| but searches backward, like with `N`. +*************** +*** 305,312 **** + ============================================================================== + 5. Blockwise operators *blockwise-operators* + +- {not available when compiled without the |+visualextra| feature} +- + Reminder: Use 'virtualedit' to be able to select blocks that start or end + after the end of a line or halfway a tab. + +--- 305,310 ---- +*************** +*** 538,541 **** + but starts Select mode instead of Visual mode. + Mnemonic: "get Highlighted". + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 536,539 ---- + but starts Select mode instead of Visual mode. + Mnemonic: "get Highlighted". + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/windows.txt 2018-11-10 16:01:23.335381858 +0100 +--- runtime/doc/windows.txt 2019-05-05 17:35:08.452768616 +0200 +*************** +*** 1,4 **** +! *windows.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2018 Apr 24 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +--- 1,4 ---- +! *windows.txt* For Vim version 8.1. Last change: 2019 May 05 + + + VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar +*************** +*** 26,32 **** + 11. Using hidden buffers |buffer-hidden| + 12. Special kinds of buffers |special-buffers| + +- {Vi does not have any of these commands} + {not able to use multiple windows when the |+windows| feature was disabled at + compile time} + {not able to use vertically split windows when the |+vertsplit| feature was +--- 26,31 ---- +*************** +*** 737,743 **** + the current window. + {cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands. + {cmd} must not open or close windows or reorder them. +! {not in Vi} + Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, + |:cfdo| and |:lfdo| + +--- 736,742 ---- + the current window. + {cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands. + {cmd} must not open or close windows or reorder them. +! + Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, + |:cfdo| and |:lfdo| + +*************** +*** 765,771 **** + autocommand event is disabled by adding it to + 'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing + each buffer. +! {not in Vi} + Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, + |:cfdo| and |:lfdo| + +--- 764,770 ---- + autocommand event is disabled by adding it to + 'eventignore'. This considerably speeds up editing + each buffer. +! + Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, + |:cfdo| and |:lfdo| + +*************** +*** 842,847 **** +--- 841,852 ---- + {not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was disabled + at compile time} + ++ CTRL-W gt *CTRL-W_gt* ++ Go to next tab page, same as `gt`. ++ ++ CTRL-W gT *CTRL-W_gT* ++ Go to previous tab page, same as `gT`. ++ + Also see |CTRL-W_CTRL-I|: open window for an included file that includes + the keyword under the cursor. + +*************** +*** 885,891 **** + *:pp* *:ppop* + :[count]pp[op][!] + Does ":[count]pop[!]" in the preview window. See |:pop| and +! |:ptag|. {not in Vi} + + CTRL-W } *CTRL-W_}* + Use identifier under cursor as a tag and perform a :ptag on +--- 890,896 ---- + *:pp* *:ppop* + :[count]pp[op][!] + Does ":[count]pop[!]" in the preview window. See |:pop| and +! |:ptag|. + + CTRL-W } *CTRL-W_}* + Use identifier under cursor as a tag and perform a :ptag on +*************** +*** 1317,1320 **** + :setlocal nobuflisted + < + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl: +--- 1322,1325 ---- + :setlocal nobuflisted + < + +! vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/runtime/doc/tags 2018-06-03 14:42:17.836505122 +0200 +--- runtime/doc/tags 2019-05-05 18:01:26.608052504 +0200 +*************** +*** 991,1003 **** +--- 991,1007 ---- + 't_RF' term.txt /*'t_RF'* + 't_RI' term.txt /*'t_RI'* + 't_RS' term.txt /*'t_RS'* ++ 't_RT' term.txt /*'t_RT'* + 't_RV' term.txt /*'t_RV'* ++ 't_Ri' term.txt /*'t_Ri'* + 't_SC' term.txt /*'t_SC'* + 't_SH' term.txt /*'t_SH'* + 't_SI' term.txt /*'t_SI'* + 't_SR' term.txt /*'t_SR'* ++ 't_ST' term.txt /*'t_ST'* + 't_Sb' term.txt /*'t_Sb'* + 't_Sf' term.txt /*'t_Sf'* ++ 't_Si' term.txt /*'t_Si'* + 't_Te' term.txt /*'t_Te'* + 't_Ts' term.txt /*'t_Ts'* + 't_VS' term.txt /*'t_VS'* +*************** +*** 1071,1076 **** +--- 1075,1081 ---- + 'tag' options.txt /*'tag'* + 'tagbsearch' options.txt /*'tagbsearch'* + 'tagcase' options.txt /*'tagcase'* ++ 'tagfunc' options.txt /*'tagfunc'* + 'taglength' options.txt /*'taglength'* + 'tagrelative' options.txt /*'tagrelative'* + 'tags' options.txt /*'tags'* +*************** +*** 1091,1101 **** +--- 1096,1108 ---- + 'termwinkey' options.txt /*'termwinkey'* + 'termwinscroll' options.txt /*'termwinscroll'* + 'termwinsize' options.txt /*'termwinsize'* ++ 'termwintype' options.txt /*'termwintype'* + 'terse' options.txt /*'terse'* + 'textauto' options.txt /*'textauto'* + 'textmode' options.txt /*'textmode'* + 'textwidth' options.txt /*'textwidth'* + 'tf' options.txt /*'tf'* ++ 'tfu' options.txt /*'tfu'* + 'tgc' options.txt /*'tgc'* + 'tgst' options.txt /*'tgst'* + 'thesaurus' options.txt /*'thesaurus'* +*************** +*** 1131,1136 **** +--- 1138,1144 ---- + 'twk' options.txt /*'twk'* + 'tws' options.txt /*'tws'* + 'twsl' options.txt /*'twsl'* ++ 'twt' options.txt /*'twt'* + 'tx' options.txt /*'tx'* + 'uc' options.txt /*'uc'* + 'udf' options.txt /*'udf'* +*************** +*** 1144,1149 **** +--- 1152,1159 ---- + 'updatetime' options.txt /*'updatetime'* + 'ur' options.txt /*'ur'* + 'ut' options.txt /*'ut'* ++ 'varsofttabstop' options.txt /*'varsofttabstop'* ++ 'vartabstop' options.txt /*'vartabstop'* + 'vb' options.txt /*'vb'* + 'vbs' options.txt /*'vbs'* + 'vdir' options.txt /*'vdir'* +*************** +*** 1160,1165 **** +--- 1170,1177 ---- + 'virtualedit' options.txt /*'virtualedit'* + 'visualbell' options.txt /*'visualbell'* + 'vop' options.txt /*'vop'* ++ 'vsts' options.txt /*'vsts'* ++ 'vts' options.txt /*'vts'* + 'w1200' vi_diff.txt /*'w1200'* + 'w300' vi_diff.txt /*'w300'* + 'w9600' vi_diff.txt /*'w9600'* +*************** +*** 1348,1359 **** +--- 1360,1373 ---- + +terminfo various.txt /*+terminfo* + +termresponse various.txt /*+termresponse* + +textobjects various.txt /*+textobjects* ++ +textprop various.txt /*+textprop* + +tgetent various.txt /*+tgetent* + +timers various.txt /*+timers* + +title various.txt /*+title* + +toolbar various.txt /*+toolbar* + +unix eval.txt /*+unix* + +user_commands various.txt /*+user_commands* ++ +vartabs various.txt /*+vartabs* + +vertsplit various.txt /*+vertsplit* + +viminfo various.txt /*+viminfo* + +virtualedit various.txt /*+virtualedit* +*************** +*** 1707,1712 **** +--- 1721,1727 ---- + 05.6 usr_05.txt /*05.6* + 05.7 usr_05.txt /*05.7* + 05.8 usr_05.txt /*05.8* ++ 05.9 usr_05.txt /*05.9* + 06.1 usr_06.txt /*06.1* + 06.2 usr_06.txt /*06.2* + 06.3 usr_06.txt /*06.3* +*************** +*** 1923,1928 **** +--- 1938,1945 ---- + :<cfile> cmdline.txt /*:<cfile>* + :<cword> cmdline.txt /*:<cword>* + :<sfile> cmdline.txt /*:<sfile>* ++ :<sflnum> cmdline.txt /*:<sflnum>* ++ :<slnum> cmdline.txt /*:<slnum>* + := various.txt /*:=* + :> change.txt /*:>* + :? cmdline.txt /*:?* +*************** +*** 1937,1942 **** +--- 1954,1960 ---- + :AdaTypes ft_ada.txt /*:AdaTypes* + :Arguments terminal.txt /*:Arguments* + :Break terminal.txt /*:Break* ++ :Cfilter quickfix.txt /*:Cfilter* + :Clear terminal.txt /*:Clear* + :CompilerSet usr_41.txt /*:CompilerSet* + :Continue terminal.txt /*:Continue* +*************** +*** 1956,1961 **** +--- 1974,1980 ---- + :LPE pi_logipat.txt /*:LPE* + :LPF pi_logipat.txt /*:LPF* + :Lexplore pi_netrw.txt /*:Lexplore* ++ :Lfilter quickfix.txt /*:Lfilter* + :LogiPat pi_logipat.txt /*:LogiPat* + :Man filetype.txt /*:Man* + :MkVimball pi_vimball.txt /*:MkVimball* +*************** +*** 2116,2132 **** +--- 2135,2159 ---- + :cabbrev map.txt /*:cabbrev* + :cabc map.txt /*:cabc* + :cabclear map.txt /*:cabclear* ++ :cabo quickfix.txt /*:cabo* ++ :cabove quickfix.txt /*:cabove* + :cad quickfix.txt /*:cad* + :caddbuffer quickfix.txt /*:caddbuffer* + :cadde quickfix.txt /*:cadde* + :caddexpr quickfix.txt /*:caddexpr* + :caddf quickfix.txt /*:caddf* + :caddfile quickfix.txt /*:caddfile* ++ :caf quickfix.txt /*:caf* ++ :cafter quickfix.txt /*:cafter* + :cal eval.txt /*:cal* + :call eval.txt /*:call* + :cat eval.txt /*:cat* + :catch eval.txt /*:catch* + :cb quickfix.txt /*:cb* ++ :cbe quickfix.txt /*:cbe* ++ :cbe quickfix.txt /*:cbe* ++ :cbefore quickfix.txt /*:cbefore* ++ :cbelow quickfix.txt /*:cbelow* + :cbo quickfix.txt /*:cbo* + :cbottom quickfix.txt /*:cbottom* + :cbuffer quickfix.txt /*:cbuffer* +*************** +*** 2224,2229 **** +--- 2251,2257 ---- + :cp quickfix.txt /*:cp* + :cpf quickfix.txt /*:cpf* + :cpfile quickfix.txt /*:cpfile* ++ :cprev quickfix.txt /*:cprev* + :cprevious quickfix.txt /*:cprevious* + :cq quickfix.txt /*:cq* + :cquit quickfix.txt /*:cquit* +*************** +*** 2473,2484 **** +--- 2501,2516 ---- + :lNf quickfix.txt /*:lNf* + :lNfile quickfix.txt /*:lNfile* + :la editing.txt /*:la* ++ :lab quickfix.txt /*:lab* ++ :labove quickfix.txt /*:labove* + :lad quickfix.txt /*:lad* + :laddb quickfix.txt /*:laddb* + :laddbuffer quickfix.txt /*:laddbuffer* + :laddexpr quickfix.txt /*:laddexpr* + :laddf quickfix.txt /*:laddf* + :laddfile quickfix.txt /*:laddfile* ++ :laf quickfix.txt /*:laf* ++ :lafter quickfix.txt /*:lafter* + :lan mlang.txt /*:lan* + :lang mlang.txt /*:lang* + :language mlang.txt /*:language* +*************** +*** 2486,2491 **** +--- 2518,2527 ---- + :lat undo.txt /*:lat* + :later undo.txt /*:later* + :lb quickfix.txt /*:lb* ++ :lbef quickfix.txt /*:lbef* ++ :lbefore quickfix.txt /*:lbefore* ++ :lbel quickfix.txt /*:lbel* ++ :lbelow quickfix.txt /*:lbelow* + :lbo quickfix.txt /*:lbo* + :lbottom quickfix.txt /*:lbottom* + :lbuffer quickfix.txt /*:lbuffer* +*************** +*** 2503,2508 **** +--- 2539,2545 ---- + :lefta windows.txt /*:lefta* + :leftabove windows.txt /*:leftabove* + :let eval.txt /*:let* ++ :let%= eval.txt /*:let%=* + :let+= eval.txt /*:let+=* + :let-$ eval.txt /*:let-$* + :let-& eval.txt /*:let-&* +*************** +*** 2512,2518 **** +--- 2549,2558 ---- + :let-option eval.txt /*:let-option* + :let-register eval.txt /*:let-register* + :let-unpack eval.txt /*:let-unpack* ++ :let..= eval.txt /*:let..=* + :let.= eval.txt /*:let.=* ++ :let/= eval.txt /*:let\/=* ++ :letstar= eval.txt /*:letstar=* + :lex quickfix.txt /*:lex* + :lexpr quickfix.txt /*:lexpr* + :lf quickfix.txt /*:lf* +*************** +*** 2570,2575 **** +--- 2610,2616 ---- + :lp quickfix.txt /*:lp* + :lpf quickfix.txt /*:lpf* + :lpfile quickfix.txt /*:lpfile* ++ :lprev quickfix.txt /*:lprev* + :lprevious quickfix.txt /*:lprevious* + :lr quickfix.txt /*:lr* + :lrewind quickfix.txt /*:lrewind* +*************** +*** 2824,2829 **** +--- 2865,2872 ---- + :redraw various.txt /*:redraw* + :redraws various.txt /*:redraws* + :redrawstatus various.txt /*:redrawstatus* ++ :redrawt various.txt /*:redrawt* ++ :redrawtabline various.txt /*:redrawtabline* + :reg change.txt /*:reg* + :registers change.txt /*:registers* + :res windows.txt /*:res* +*************** +*** 2863,2870 **** +--- 2906,2922 ---- + :sN windows.txt /*:sN* + :sNext windows.txt /*:sNext* + :s\= change.txt /*:s\\=* ++ :s_# change.txt /*:s_#* ++ :s_I change.txt /*:s_I* + :s_c change.txt /*:s_c* ++ :s_e change.txt /*:s_e* + :s_flags change.txt /*:s_flags* ++ :s_g change.txt /*:s_g* ++ :s_i change.txt /*:s_i* ++ :s_l change.txt /*:s_l* ++ :s_n change.txt /*:s_n* ++ :s_p change.txt /*:s_p* ++ :s_r change.txt /*:s_r* + :sa windows.txt /*:sa* + :sal windows.txt /*:sal* + :sall windows.txt /*:sall* +*************** +*** 2899,2907 **** +--- 2951,2962 ---- + :scl change.txt /*:scl* + :scp change.txt /*:scp* + :scr repeat.txt /*:scr* ++ :script repeat.txt /*:script* + :scripte repeat.txt /*:scripte* + :scriptencoding repeat.txt /*:scriptencoding* + :scriptnames repeat.txt /*:scriptnames* ++ :scriptv repeat.txt /*:scriptv* ++ :scriptversion repeat.txt /*:scriptversion* + :scs if_cscop.txt /*:scs* + :scscope if_cscop.txt /*:scscope* + :se options.txt /*:se* +*************** +*** 3148,3153 **** +--- 3203,3211 ---- + :tag tagsrch.txt /*:tag* + :tags tagsrch.txt /*:tags* + :tc if_tcl.txt /*:tc* ++ :tcd editing.txt /*:tcd* ++ :tch editing.txt /*:tch* ++ :tchdir editing.txt /*:tchdir* + :tcl if_tcl.txt /*:tcl* + :tcld if_tcl.txt /*:tcld* + :tcldo if_tcl.txt /*:tcldo* +*************** +*** 3165,3170 **** +--- 3223,3234 ---- + :tjump tagsrch.txt /*:tjump* + :tl tagsrch.txt /*:tl* + :tlast tagsrch.txt /*:tlast* ++ :tlm gui.txt /*:tlm* ++ :tlmenu gui.txt /*:tlmenu* ++ :tln gui.txt /*:tln* ++ :tlnoremenu gui.txt /*:tlnoremenu* ++ :tlu gui.txt /*:tlu* ++ :tlunmenu gui.txt /*:tlunmenu* + :tm gui.txt /*:tm* + :tma map.txt /*:tma* + :tmap map.txt /*:tmap* +*************** +*** 3285,3292 **** + :write_a editing.txt /*:write_a* + :write_c editing.txt /*:write_c* + :write_f editing.txt /*:write_f* +- :ws workshop.txt /*:ws* +- :wsverb workshop.txt /*:wsverb* + :wundo undo.txt /*:wundo* + :wv starting.txt /*:wv* + :wviminfo starting.txt /*:wviminfo* +--- 3349,3354 ---- +*************** +*** 3453,3462 **** +--- 3515,3526 ---- + <bang> map.txt /*<bang>* + <buffer=N> autocmd.txt /*<buffer=N>* + <buffer=abuf> autocmd.txt /*<buffer=abuf>* ++ <cWORD> cmdline.txt /*<cWORD>* + <cexpr> cmdline.txt /*<cexpr>* + <cfile> cmdline.txt /*<cfile>* + <character> intro.txt /*<character>* + <count> map.txt /*<count>* ++ <cword> cmdline.txt /*<cword>* + <f-args> map.txt /*<f-args>* + <k0> term.txt /*<k0>* + <k1> term.txt /*<k1>* +*************** +*** 3488,3493 **** +--- 3552,3558 ---- + <reg> map.txt /*<reg>* + <register> map.txt /*<register>* + <sfile> cmdline.txt /*<sfile>* ++ <sflnum> cmdline.txt /*<sflnum>* + <slnum> cmdline.txt /*<slnum>* + <xCSI> intro.txt /*<xCSI>* + <xDown> term.txt /*<xDown>* +*************** +*** 3543,3548 **** +--- 3608,3616 ---- + B motion.txt /*B* + BeBox os_beos.txt /*BeBox* + BeOS os_beos.txt /*BeOS* ++ Blob eval.txt /*Blob* ++ Blobs eval.txt /*Blobs* ++ Boolean eval.txt /*Boolean* + Bram intro.txt /*Bram* + BufAdd autocmd.txt /*BufAdd* + BufCreate autocmd.txt /*BufCreate* +*************** +*** 3601,3607 **** + CTRL-W index.txt /*CTRL-W* + CTRL-W_+ windows.txt /*CTRL-W_+* + CTRL-W_- windows.txt /*CTRL-W_-* +- CTRL-W_. terminal.txt /*CTRL-W_.* + CTRL-W_: windows.txt /*CTRL-W_:* + CTRL-W_< windows.txt /*CTRL-W_<* + CTRL-W_<BS> windows.txt /*CTRL-W_<BS>* +--- 3669,3674 ---- +*************** +*** 3641,3647 **** + CTRL-W_J windows.txt /*CTRL-W_J* + CTRL-W_K windows.txt /*CTRL-W_K* + CTRL-W_L windows.txt /*CTRL-W_L* +- CTRL-W_N terminal.txt /*CTRL-W_N* + CTRL-W_P windows.txt /*CTRL-W_P* + CTRL-W_R windows.txt /*CTRL-W_R* + CTRL-W_S windows.txt /*CTRL-W_S* +--- 3708,3713 ---- +*************** +*** 3656,3664 **** +--- 3722,3732 ---- + CTRL-W_d tagsrch.txt /*CTRL-W_d* + CTRL-W_f windows.txt /*CTRL-W_f* + CTRL-W_gF windows.txt /*CTRL-W_gF* ++ CTRL-W_gT windows.txt /*CTRL-W_gT* + CTRL-W_g] windows.txt /*CTRL-W_g]* + CTRL-W_g_CTRL-] windows.txt /*CTRL-W_g_CTRL-]* + CTRL-W_gf windows.txt /*CTRL-W_gf* ++ CTRL-W_gt windows.txt /*CTRL-W_gt* + CTRL-W_g} windows.txt /*CTRL-W_g}* + CTRL-W_h windows.txt /*CTRL-W_h* + CTRL-W_i tagsrch.txt /*CTRL-W_i* +*************** +*** 3669,3675 **** + CTRL-W_o windows.txt /*CTRL-W_o* + CTRL-W_p windows.txt /*CTRL-W_p* + CTRL-W_q windows.txt /*CTRL-W_q* +- CTRL-W_quote terminal.txt /*CTRL-W_quote* + CTRL-W_r windows.txt /*CTRL-W_r* + CTRL-W_s windows.txt /*CTRL-W_s* + CTRL-W_t windows.txt /*CTRL-W_t* +--- 3737,3742 ---- +*************** +*** 3702,3708 **** +--- 3769,3777 ---- + ColorSchemePre autocmd.txt /*ColorSchemePre* + Command-line cmdline.txt /*Command-line* + Command-line-mode cmdline.txt /*Command-line-mode* ++ CompleteChanged autocmd.txt /*CompleteChanged* + CompleteDone autocmd.txt /*CompleteDone* ++ ConPTY terminal.txt /*ConPTY* + Contents quickref.txt /*Contents* + Cscope if_cscop.txt /*Cscope* + CursorHold autocmd.txt /*CursorHold* +*************** +*** 3715,3723 **** +--- 3784,3794 ---- + DOS os_dos.txt /*DOS* + DOS-format editing.txt /*DOS-format* + DOS-format-write editing.txt /*DOS-format-write* ++ Dict eval.txt /*Dict* + Dictionaries eval.txt /*Dictionaries* + Dictionary eval.txt /*Dictionary* + Dictionary-function eval.txt /*Dictionary-function* ++ DiffUpdated autocmd.txt /*DiffUpdated* + Digraphs digraph.txt /*Digraphs* + DirChanged autocmd.txt /*DirChanged* + E motion.txt /*E* +*************** +*** 3868,3874 **** + E233 gui.txt /*E233* + E234 options.txt /*E234* + E235 options.txt /*E235* +! E236 options.txt /*E236* + E237 print.txt /*E237* + E238 print.txt /*E238* + E239 sign.txt /*E239* +--- 3939,3945 ---- + E233 gui.txt /*E233* + E234 options.txt /*E234* + E235 options.txt /*E235* +! E236 gui.txt /*E236* + E237 print.txt /*E237* + E238 print.txt /*E238* + E239 sign.txt /*E239* +*************** +*** 3876,3883 **** + E240 remote.txt /*E240* + E241 eval.txt /*E241* + E243 if_ole.txt /*E243* +! E244 options.txt /*E244* +! E245 options.txt /*E245* + E246 autocmd.txt /*E246* + E247 remote.txt /*E247* + E248 remote.txt /*E248* +--- 3947,3954 ---- + E240 remote.txt /*E240* + E241 eval.txt /*E241* + E243 if_ole.txt /*E243* +! E244 gui.txt /*E244* +! E245 gui.txt /*E245* + E246 autocmd.txt /*E246* + E247 remote.txt /*E247* + E248 remote.txt /*E248* +*************** +*** 4094,4100 **** + E458 message.txt /*E458* + E459 message.txt /*E459* + E46 message.txt /*E46* +- E460 message.txt /*E460* + E461 eval.txt /*E461* + E462 editing.txt /*E462* + E463 netbeans.txt /*E463* +--- 4165,4170 ---- +*************** +*** 4553,4559 **** +--- 4623,4632 ---- + E893 eval.txt /*E893* + E894 eval.txt /*E894* + E895 if_mzsch.txt /*E895* ++ E896 eval.txt /*E896* ++ E897 eval.txt /*E897* + E898 channel.txt /*E898* ++ E899 eval.txt /*E899* + E90 message.txt /*E90* + E901 channel.txt /*E901* + E902 channel.txt /*E902* +*************** +*** 4615,4624 **** +--- 4688,4730 ---- + E953 eval.txt /*E953* + E954 options.txt /*E954* + E955 eval.txt /*E955* ++ E956 pattern.txt /*E956* ++ E957 eval.txt /*E957* ++ E958 eval.txt /*E958* + E96 diff.txt /*E96* ++ E960 options.txt /*E960* ++ E961 cmdline.txt /*E961* ++ E962 eval.txt /*E962* ++ E963 eval.txt /*E963* ++ E964 eval.txt /*E964* ++ E965 eval.txt /*E965* ++ E966 eval.txt /*E966* ++ E967 textprop.txt /*E967* ++ E968 eval.txt /*E968* ++ E969 eval.txt /*E969* + E97 diff.txt /*E97* ++ E970 eval.txt /*E970* ++ E971 textprop.txt /*E971* ++ E972 eval.txt /*E972* ++ E973 eval.txt /*E973* ++ E974 eval.txt /*E974* ++ E975 eval.txt /*E975* ++ E976 eval.txt /*E976* ++ E977 eval.txt /*E977* ++ E978 eval.txt /*E978* ++ E979 eval.txt /*E979* + E98 diff.txt /*E98* ++ E980 eval.txt /*E980* ++ E981 starting.txt /*E981* ++ E982 terminal.txt /*E982* ++ E983 message.txt /*E983* ++ E984 repeat.txt /*E984* ++ E985 eval.txt /*E985* ++ E986 tagsrch.txt /*E986* ++ E987 tagsrch.txt /*E987* ++ E988 gui_w32.txt /*E988* + E99 diff.txt /*E99* ++ E999 repeat.txt /*E999* + EX intro.txt /*EX* + EXINIT starting.txt /*EXINIT* + Elvis intro.txt /*Elvis* +*************** +*** 4721,4728 **** +--- 4827,4837 ---- + N<Del> various.txt /*N<Del>* + NFA pattern.txt /*NFA* + NL-used-for-Nul pattern.txt /*NL-used-for-Nul* ++ Neovim intro.txt /*Neovim* + NetBSD-backspace options.txt /*NetBSD-backspace* ++ NetBeans netbeans.txt /*NetBeans* + NetUserPass() pi_netrw.txt /*NetUserPass()* ++ None eval.txt /*None* + Normal intro.txt /*Normal* + Normal-mode intro.txt /*Normal-mode* + Number eval.txt /*Number* +*************** +*** 4830,4835 **** +--- 4939,4945 ---- + ShellCmdPost autocmd.txt /*ShellCmdPost* + ShellFilterPost autocmd.txt /*ShellFilterPost* + SourceCmd autocmd.txt /*SourceCmd* ++ SourcePost autocmd.txt /*SourcePost* + SourcePre autocmd.txt /*SourcePre* + Special eval.txt /*Special* + SpellFileMissing autocmd.txt /*SpellFileMissing* +*************** +*** 4942,4948 **** +--- 5052,5061 ---- + [:cntrl:] pattern.txt /*[:cntrl:]* + [:digit:] pattern.txt /*[:digit:]* + [:escape:] pattern.txt /*[:escape:]* ++ [:fname:] pattern.txt /*[:fname:]* + [:graph:] pattern.txt /*[:graph:]* ++ [:ident:] pattern.txt /*[:ident:]* ++ [:keyword:] pattern.txt /*[:keyword:]* + [:lower:] pattern.txt /*[:lower:]* + [:print:] pattern.txt /*[:print:]* + [:punct:] pattern.txt /*[:punct:]* +*************** +*** 5107,5112 **** +--- 5220,5226 ---- + ap motion.txt /*ap* + apache.vim syntax.txt /*apache.vim* + append() eval.txt /*append()* ++ appendbufline() eval.txt /*appendbufline()* + aquote motion.txt /*aquote* + arabic.txt arabic.txt /*arabic.txt* + arabicfonts arabic.txt /*arabicfonts* +*************** +*** 5160,5165 **** +--- 5274,5280 ---- + autocmd-intro autocmd.txt /*autocmd-intro* + autocmd-list autocmd.txt /*autocmd-list* + autocmd-nested autocmd.txt /*autocmd-nested* ++ autocmd-once autocmd.txt /*autocmd-once* + autocmd-osfiletypes filetype.txt /*autocmd-osfiletypes* + autocmd-patterns autocmd.txt /*autocmd-patterns* + autocmd-remove autocmd.txt /*autocmd-remove* +*************** +*** 5170,5175 **** +--- 5285,5291 ---- + autocommand autocmd.txt /*autocommand* + autocommand-events autocmd.txt /*autocommand-events* + autocommand-pattern autocmd.txt /*autocommand-pattern* ++ autocommands autocmd.txt /*autocommands* + autoformat change.txt /*autoformat* + autoload eval.txt /*autoload* + autoload-functions eval.txt /*autoload-functions* +*************** +*** 5230,5235 **** +--- 5346,5356 ---- + beval_winnr-variable eval.txt /*beval_winnr-variable* + binary-number eval.txt /*binary-number* + bitwise-function usr_41.txt /*bitwise-function* ++ blob eval.txt /*blob* ++ blob-identity eval.txt /*blob-identity* ++ blob-index eval.txt /*blob-index* ++ blob-literal eval.txt /*blob-literal* ++ blob-modification eval.txt /*blob-modification* + blockwise-examples visual.txt /*blockwise-examples* + blockwise-operators visual.txt /*blockwise-operators* + blockwise-register change.txt /*blockwise-register* +*************** +*** 5240,5245 **** +--- 5361,5367 ---- + bom-bytes mbyte.txt /*bom-bytes* + book intro.txt /*book* + bookmark usr_03.txt /*bookmark* ++ books intro.txt /*books* + boolean options.txt /*boolean* + break-finally eval.txt /*break-finally* + browse() eval.txt /*browse()* +*************** +*** 5395,5400 **** +--- 5517,5523 ---- + catch-text eval.txt /*catch-text* + cc change.txt /*cc* + ceil() eval.txt /*ceil()* ++ cfilter-plugin quickfix.txt /*cfilter-plugin* + ch.vim syntax.txt /*ch.vim* + ch_canread() eval.txt /*ch_canread()* + ch_close() eval.txt /*ch_close()* +*************** +*** 5408,5413 **** +--- 5531,5537 ---- + ch_logfile() eval.txt /*ch_logfile()* + ch_open() eval.txt /*ch_open()* + ch_read() eval.txt /*ch_read()* ++ ch_readblob() eval.txt /*ch_readblob()* + ch_readraw() eval.txt /*ch_readraw()* + ch_sendexpr() eval.txt /*ch_sendexpr()* + ch_sendraw() eval.txt /*ch_sendraw()* +*************** +*** 5449,5454 **** +--- 5573,5579 ---- + channel-functions usr_41.txt /*channel-functions* + channel-mode channel.txt /*channel-mode* + channel-more channel.txt /*channel-more* ++ channel-noblock channel.txt /*channel-noblock* + channel-open channel.txt /*channel-open* + channel-open-options channel.txt /*channel-open-options* + channel-raw channel.txt /*channel-raw* +*************** +*** 5585,5590 **** +--- 5710,5717 ---- + complete_CTRL-Y insert.txt /*complete_CTRL-Y* + complete_add() eval.txt /*complete_add()* + complete_check() eval.txt /*complete_check()* ++ complete_info() eval.txt /*complete_info()* ++ complete_info_mode eval.txt /*complete_info_mode* + completed_item-variable eval.txt /*completed_item-variable* + completion-functions usr_41.txt /*completion-functions* + complex-change change.txt /*complex-change* +*************** +*** 5756,5761 **** +--- 5883,5889 ---- + debug-win32 debug.txt /*debug-win32* + debug-windbg debug.txt /*debug-windbg* + debug.txt debug.txt /*debug.txt* ++ debugbreak() eval.txt /*debugbreak()* + debugger-compilation debugger.txt /*debugger-compilation* + debugger-features debugger.txt /*debugger-features* + debugger-integration debugger.txt /*debugger-integration* +*************** +*** 5765,5775 **** +--- 5893,5905 ---- + decada_members ft_ada.txt /*decada_members* + deepcopy() eval.txt /*deepcopy()* + defaults.vim starting.txt /*defaults.vim* ++ defaults.vim-explained usr_05.txt /*defaults.vim-explained* + definition-search tagsrch.txt /*definition-search* + definitions intro.txt /*definitions* + delete() eval.txt /*delete()* + delete-insert change.txt /*delete-insert* + delete-menus gui.txt /*delete-menus* ++ deletebufline() eval.txt /*deletebufline()* + deleting change.txt /*deleting* + demoserver.py channel.txt /*demoserver.py* + design-assumptions develop.txt /*design-assumptions* +*************** +*** 5974,5979 **** +--- 6104,6110 ---- + expr-+ eval.txt /*expr-+* + expr-- eval.txt /*expr--* + expr-. eval.txt /*expr-.* ++ expr-.. eval.txt /*expr-..* + expr-/ eval.txt /*expr-\/* + expr-< eval.txt /*expr-<* + expr-<# eval.txt /*expr-<#* +*************** +*** 6037,6043 **** + false-variable eval.txt /*false-variable* + faq intro.txt /*faq* + farsi farsi.txt /*farsi* +- farsi-fonts farsi.txt /*farsi-fonts* + farsi.txt farsi.txt /*farsi.txt* + fasm.vim syntax.txt /*fasm.vim* + fcs_choice-variable eval.txt /*fcs_choice-variable* +--- 6168,6173 ---- +*************** +*** 6137,6142 **** +--- 6267,6273 ---- + foldtextresult() eval.txt /*foldtextresult()* + font-sizes gui_x11.txt /*font-sizes* + fontset mbyte.txt /*fontset* ++ forced-motion motion.txt /*forced-motion* + foreground() eval.txt /*foreground()* + fork os_unix.txt /*fork* + form.vim syntax.txt /*form.vim* +*************** +*** 6255,6262 **** +--- 6386,6399 ---- + ft-python-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-python-syntax* + ft-quake-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-quake-syntax* + ft-r-indent indent.txt /*ft-r-indent* ++ ft-r-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-r-syntax* + ft-readline-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-readline-syntax* + ft-rexx-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-rexx-syntax* ++ ft-rmd-plugin filetype.txt /*ft-rmd-plugin* ++ ft-rmd-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-rmd-syntax* ++ ft-rrst-plugin filetype.txt /*ft-rrst-plugin* ++ ft-rrst-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-rrst-syntax* ++ ft-rst-plugin filetype.txt /*ft-rst-plugin* + ft-rst-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-rst-syntax* + ft-ruby-omni insert.txt /*ft-ruby-omni* + ft-ruby-syntax syntax.txt /*ft-ruby-syntax* +*************** +*** 6644,6649 **** +--- 6781,6787 ---- + gettabinfo() eval.txt /*gettabinfo()* + gettabvar() eval.txt /*gettabvar()* + gettabwinvar() eval.txt /*gettabwinvar()* ++ gettagstack() eval.txt /*gettagstack()* + getwininfo() eval.txt /*getwininfo()* + getwinpos() eval.txt /*getwinpos()* + getwinposx() eval.txt /*getwinposx()* +*************** +*** 6710,6715 **** +--- 6848,6855 ---- + gui-clipboard gui_w32.txt /*gui-clipboard* + gui-colors syntax.txt /*gui-colors* + gui-extras gui.txt /*gui-extras* ++ gui-font gui.txt /*gui-font* ++ gui-fontwide gui.txt /*gui-fontwide* + gui-footer debugger.txt /*gui-footer* + gui-fork gui_x11.txt /*gui-fork* + gui-functions usr_41.txt /*gui-functions* +*************** +*** 6761,6769 **** + gui.txt gui.txt /*gui.txt* + gui_w32.txt gui_w32.txt /*gui_w32.txt* + gui_x11.txt gui_x11.txt /*gui_x11.txt* +! guifontwide_gtk options.txt /*guifontwide_gtk* +! guifontwide_win_mbyte options.txt /*guifontwide_win_mbyte* +! guioptions_a options.txt /*guioptions_a* + guu change.txt /*guu* + gv visual.txt /*gv* + gview starting.txt /*gview* +--- 6901,6908 ---- + gui.txt gui.txt /*gui.txt* + gui_w32.txt gui_w32.txt /*gui_w32.txt* + gui_x11.txt gui_x11.txt /*gui_x11.txt* +! guifontwide_gtk gui.txt /*guifontwide_gtk* +! guifontwide_win_mbyte gui.txt /*guifontwide_win_mbyte* + guu change.txt /*guu* + gv visual.txt /*gv* + gview starting.txt /*gview* +*************** +*** 7137,7142 **** +--- 7276,7282 ---- + iquote motion.txt /*iquote* + is motion.txt /*is* + isdirectory() eval.txt /*isdirectory()* ++ isinf() eval.txt /*isinf()* + islocked() eval.txt /*islocked()* + isnan() eval.txt /*isnan()* + it motion.txt /*it* +*************** +*** 7162,7167 **** +--- 7302,7308 ---- + job-exit_cb channel.txt /*job-exit_cb* + job-functions usr_41.txt /*job-functions* + job-in_io channel.txt /*job-in_io* ++ job-noblock channel.txt /*job-noblock* + job-options channel.txt /*job-options* + job-out_cb channel.txt /*job-out_cb* + job-out_io channel.txt /*job-out_io* +*************** +*** 7223,7229 **** + lang-variable eval.txt /*lang-variable* + language-mapping map.txt /*language-mapping* + last-pattern pattern.txt /*last-pattern* +! last-position-jump eval.txt /*last-position-jump* + last_buffer_nr() eval.txt /*last_buffer_nr()* + latex-syntax syntax.txt /*latex-syntax* + lc_time-variable eval.txt /*lc_time-variable* +--- 7364,7370 ---- + lang-variable eval.txt /*lang-variable* + language-mapping map.txt /*language-mapping* + last-pattern pattern.txt /*last-pattern* +! last-position-jump usr_05.txt /*last-position-jump* + last_buffer_nr() eval.txt /*last_buffer_nr()* + latex-syntax syntax.txt /*latex-syntax* + lc_time-variable eval.txt /*lc_time-variable* +*************** +*** 7249,7254 **** +--- 7390,7396 ---- + limits vi_diff.txt /*limits* + line() eval.txt /*line()* + line-continuation repeat.txt /*line-continuation* ++ line-continuation-comment repeat.txt /*line-continuation-comment* + line2byte() eval.txt /*line2byte()* + linefeed intro.txt /*linefeed* + linewise motion.txt /*linewise* +*************** +*** 7262,7267 **** +--- 7404,7410 ---- + list-index eval.txt /*list-index* + list-modification eval.txt /*list-modification* + list-repeat windows.txt /*list-repeat* ++ list2str() eval.txt /*list2str()* + lite.vim syntax.txt /*lite.vim* + literal-string eval.txt /*literal-string* + lnum-variable eval.txt /*lnum-variable* +*************** +*** 7277,7282 **** +--- 7420,7426 ---- + locale-name mbyte.txt /*locale-name* + localtime() eval.txt /*localtime()* + location-list quickfix.txt /*location-list* ++ location-list-file-window quickfix.txt /*location-list-file-window* + location-list-window quickfix.txt /*location-list-window* + log() eval.txt /*log()* + log10() eval.txt /*log10()* +*************** +*** 7297,7302 **** +--- 7441,7447 ---- + lowercase change.txt /*lowercase* + lpc.vim syntax.txt /*lpc.vim* + lua if_lua.txt /*lua* ++ lua-blob if_lua.txt /*lua-blob* + lua-buffer if_lua.txt /*lua-buffer* + lua-commands if_lua.txt /*lua-commands* + lua-dict if_lua.txt /*lua-dict* +*************** +*** 7522,7527 **** +--- 7667,7673 ---- + netbeans-run netbeans.txt /*netbeans-run* + netbeans-setup netbeans.txt /*netbeans-setup* + netbeans-support netbeans.txt /*netbeans-support* ++ netbeans-xpm netbeans.txt /*netbeans-xpm* + netbeans.txt netbeans.txt /*netbeans.txt* + netreadfixup pi_netrw.txt /*netreadfixup* + netrw pi_netrw.txt /*netrw* +*************** +*** 7888,7893 **** +--- 8034,8040 ---- + online-help helphelp.txt /*online-help* + opening-window windows.txt /*opening-window* + operator motion.txt /*operator* ++ operator-pending-index index.txt /*operator-pending-index* + operator-variable eval.txt /*operator-variable* + option-backslash options.txt /*option-backslash* + option-list quickref.txt /*option-list* +*************** +*** 7955,7960 **** +--- 8102,8108 ---- + penc-option print.txt /*penc-option* + perl if_perl.txt /*perl* + perl-Append if_perl.txt /*perl-Append* ++ perl-Blob if_perl.txt /*perl-Blob* + perl-Buffer if_perl.txt /*perl-Buffer* + perl-Buffers if_perl.txt /*perl-Buffers* + perl-Count if_perl.txt /*perl-Count* +*************** +*** 8061,8068 **** +--- 8209,8228 ---- + progress.vim syntax.txt /*progress.vim* + prompt-buffer channel.txt /*prompt-buffer* + prompt_setcallback() eval.txt /*prompt_setcallback()* ++ prompt_setinterrupt() eval.txt /*prompt_setinterrupt()* + prompt_setprompt() eval.txt /*prompt_setprompt()* ++ promptbuffer-functions usr_41.txt /*promptbuffer-functions* + pronounce intro.txt /*pronounce* ++ prop_add() eval.txt /*prop_add()* ++ prop_clear() eval.txt /*prop_clear()* ++ prop_find() eval.txt /*prop_find()* ++ prop_list() eval.txt /*prop_list()* ++ prop_remove() eval.txt /*prop_remove()* ++ prop_type_add() eval.txt /*prop_type_add()* ++ prop_type_change() eval.txt /*prop_type_change()* ++ prop_type_delete() eval.txt /*prop_type_delete()* ++ prop_type_get() eval.txt /*prop_type_get()* ++ prop_type_list() eval.txt /*prop_type_list()* + psql ft_sql.txt /*psql* + ptcap.vim syntax.txt /*ptcap.vim* + pterm-mouse options.txt /*pterm-mouse* +*************** +*** 8131,8142 **** +--- 8291,8304 ---- + quickfix quickfix.txt /*quickfix* + quickfix-6 version6.txt /*quickfix-6* + quickfix-ID quickfix.txt /*quickfix-ID* ++ quickfix-buffer quickfix.txt /*quickfix-buffer* + quickfix-changedtick quickfix.txt /*quickfix-changedtick* + quickfix-context quickfix.txt /*quickfix-context* + quickfix-directory-stack quickfix.txt /*quickfix-directory-stack* + quickfix-error-lists quickfix.txt /*quickfix-error-lists* + quickfix-functions usr_41.txt /*quickfix-functions* + quickfix-gcc quickfix.txt /*quickfix-gcc* ++ quickfix-index quickfix.txt /*quickfix-index* + quickfix-manx quickfix.txt /*quickfix-manx* + quickfix-parse quickfix.txt /*quickfix-parse* + quickfix-perl quickfix.txt /*quickfix-perl* +*************** +*** 8184,8189 **** +--- 8346,8352 ---- + quotestar gui.txt /*quotestar* + quote~ change.txt /*quote~* + r change.txt /*r* ++ r.vim syntax.txt /*r.vim* + range() eval.txt /*range()* + raw-terminal-mode term.txt /*raw-terminal-mode* + rcp pi_netrw.txt /*rcp* +*************** +*** 8191,8196 **** +--- 8354,8360 ---- + read-messages insert.txt /*read-messages* + read-only-share editing.txt /*read-only-share* + read-stdin version5.txt /*read-stdin* ++ readdir() eval.txt /*readdir()* + readfile() eval.txt /*readfile()* + readline.vim syntax.txt /*readline.vim* + recording repeat.txt /*recording* +*************** +*** 8248,8258 **** +--- 8412,8425 ---- + rileft rileft.txt /*rileft* + rileft.txt rileft.txt /*rileft.txt* + riscos os_risc.txt /*riscos* ++ rmd.vim syntax.txt /*rmd.vim* + rot13 change.txt /*rot13* + round() eval.txt /*round()* ++ rrst.vim syntax.txt /*rrst.vim* + rst.vim syntax.txt /*rst.vim* + rsync pi_netrw.txt /*rsync* + ruby if_ruby.txt /*ruby* ++ ruby-blob if_ruby.txt /*ruby-blob* + ruby-buffer if_ruby.txt /*ruby-buffer* + ruby-command if_ruby.txt /*ruby-command* + ruby-commands if_ruby.txt /*ruby-commands* +*************** +*** 8260,8265 **** +--- 8427,8433 ---- + ruby-evaluate if_ruby.txt /*ruby-evaluate* + ruby-globals if_ruby.txt /*ruby-globals* + ruby-message if_ruby.txt /*ruby-message* ++ ruby-rubyeval if_ruby.txt /*ruby-rubyeval* + ruby-set_option if_ruby.txt /*ruby-set_option* + ruby-vim if_ruby.txt /*ruby-vim* + ruby-window if_ruby.txt /*ruby-window* +*************** +*** 8271,8276 **** +--- 8439,8445 ---- + ruby_operators syntax.txt /*ruby_operators* + ruby_space_errors syntax.txt /*ruby_space_errors* + ruby_spellcheck_strings syntax.txt /*ruby_spellcheck_strings* ++ rubyeval() eval.txt /*rubyeval()* + russian russian.txt /*russian* + russian-intro russian.txt /*russian-intro* + russian-issues russian.txt /*russian-issues* +*************** +*** 8319,8332 **** +--- 8488,8504 ---- + scp pi_netrw.txt /*scp* + screenattr() eval.txt /*screenattr()* + screenchar() eval.txt /*screenchar()* ++ screenchars() eval.txt /*screenchars()* + screencol() eval.txt /*screencol()* + screenrow() eval.txt /*screenrow()* ++ screenstring() eval.txt /*screenstring()* + script usr_41.txt /*script* + script-here if_perl.txt /*script-here* + script-local map.txt /*script-local* + script-variable eval.txt /*script-variable* + scriptnames-dictionary eval.txt /*scriptnames-dictionary* + scriptout-changed version4.txt /*scriptout-changed* ++ scriptversion eval.txt /*scriptversion* + scroll-binding scroll.txt /*scroll-binding* + scroll-cursor scroll.txt /*scroll-cursor* + scroll-down scroll.txt /*scroll-down* +*************** +*** 8382,8387 **** +--- 8554,8560 ---- + setreg() eval.txt /*setreg()* + settabvar() eval.txt /*settabvar()* + settabwinvar() eval.txt /*settabwinvar()* ++ settagstack() eval.txt /*settagstack()* + setting-guifont gui.txt /*setting-guifont* + setting-guitablabel tabpage.txt /*setting-guitablabel* + setting-tabline tabpage.txt /*setting-tabline* +*************** +*** 8402,8411 **** +--- 8575,8596 ---- + shiftwidth() eval.txt /*shiftwidth()* + short-name-changed version4.txt /*short-name-changed* + showing-menus gui.txt /*showing-menus* ++ sign-column sign.txt /*sign-column* + sign-commands sign.txt /*sign-commands* ++ sign-functions usr_41.txt /*sign-functions* ++ sign-group sign.txt /*sign-group* ++ sign-identifier sign.txt /*sign-identifier* + sign-intro sign.txt /*sign-intro* ++ sign-priority sign.txt /*sign-priority* + sign-support sign.txt /*sign-support* + sign.txt sign.txt /*sign.txt* ++ sign_define() eval.txt /*sign_define()* ++ sign_getdefined() eval.txt /*sign_getdefined()* ++ sign_getplaced() eval.txt /*sign_getplaced()* ++ sign_jump() eval.txt /*sign_jump()* ++ sign_place() eval.txt /*sign_place()* ++ sign_undefine() eval.txt /*sign_undefine()* ++ sign_unplace() eval.txt /*sign_unplace()* + signs sign.txt /*signs* + simple-change change.txt /*simple-change* + simplify() eval.txt /*simplify()* +*************** +*** 8442,8447 **** +--- 8627,8633 ---- + spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN spell.txt /*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN* + spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDREP spell.txt /*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDREP* + spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE spell.txt /*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE* ++ spell-CHECKSHARPS spell.txt /*spell-CHECKSHARPS* + spell-CIRCUMFIX spell.txt /*spell-CIRCUMFIX* + spell-COMMON spell.txt /*spell-COMMON* + spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES spell.txt /*spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES* +*************** +*** 8451,8456 **** +--- 8637,8643 ---- + spell-COMPOUNDFIRST spell.txt /*spell-COMPOUNDFIRST* + spell-COMPOUNDFLAG spell.txt /*spell-COMPOUNDFLAG* + spell-COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG spell.txt /*spell-COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG* ++ spell-COMPOUNDLAST spell.txt /*spell-COMPOUNDLAST* + spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE spell.txt /*spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE* + spell-COMPOUNDMIN spell.txt /*spell-COMPOUNDMIN* + spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG spell.txt /*spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG* +*************** +*** 8587,8592 **** +--- 8774,8780 ---- + status-line windows.txt /*status-line* + statusmsg-variable eval.txt /*statusmsg-variable* + str2float() eval.txt /*str2float()* ++ str2list() eval.txt /*str2list()* + str2nr() eval.txt /*str2nr()* + strcasestr() eval.txt /*strcasestr()* + strcharpart() eval.txt /*strcharpart()* +*************** +*** 8635,8640 **** +--- 8823,8830 ---- + swapchoice-variable eval.txt /*swapchoice-variable* + swapcommand-variable eval.txt /*swapcommand-variable* + swapfile-changed version4.txt /*swapfile-changed* ++ swapinfo() eval.txt /*swapinfo()* ++ swapname() eval.txt /*swapname()* + swapname-variable eval.txt /*swapname-variable* + sybase ft_sql.txt /*sybase* + syn-sync-grouphere syntax.txt /*syn-sync-grouphere* +*************** +*** 8684,8690 **** +--- 8874,8887 ---- + t_BD term.txt /*t_BD* + t_BE term.txt /*t_BE* + t_CS term.txt /*t_CS* ++ t_CTRL-W_. terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_.* ++ t_CTRL-W_: terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_:* + t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C* ++ t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-W* ++ t_CTRL-W_N terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_N* ++ t_CTRL-W_gT terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_gT* ++ t_CTRL-W_gt terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_gt* ++ t_CTRL-W_quote terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-W_quote* + t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N terminal.txt /*t_CTRL-\\_CTRL-N* + t_CV term.txt /*t_CV* + t_Ce term.txt /*t_Ce* +*************** +*** 8732,8744 **** +--- 8929,8945 ---- + t_RF term.txt /*t_RF* + t_RI term.txt /*t_RI* + t_RS term.txt /*t_RS* ++ t_RT term.txt /*t_RT* + t_RV term.txt /*t_RV* ++ t_Ri term.txt /*t_Ri* + t_SC term.txt /*t_SC* + t_SH term.txt /*t_SH* + t_SI term.txt /*t_SI* + t_SR term.txt /*t_SR* ++ t_ST term.txt /*t_ST* + t_Sb term.txt /*t_Sb* + t_Sf term.txt /*t_Sf* ++ t_Si term.txt /*t_Si* + t_Te term.txt /*t_Te* + t_Ts term.txt /*t_Ts* + t_VS term.txt /*t_VS* +*************** +*** 8748,8753 **** +--- 8949,8955 ---- + t_ZR term.txt /*t_ZR* + t_al term.txt /*t_al* + t_bc term.txt /*t_bc* ++ t_blob-variable eval.txt /*t_blob-variable* + t_bool-variable eval.txt /*t_bool-variable* + t_cd term.txt /*t_cd* + t_cdl version4.txt /*t_cdl* +*************** +*** 8869,8879 **** + tabpagewinnr() eval.txt /*tabpagewinnr()* + tag tagsrch.txt /*tag* + tag-! tagsrch.txt /*tag-!* +- tag-any-white tagsrch.txt /*tag-any-white* + tag-binary-search tagsrch.txt /*tag-binary-search* + tag-blocks motion.txt /*tag-blocks* + tag-commands tagsrch.txt /*tag-commands* + tag-details tagsrch.txt /*tag-details* + tag-highlight syntax.txt /*tag-highlight* + tag-matchlist tagsrch.txt /*tag-matchlist* + tag-old-static tagsrch.txt /*tag-old-static* +--- 9071,9082 ---- + tabpagewinnr() eval.txt /*tabpagewinnr()* + tag tagsrch.txt /*tag* + tag-! tagsrch.txt /*tag-!* + tag-binary-search tagsrch.txt /*tag-binary-search* + tag-blocks motion.txt /*tag-blocks* + tag-commands tagsrch.txt /*tag-commands* + tag-details tagsrch.txt /*tag-details* ++ tag-function tagsrch.txt /*tag-function* ++ tag-functions usr_41.txt /*tag-functions* + tag-highlight syntax.txt /*tag-highlight* + tag-matchlist tagsrch.txt /*tag-matchlist* + tag-old-static tagsrch.txt /*tag-old-static* +*************** +*** 8993,9002 **** +--- 9196,9208 ---- + termdebug-communication terminal.txt /*termdebug-communication* + termdebug-customizing terminal.txt /*termdebug-customizing* + termdebug-example terminal.txt /*termdebug-example* ++ termdebug-prompt terminal.txt /*termdebug-prompt* + termdebug-starting terminal.txt /*termdebug-starting* + termdebug-stepping terminal.txt /*termdebug-stepping* + termdebug-variables terminal.txt /*termdebug-variables* + termdebug_popup terminal.txt /*termdebug_popup* ++ termdebug_shortcuts terminal.txt /*termdebug_shortcuts* ++ termdebug_use_prompt terminal.txt /*termdebug_use_prompt* + termdebug_wide terminal.txt /*termdebug_wide* + terminal terminal.txt /*terminal* + terminal-api terminal.txt /*terminal-api* +*************** +*** 9011,9016 **** +--- 9217,9223 ---- + terminal-dumptest terminal.txt /*terminal-dumptest* + terminal-functions usr_41.txt /*terminal-functions* + terminal-info term.txt /*terminal-info* ++ terminal-job-index index.txt /*terminal-job-index* + terminal-key-codes term.txt /*terminal-key-codes* + terminal-ms-windows terminal.txt /*terminal-ms-windows* + terminal-options term.txt /*terminal-options* +*************** +*** 9035,9047 **** +--- 9242,9259 ---- + test_feedinput() eval.txt /*test_feedinput()* + test_garbagecollect_now() eval.txt /*test_garbagecollect_now()* + test_ignore_error() eval.txt /*test_ignore_error()* ++ test_null_blob() eval.txt /*test_null_blob()* + test_null_channel() eval.txt /*test_null_channel()* + test_null_dict() eval.txt /*test_null_dict()* + test_null_job() eval.txt /*test_null_job()* + test_null_list() eval.txt /*test_null_list()* + test_null_partial() eval.txt /*test_null_partial()* + test_null_string() eval.txt /*test_null_string()* ++ test_option_not_set() eval.txt /*test_option_not_set()* + test_override() eval.txt /*test_override()* ++ test_refcount() eval.txt /*test_refcount()* ++ test_scrollbar() eval.txt /*test_scrollbar()* ++ test_setmouse() eval.txt /*test_setmouse()* + test_settime() eval.txt /*test_settime()* + testing eval.txt /*testing* + testing-variable eval.txt /*testing-variable* +*************** +*** 9065,9071 **** +--- 9277,9288 ---- + text-functions usr_41.txt /*text-functions* + text-objects motion.txt /*text-objects* + text-objects-changed version5.txt /*text-objects-changed* ++ text-prop-changes textprop.txt /*text-prop-changes* ++ text-prop-functions textprop.txt /*text-prop-functions* ++ text-prop-intro textprop.txt /*text-prop-intro* ++ text-properties textprop.txt /*text-properties* + textlock eval.txt /*textlock* ++ textprop.txt textprop.txt /*textprop.txt* + tf.vim syntax.txt /*tf.vim* + this_session-variable eval.txt /*this_session-variable* + throw-catch eval.txt /*throw-catch* +*************** +*** 9251,9256 **** +--- 9468,9474 ---- + v:swapcommand eval.txt /*v:swapcommand* + v:swapname eval.txt /*v:swapname* + v:t_TYPE eval.txt /*v:t_TYPE* ++ v:t_blob eval.txt /*v:t_blob* + v:t_bool eval.txt /*v:t_bool* + v:t_channel eval.txt /*v:t_channel* + v:t_dict eval.txt /*v:t_dict* +*************** +*** 9434,9439 **** +--- 9652,9658 ---- + version8.txt version8.txt /*version8.txt* + vi intro.txt /*vi* + vi-differences vi_diff.txt /*vi-differences* ++ vi-features vi_diff.txt /*vi-features* + vi: options.txt /*vi:* + vi_diff.txt vi_diff.txt /*vi_diff.txt* + vib motion.txt /*vib* +*************** +*** 9504,9509 **** +--- 9723,9730 ---- + vimrc-intro usr_05.txt /*vimrc-intro* + vimrc-option-example starting.txt /*vimrc-option-example* + vimrc_example.vim usr_05.txt /*vimrc_example.vim* ++ vimscript-version eval.txt /*vimscript-version* ++ vimscript-versions eval.txt /*vimscript-versions* + vimtutor usr_01.txt /*vimtutor* + virtcol() eval.txt /*virtcol()* + visual-block visual.txt /*visual-block* +*************** +*** 9549,9554 **** +--- 9770,9776 ---- + wildcard editing.txt /*wildcard* + wildcards editing.txt /*wildcards* + wildmenumode() eval.txt /*wildmenumode()* ++ win16 os_win32.txt /*win16* + win32 os_win32.txt /*win32* + win32-!start gui_w32.txt /*win32-!start* + win32-PATH os_win32.txt /*win32-PATH* +*************** +*** 9607,9612 **** +--- 9829,9835 ---- + windowsme os_win32.txt /*windowsme* + winheight() eval.txt /*winheight()* + winid windows.txt /*winid* ++ winlayout() eval.txt /*winlayout()* + winline() eval.txt /*winline()* + winnr() eval.txt /*winnr()* + winrestcmd() eval.txt /*winrestcmd()* +*************** +*** 9619,9630 **** + wordcount() eval.txt /*wordcount()* + workbench starting.txt /*workbench* + workshop workshop.txt /*workshop* +- workshop-commands workshop.txt /*workshop-commands* +- workshop-compiling workshop.txt /*workshop-compiling* +- workshop-configure workshop.txt /*workshop-configure* +- workshop-intro workshop.txt /*workshop-intro* + workshop-support workshop.txt /*workshop-support* +- workshop-xpm workshop.txt /*workshop-xpm* + workshop.txt workshop.txt /*workshop.txt* + wrap-off intro.txt /*wrap-off* + write-compiler-plugin usr_41.txt /*write-compiler-plugin* +--- 9842,9848 ---- +*** ../vim-8.1.1279/src/version.c 2019-05-05 16:54:59.505931038 +0200 +--- src/version.c 2019-05-05 18:02:57.091549074 +0200 +*************** +*** 769,770 **** +--- 769,772 ---- + { /* Add new patch number below this line */ ++ /**/ ++ 1280, + /**/ + +-- +SIGFUN -- signature too funny (core dumped) + + /// Bram Moolenaar -- Bram@Moolenaar.net -- http://www.Moolenaar.net \\\ +/// sponsor Vim, vote for features -- http://www.Vim.org/sponsor/ \\\ +\\\ an exciting new programming language -- http://www.Zimbu.org /// + \\\ help me help AIDS victims -- http://ICCF-Holland.org /// |